The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016

Regulation 2(1)

SCHEDULE 1 E+W Activities, installations and mobile plant

PART 1 E+W Interpretation and application: general

Interpretation E+W

1.—(1) In this Schedule—

“activity” means, subject to this Part, an activity listed in Part 2 of this Schedule;

“installation” means—

(a)

a stationary technical unit where one or more activities are carried on, and

(b)

any other location on the same site where any other directly associated activities are carried on,

and references to an installation include references to part of an installation;

“net rated thermal input” means the rate at which fuel can be burned at the maximum continuous rating of the appliance, multiplied by the net calorific value of the fuel and expressed as megawatts thermal.

(2) In sub-paragraph (1), “directly associated activity” means an operation which—

(a) has a technical connection with the activity,

(b) is carried on on the same site as the activity, and

(c) could have an effect on pollution.

Activities falling within more than one Part description E+W

2.—(1) Where, in Part 2 of this Schedule, an activity falls within a description in Part A(1) and a description in Part A(2), that activity must be regarded as falling only within that description which fits it most aptly.

(2) Where, in Part 2 of this Schedule, an activity falls within a description in Part A(1) and a description in Part B, that activity must be regarded as falling only within the description in Part A(1).

(3) Where, in Part 2 of this Schedule, an activity falls within a description in Part A(2) and a description in Part B, that activity must be regarded as falling only within the description in Part A(2).

Application of activities falling within Part 2 E+W

3.  An activity is not to be taken to be an activity falling within Part 2 of this Schedule if it is—

(a) carried on in a working museum to demonstrate an industrial activity of historic interest,

(b) carried on for educational purposes in a school as defined in section 4(1) of the Education Act 1996 M1 ,

(c) carried on at an installation, other than a waste incineration plant or a waste co-incineration plant, or by means of Part B mobile plant, where the installation or plant is used solely for research, development or testing of new products or processes,

(d) the running on or within an aircraft, hovercraft, mechanically propelled road vehicle, railway locomotive or ship or other vessel of an engine which propels or provides electricity for it,

(e) the running of an engine in order to test it before it is installed or in the course of its development,

(f) carried on as a domestic activity in connection with a private dwelling, or

(g) carried on at a waste incineration plant or a waste co-incineration plant used for research, development and testing in order to improve the incineration process and which treats less than 50 tonnes of waste per year.

Marginal Citations

M1 1996 c. 56; section 4(1) was substituted by section 51 of the Education Act 1997 (c. 44) and amended by Part 3 of Schedule 22 to the Education Act 2002 (c. 32), section 95(1) and (2) of the Childcare Act 2006 (c. 21), and paragraph 9(1) and (2)(a) of Schedule 13 to the Education Act 2011 (c. 21).

Application of thresholds for Part A(1) or Part A(2) activities E+W

4.  For the purposes of assessing whether an activity is above any of the thresholds for any Part A(1) activity or Part A(2) activity, where several activities falling under the same description of activity containing a threshold are operated in the same installation, the capacities of those activities must be added together.

Operation below thresholds: effect on the installation E+W

5.—(1) Where an operator is authorised by an environmental permit to operate an installation at which Part A(1) activities, Part A(2) activities or Part B activities which are described in Part 2 of this Schedule by reference to a threshold (whether in terms of capacity or otherwise) are carried on, the installation does not cease to be a Part A(1) installation, a Part A(2) installation or a Part B installation, as the case may be, by virtue of the installation being operated below the relevant threshold unless the permit ceases to have effect in accordance with these Regulations.

Application of Part B activities: releases into the air E+W

6.—(1) Subject to sub-paragraph (2), an activity is not to be taken to be a Part B activity within Part 2 of this Schedule if it cannot result in the release into the air of a substance listed in sub-paragraph (3) or there is no likelihood that it will result in the release into the air of any such substance except in a quantity which is so trivial that it is incapable of causing pollution or its capacity to cause pollution is insignificant.

(2) Sub-paragraph (1) does not apply to an activity which may give rise to an offensive smell noticeable outside the site where the activity is carried on.

(3) References to, or to the release into the air of, a substance listed in this paragraph are to any of the following substances—

(a) oxides of sulphur and other sulphur compounds;

(b) oxides of nitrogen and other nitrogen compounds;

(c) oxides of carbon;

(d) organic compounds and partial oxidation products;

(e) metals, metalloids and their compounds;

(f) asbestos (suspended particulate matter and fibres), glass fibres and mineral fibres;

(g) halogens and their compounds;

(h) phosphorus and its compounds;

(i) particulate matter.

References to releases into water E+W

7.—(1) References in Part 2 of this Schedule to a substance, or to the release into water of a substance, listed in this sub-paragraph or to its release in a quantity which, in any 12-month period, is greater than the background quantity by an amount specified in this sub-paragraph are references to the following substances and amounts—

Table

1 Where both Atrazine and Simazine are released, the figure for both substances in aggregate is 350 grams.
Substance	Amount greater than the background quantity (in grams) in any 12-month period
Mercury and its compounds	200 (expressed as metal)
Cadmium and its compounds	1,000 (expressed as metal)
All isomers of hexachlorocyclohexane	20
All isomers of DDT	5
Pentachlorophenol and its compounds	350 (expressed as PCP)
Hexachlorobenzene	5
Hexachlorobutadiene	20
Aldrin	2
Dieldrin	2
Endrin	1
Polychlorinated Biphenyls	1
Dichlorvos	0.2
1, 2-Dichloroethane	2,000
All isomers of trichlorobenzene	75
Atrazine	3501
Simazine	3501
Tributyltin compounds	4 (expressed as TBT)
Triphenyltin compounds	4 (expressed as TPT)
Trifluralin	20
Fenitrothion	2
Azinphos-methyl	2
Malathion	2
Endosulfan	0.5

(2) In sub-paragraph (1), “background quantity” means, in relation to the release of a substance resulting from an activity, such quantity of that substance as is present in—

(a) water supplied to the site where the activity is carried on,

(b) water abstracted for use in the activity, and

(c) precipitation onto the site on which the activity is carried on.

References to certain substances E+W

8.—(1) References in Part 2 of this Schedule to a substance listed in this paragraph are to any of the following substances—

(a) alkali metals and their oxides and alkaline earth metals and their oxides;

(b) organic solvents;

(c) azides;

(d) halogens and their covalent compounds;

(e) metal carbonyls;

(f) organo-metallic compounds;

(g) oxidising agents;

(h) polychlorinated dibenzofuran and any congener thereof;

(i) polychlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin and any congener thereof;

(j) polyhalogenated biphenyls, terphenyls and naphthalenes;

(k) phosphorus;

(l) pesticides.

(2) In sub-paragraph (1), “pesticide” means any chemical substance or preparation prepared or used for destroying any pest, including those used for—

(a) protecting plants or wood or other plant products from harmful organisms,

(b) regulating the growth of plants,

(c) giving protection against harmful creatures or rendering such creatures harmless,

(d) controlling organisms with harmful or unwanted effects on water systems, buildings or other structures, or on manufactured products, or

(e) protecting animals against ectoparasites.

PART 2 E+W Activities

CHAPTER 1 E+W Energy activities

SECTION 1.1 E+W Combustion activities

Part A(1)

(a) Burning any fuel in an appliance with a rated thermal input of 50 or more megawatts.

Interpretation and application of Part A(1)

1.  For the purpose of Part A(1) of this Section, where two or more appliances with an aggregate rated thermal input of 50 or more megawatts are operated on the same site by the same operator, those appliances must be treated as a single appliance with a rated thermal input of 50 or more megawatts. E+W

2.  Nothing in this Part of this Section applies to burning fuels in an appliance installed on an offshore platform situated on, above or below those parts of the sea adjacent to England and Wales from the low water mark to the seaward baseline of the United Kingdom territorial sea. E+W

3.  In paragraph 2, “ offshore platform” means any fixed or floating structure which— E+W

(a) is used for the purposes of or in connection with the production of petroleum, and

(b) in the case of a floating structure, is maintained on a station during the course of production,

but does not include any structure where the principal purpose of the use of the structure is the establishment of the existence of petroleum or the appraisal of its characteristics, quality or quantity or the extent of any reservoir in which it occurs.

4.  In paragraph 3, “ petroleum” includes any mineral oil or relative hydrocarbon and natural gas existing in its natural condition in strata but does not include coal or bituminous shales or other stratified deposits from which oil can be extracted by destructive distillation. E+W

5.  Nothing in this Part of this Section applies to burning fuels in an appliance installed on a gas storage or unloading platform as defined in regulation 2 of the Offshore Combustion Installations (Pollution Prevention and Control) Regulations 2013 M2 . E+W

Part B

Unless falling within Part A(1) of this Section—

(a) Burning any fuel in—

(i) a boiler,

(ii) a furnace,

(iii) a gas turbine, or

(iv) a compression ignition engine,

with a net rated thermal input of 20 or more megawatts, but a rated thermal input of less than 50 megawatts.

(b) Burning any waste oil in an appliance with a rated thermal input of less than 3 megawatts.

Interpretation and application of Part B

Marginal Citations

M2 S.I. 2013/971.

1.  Part B does not apply to any activity falling within Part A(1) of Section 5.1. E+W

2.  For the purpose of paragraph (a) of Part B of this Section, where two or more appliances with an aggregate net rated thermal input of 20 or more megawatts are operated on the same site by the same operator, those appliances must be treated as a single appliance with a net rated thermal input of 20 or more megawatts. E+W

SECTION 1.2 E+W Gasification, liquefaction and refining activities

Part A(1)

(a) Refining gas where this is likely to involve the use of 1,000 or more tonnes of gas in any 12-month period.

(b) Operating coke ovens.

(c) Gasification or liquefaction of—

(i) coal, or

(ii) other fuels in installations with a total rated thermal input of 20 or more megawatts.

(d) Refining mineral oils.

(e) The loading, unloading, handling or storage of, or the physical, chemical or thermal treatment of—

(i) crude oil;

(ii) stabilised crude petroleum.

(f) Activities involving the pyrolysis, carbonisation, distillation, partial oxidation or other heat treatment of—

(i) coal (other than the drying of coal),

(ii) lignite,

(iii) oil,

(iv) other carbonaceous material, or

(v) mixtures of any of these,

otherwise than with a view to making charcoal.

(g) Activities involving the liquefaction or gasification of other carbonaceous material.

Interpretation and application of Part A(1)

1.  Part A(1)(f) does not include— E+W

(a) the use of any substance as a fuel;

(b) the incineration in a waste incineration plant or waste co-incineration plant of any substance as a waste;

(c) any activity for the treatment of sewage or sewage sludge;

(d) the anaerobic digestion of biodegradable material, whether or not containing or comprising waste.

2.  In Part A(1)(f), the heat treatment of oil, other than distillation, does not include the heat treatment of waste oil or waste emulsions containing oil in order to recover the oil from aqueous emulsions. E+W

3.  In Part A(1), “ carbonaceous material” includes such materials as charcoal, coke, peat, rubber and wood, but does not include wood which has not been chemically treated or sewage. E+W

4.  In paragraph (1)(d), “ anaerobic digestion” means the mesophilic and thermophilic biological decomposition and stabilisation of biodegradable materials which— E+W

(a) is carried on under controlled anaerobic conditions,

(b) produces a methane-rich gas mixture, and

(c) results in stable sanitised material that can be applied to land for the benefit of agriculture or to improve the soil structure or nutrients in land.

Part A(2)

(a) Refining gas where this activity does not fall within Part A(1)(a) of this Section.

Part B

(a) Blending odorant for use with natural gas or liquefied petroleum gas.

(b) The storage of petrol in stationary storage tanks at a terminal, or the loading or unloading at a terminal of petrol into or from road tankers, rail tankers or inland waterway vessels.

(c) The unloading of petrol into stationary storage tanks at a service station, if the total quantity of petrol unloaded into such tanks at the service station in any 12-month period is likely to be 500m³ or more.

(d) Motor vehicle refuelling activities at an existing service station after the prescribed date, if the throughput of petrol at that service station in any 12-month period is or is likely to be in excess of 3,000m³.

(e) Motor vehicle refuelling activities at a new service station, if the throughput of petrol at that service station in any 12-month period is, or is intended to be in excess of 500m³.

(f) Motor vehicle refuelling activities at a new service station if the throughput of petrol at that service station in any 12-month period is, or is intended to be in excess of 100m³ and it is situated under permanent living quarters or working areas.

Interpretation of Part B

1.  In Part B— E+W

“existing service station” means a service station—

(a)

which was put into operation, or

(b)

for which planning permission under the Town and Country Planning Act 1990 M3 was granted,

before 1st January 2010;

“inland waterway vessel” means a vessel, other than a sea-going vessel, having a total dead weight of 15 or more tonnes;

“new service station” means—

(a)

a service station for which planning permission under the Town and Country Planning Act 1990 was granted on or after 1st January 2010 and—

(i)

in relation to paragraph (e) of Part B, it is put into operation on or after 1st January 2010;

(ii)

in relation to paragraph (f) of Part B, it is put into operation on or after 1st January 2012;

(b)

any existing service station which, on or after 1st January 2012, undergoes a major refurbishment, which has the same meaning as in PVR II;

“petrol” means any petroleum derivative (other than liquefied petroleum gas), with or without additives, having a Reid vapour pressure of 27.6 or more kilopascals, which is intended for use as a fuel for motor vehicles;

“prescribed date” means 31st December 2011 if the throughput is in excess of 3,500m³ and 31st December 2018 if the throughput is in excess of 3,000m³;

“service station” means any premises where petrol is dispensed to motor vehicle fuel tanks from stationary storage tanks but does not include any service station exclusively used in association with the construction and delivery of new motor vehicles;

“terminal” means any premises which are used for the storage and loading of petrol into road tankers, rail tankers or inland waterway vessels.

Marginal Citations

M3 1990 c. 8.

2.  Any other expressions used in Part B which, in relation to paragraphs (b) and (c), are also used in PVR I or, in relation to paragraphs (d) to (f), are also used in PVR II, have the same meaning as in those Directives. E+W

CHAPTER 2 E+W Production and processing of metals

SECTION 2.1 E+W Ferrous metals

Interpretation of Section 2.1

1.  In this Section, “ ferrous alloy” means an alloy of which iron is the largest constituent, or equal to the largest constituent, by weight, whether or not that alloy also has a non-ferrous metal content greater than any percentage specified in Section 2.2. E+W

Part A(1)

(a) Roasting or sintering metal ore, including sulphide ore, or any mixture of iron ore with or without other materials.

(b) Producing, melting or refining iron or steel or any ferrous alloy, including continuous casting, except where the only furnaces used are—

(i) electric arc furnaces with a designed holding capacity of less than 7 tonnes, or

(ii) cupola, crucible, reverberatory, rotary, induction, vacuum, electro-slag or resistance furnaces.

(c) Processing ferrous metals and their alloys by using hot-rolling mills with a production capacity of more than 20 tonnes of crude steel per hour.

(d) Loading, unloading or otherwise handling or storing more than 500,000 tonnes in total in any 12-month period of iron ore, except in the course of mining operations, or burnt pyrites.

Part A(2)

(a) Unless falling within Part A(1)(b) of this Section, producing pig iron or steel, including continuous casting, in a plant with a production capacity of more than 2.5 tonnes per hour.

(b) Operating hammers in a forge, the energy of which is more than 50 kilojoules per hammer, where the calorific power used is more than 20 megawatts.

(c) Applying protective fused metal coatings with an input of more than 2 tonnes of crude steel per hour.

(d) Casting ferrous metal at a foundry with a production capacity of more than 20 tonnes per day.

Part B

(a) Unless falling within Part A(1)(b) of this Section, producing pig iron or steel, including continuous casting, in a plant with a production capacity of 2.5 or less tonnes per hour.

(b) Unless falling within Part A(2)(a) or (d) of this Section, producing, melting or refining iron or steel or any ferrous alloy (other than producing pig iron or steel, including continuous casting) using—

(i) one or more electric arc furnaces, none of which has a designed holding capacity of 7 or more tonnes, or

(ii) a cupola, crucible, reverberatory, rotary, induction, vacuum, electro-slag or resistance furnace.

(c) Desulphurising iron, steel or any ferrous alloy.

(d) Heating iron, steel or any ferrous alloy (whether in a furnace or other appliance) to remove grease, oil or any other non-metallic contaminant (including such operations as the removal by heat of plastic or rubber covering from scrap cable), unless—

(i) it is carried on in one or more furnaces or other appliances the primary combustion chambers of which have in aggregate a rated thermal input of less than 0.2 megawatts,

(ii) it does not involve the removal by heat of plastic or rubber covering from scrap cable or of any asbestos contaminant, and

(iii) it is not related to any other activity falling within this Part of this Section.

(e) Unless falling within Part A(1) or Part A(2) of this Section, casting iron, steel or any ferrous alloy from deliveries of 50 or more tonnes of molten metal.

SECTION 2.2 E+W Non-ferrous metals

Interpretation and application of Section 2.2

1.  Part A(1) and Part B do not apply to hand soldering, flow soldering or wave soldering. E+W

Part A(1)

(a) Unless falling within Part A(2) of this Section, producing non-ferrous metals from ore, concentrates or secondary raw materials by metallurgical, chemical or electrolytic activities.

(b) Melting, including making alloys of, non-ferrous metals, including recovered products and the operation of non-ferrous metal foundries where—

(i) the plant has a melting capacity of more than 4 tonnes per day for lead or cadmium or 20 tonnes per day for all other metals, and

(ii) any furnace (other than a vacuum furnace), bath or other holding vessel used in the plant for the melting has a design holding capacity of 5 or more tonnes.

(c) Producing, melting or recovering (whether by chemical means or by electrolysis or by the use of heat) cadmium or mercury or any alloy containing more than 0.05 per cent by weight of either of those metals or both in aggregate.

Part A(2)

(a) Melting, including making alloys of, non-ferrous metals, including recovered products and operating of non-ferrous metal foundries where the plant has a melting capacity of more than 4 tonnes per day for lead or cadmium or 20 tonnes per day for all other metals, and—

(i) no furnace (other than a vacuum furnace), bath or other holding vessel used in the plant for the melting has a design holding capacity of 5 or more tonnes, or

(ii) the plant uses a vacuum furnace of any design holding capacity.

Part B

(a) Melting, including making alloys of, non-ferrous metals (other than tin or any alloy which in molten form contains 50 per cent or more by weight of tin), including recovered products (such as refining or foundry casting) in plant with a melting capacity of 4 tonnes or less per day for lead or cadmium or 20 tonnes or less per day for all other metals.

(b) Heating in a furnace or any other appliance any non-ferrous metal or non-ferrous metal alloy for the purpose of removing grease, oil or any other non-metallic contaminant, including such operations as the removal by heat of plastic or rubber covering from scrap cable, if not related to another activity described in this Part of this Section, unless—

(i) it involves the use of one or more furnaces or other appliances the primary combustion chambers of which have in aggregate a net rated thermal input of less than 0.2 megawatts, and

(ii) it does not involve the removal by heat of plastic or rubber covering from scrap cable or of any asbestos contaminant.

(c) Melting zinc or a zinc alloy in conjunction with a galvanising activity at a rate of 20 or less tonnes per day.

(d) Melting zinc, aluminium or magnesium or an alloy of one or more of these metals in conjunction with a die-casting activity at a rate of 20 or less tonnes per day.

(e) Unless falling within Part A(1) or Part A(2) of this Section, the separation of copper, aluminium, magnesium or zinc from mixed scrap by differential melting.

Interpretation and application of Part B

1.  When determining the extent of an installation carrying on an activity within Part B(e), any location where the associated storage or handling of scrap which is to be heated as part of that activity is carried on, other than a location where scrap is loaded into a furnace, is to be ignored. E+W

2.  In Part B, “ non-ferrous metal alloy” means an alloy which is not a ferrous alloy, as defined in Section 2.1. E+W

SECTION 2.3 E+W Surface treating metals and plastic materials

Part A(1)

(a) Unless falling within Part A(2) of this Section, surface treating metals and plastic materials using an electrolytic or chemical process where the aggregated volume of the treatment vats is more than 30m³.

Part A(2)

(a) Surface treating metals and plastic materials using an electrolytic or chemical process where the aggregated volume of the treatment vats is more than 30m³ and where the activity is carried on at the same installation as one or more activities falling within—

(i) Part A(2) or Part B of Section 2.1,

(ii) Part A(2) or Part B of Section 2.2, or

(iii) Part A(2) or Part B of Section 6.4.

Part B

(a) Any process for the surface treatment of metal which is likely to result in the release into air of any acid-forming oxide of nitrogen and which does not fall within Part A(1) or Part A(2) of this Section.

CHAPTER 3 E+W Mineral industries

SECTION 3.1 E+W Production of cement and lime

Part A(1)

(a) Producing cement clinker in rotary kilns with a production capacity exceeding 500 tonnes per day or in other kilns with a production capacity exceeding 50 tonnes per day.

(b) Producing lime or magnesium oxide in kilns with a production capacity of more than 50 tonnes per day.

Part A(2)

(a) Grinding cement clinker.

Part B

(a) Storing, loading or unloading cement or cement clinker in bulk prior to further transportation in bulk.

(b) Blending cement in bulk or using cement in bulk other than at a construction site, including the bagging of cement and cement mixtures, the batching of ready-mixed concrete and the manufacture of concrete blocks and other cement products.

(c) Slaking lime for the purpose of making calcium hydroxide or calcium magnesium hydroxide.

(d) Producing lime or magnesium oxide where the activity does not involve the heating of more than 50 tonnes per day of calcium carbonate or calcium magnesium carbonate or both in aggregate.

SECTION 3.2 E+W Activities involving asbestos

Interpretation of Section 3.2

1.  In this Section “ asbestos” means any of the following fibrous silicates: actinolite, amosite, anthophyllite, chrysotile, crocidolite and tremolite. E+W

Part A(1)

(a) Producing asbestos or manufacturing products based on or containing asbestos.

(b) Stripping asbestos from railway vehicles except—

(i) in the course of the repair or maintenance of the vehicle,

(ii) in the course of recovery operations following an accident, or

(iii) where the asbestos is permanently bonded in cement or in any other material (including plastic, rubber or resin).

Part B

(a) Unless related to an activity falling within Part A(1) of this Section, the industrial finishing of—

(i) asbestos cement,

(ii) asbestos cement products,

(iii) asbestos fillers,

(iv) asbestos filters,

(v) asbestos floor coverings,

(vi) asbestos friction products,

(vii) asbestos insulating board,

(viii) asbestos jointing, packaging or reinforcement material,

(ix) asbestos packing,

(x) asbestos paper or card, or

(xi) asbestos textiles.

SECTION 3.3 E+W Manufacturing glass and glass fibre

Part A(1)

(a) Manufacturing glass fibre in plant with a melting capacity exceeding 20 tonnes per day.

Part A(2)

(a) Manufacturing glass, unless falling within Part A(1) of this Section, where the melting capacity of the plant is more than 20 tonnes per day.

Part B

Unless falling within Part A(1) or Part A(2) of this Section—

(a) Manufacturing glass at any location with the capacity to make 5,000 or more tonnes of glass in any 12-month period, and any activity involving the use of glass which is carried on at any such location in conjunction with its manufacture.

(b) Manufacturing glass where the use of lead or any lead compound is involved.

(c) Manufacturing any glass product where lead or any lead compound has been used in the manufacture of the glass except—

(i) making products from lead glass blanks, or

(ii) melting, or mixing with another substance, glass manufactured elsewhere to produce articles such as ornaments or road paint.

(d) Polishing or etching glass or glass products in the course of any manufacturing activity if—

(i) hydrofluoric acid is used, or

(ii) hydrogen fluoride may be released into the air.

(e) Manufacturing glass frit or enamel frit and its use in any activity where that activity is related to its manufacture.

SECTION 3.4 E+W Production of other mineral fibres

Part A(1)

(a) Melting mineral substances including the production of mineral fibres in plants with a melting capacity exceeding 20 tonnes per day.

SECTION 3.5 E+W Other mineral activities

Part A(2)

(a) Manufacturing cellulose fibre reinforced calcium silicate board using unbleached pulp.

Part B

(a) Unless falling within Part A(1) or Part A(2) of any Section, the crushing, grinding or other size reduction, other than the cutting of stone, or the grading, screening or heating of any designated mineral or mineral product except where the operation of the activity is unlikely to result in the release into the air of particulate matter.

(b) Any of the following activities unless carried on at an exempt location—

(i) crushing, grinding or otherwise breaking up coal, coke or any other coal product;

(ii) screening, grading or mixing coal, coke or any other coal product;

(iii) loading or unloading petroleum coke, coal, coke or any other coal product except unloading on retail sale.

(c) The crushing, grinding or other size reduction, with machinery designed for that purpose, of bricks, tiles or concrete.

(d) Screening the product of any activity described in paragraph (c).

(e) Coating road stone with tar or bitumen.

(f) Loading, unloading or storing pulverised fuel ash in bulk prior to further transportation in bulk.

(g) The fusion of calcined bauxite for the production of artificial corundum.

Interpretation and application of Part B

1.  In Part B— E+W

“coal” includes lignite;

“designated mineral or mineral product” means—

(a)

clay, sand or any other naturally occurring mineral other than coal;

(b)

metallurgical slag;

(c)

boiler or furnace ash produced from the burning of coal, coke or any other coal product;

(d)

gypsum which is a by-product of any activity;

“exempt location” means—

(a)

any premises used for the sale of petroleum coke, coal, coke or any coal product where the throughput of such substances at those premises in any 12-month period is in aggregate likely to be less than 10,000 tonnes, or

(b)

any premises to which petroleum coke, coal, coke or any coal product is supplied only for use there;

“retail sale” means sale to the final customer.

2.  Part B does not apply to any activity carried on underground. E+W

SECTION 3.6 E+W Ceramic production

Part A(1)

(a) Manufacturing ceramic products (including roofing tiles, bricks, refractory bricks, tiles, stoneware or porcelain) by firing in kilns, where—

(i) the kiln production capacity is more than 75 tonnes per day, or

(ii) the kiln capacity is more than 4m³ and the setting density is more than 300kg/m³,

and a reducing atmosphere is used other than for the purposes of colouration.

Part A(2)

(a) Unless falling within Part A(1) of this Section, manufacturing ceramic products (including roofing tiles, bricks, refractory bricks, tiles, stoneware or porcelain) by firing in kilns, where—

(i) the kiln production capacity is more than 75 tonnes per day, or

(ii) the kiln capacity is more than 4m³ and the setting density is more than 300kg/m³.

Part B

(a) Unless falling within Part A(1) or A(2) of this Section, firing heavy clay goods or refractory materials (other than heavy clay goods) in a kiln.

(b) Vapour glazing earthenware or clay with salts.

Interpretation of Part B

1.  In Part B— E+W

“clay” includes a blend of clay with ash, sand or other materials;

“refractory material” means material (such as fireclay, silica, magnesite, chrome-magnesite, sillimanite, sintered alumina, beryllia and boron nitride) which is able to withstand high temperatures and to function as a furnace lining or in other similar high temperature applications.

CHAPTER 4 E+W The chemical industry

Interpretation of Chapter 4

1.  In Part A(1) of the Sections of this Chapter, “ producing” means the production on an industrial scale by chemical or biological processing of substances or groups of substances listed in the relevant Sections. E+W

SECTION 4.1 E+W Organic chemicals

Interpretation of Section 4.1

1.  In this Section, “ pre-formulated resin or pre-formulated gel coat” means any resin or gel coat which has been formulated before being introduced into polymerisation or co-polymerisation activity, whether or not the resin or gel coat contains a colour pigment, activator or catalyst. E+W

Part A(1)

(a) Producing organic chemicals such as—

(i) hydrocarbons (linear or cyclic, saturated or unsaturated, aliphatic or aromatic);

(ii) organic compounds containing oxygen (for example alcohols, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids, esters, ethers, peroxides, phenols, epoxy resins);

(iii) organic compounds containing sulphur (for example sulphides, mercaptans, sulphonic acids, sulphonates, sulphates and sulphones and sulphur heterocyclics);

(iv) organic compounds containing nitrogen (for example amines, amides, nitrous-, nitro- or azo-compounds, nitrates, nitriles, nitrogen heterocyclics, cyanates, isocyanates, di-isocyanates and di-isocyanate prepolymers);

(v) organic compounds containing phosphorus (for example substituted phosphines and phosphate esters);

(vi) organic compounds containing halogens (for example halocarbons, halogenated aromatic compounds and acid halides);

(vii) organometallic compounds (for example lead alkyls, Grignard reagents and lithium alkyls);

(viii) plastic materials (for example polymers, synthetic fibres and cellulose-based fibres);

(ix) synthetic rubbers;

(x) dyes and pigments;

(xi) surface-active agents.

Part B

(a) Unless falling within Part A(1) of this Section, any activity where the carrying on of the activity by the person concerned at the location in question is likely to involve the use in any 12-month period of 5 or more tonnes of any di-isocyanate or of any partly polymerised di-isocyanate or, in aggregate, of both.

(b) The flame bonding or cutting with heated wires of polyurethane foams or polyurethane elastomers.

(c) Any activity for the polymerisation or co-polymerisation of any pre-formulated resin or pre-formulated gel coat which contains any unsaturated hydrocarbon, where the activity is likely to involve, in any 12-month period, the polymerisation or co-polymerisation of 100 or more tonnes of unsaturated hydrocarbon.

(d) Unless falling within Part A(1) of this Section, any activity involving the use of toluene di-isocyanate or partly polymerised di-isocyanate if—

(i) less than 5 tonnes of toluene di-isocyanate monomer is likely to be used in any 12-month period, and

(ii) the activity may result in a release into the air which contains toluene di-isocyanate.

Organic chemicals E+W

Interpretation of Section 4.1

1.  In this Section, “ pre-formulated resin or pre-formulated gel coat” means any resin or gel coat which has been formulated before being introduced into polymerisation or co-polymerisation activity, whether or not the resin or gel coat contains a colour pigment, activator or catalyst. E+W

Part A(1)

(a) Producing organic chemicals such as—

(i) hydrocarbons (linear or cyclic, saturated or unsaturated, aliphatic or aromatic);

(ii) organic compounds containing oxygen (for example alcohols, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids, esters, ethers, peroxides, phenols, epoxy resins);

(iii) organic compounds containing sulphur (for example sulphides, mercaptans, sulphonic acids, sulphonates, sulphates and sulphones and sulphur heterocyclics);

(iv) organic compounds containing nitrogen (for example amines, amides, nitrous-, nitro- or azo-compounds, nitrates, nitriles, nitrogen heterocyclics, cyanates, isocyanates, di-isocyanates and di-isocyanate prepolymers);

(v) organic compounds containing phosphorus (for example substituted phosphines and phosphate esters);

(vi) organic compounds containing halogens (for example halocarbons, halogenated aromatic compounds and acid halides);

(vii) organometallic compounds (for example lead alkyls, Grignard reagents and lithium alkyls);

(viii) plastic materials (for example polymers, synthetic fibres and cellulose-based fibres);

(ix) synthetic rubbers;

(x) dyes and pigments;

(xi) surface-active agents.

Part B

(a) Unless falling within Part A(1) of this Section, any activity where the carrying on of the activity by the person concerned at the location in question is likely to involve the use in any 12-month period of 5 or more tonnes of any di-isocyanate or of any partly polymerised di-isocyanate or, in aggregate, of both.

(b) The flame bonding or cutting with heated wires of polyurethane foams or polyurethane elastomers.

(c) Any activity for the polymerisation or co-polymerisation of any pre-formulated resin or pre-formulated gel coat which contains any unsaturated hydrocarbon, where the activity is likely to involve, in any 12-month period, the polymerisation or co-polymerisation of 100 or more tonnes of unsaturated hydrocarbon.

(d) Unless falling within Part A(1) of this Section, any activity involving the use of toluene di-isocyanate or partly polymerised di-isocyanate if—

(i) less than 5 tonnes of toluene di-isocyanate monomer is likely to be used in any 12-month period, and

(ii) the activity may result in a release into the air which contains toluene di-isocyanate.

SECTION 4.2 E+W Inorganic chemicals

Part A(1)

(a) Producing inorganic chemicals such as—

(i) gases (for example ammonia, hydrogen chloride, hydrogen fluoride, hydrogen cyanide, hydrogen sulphide, oxides of carbon, sulphur compounds, oxides of nitrogen, hydrogen, oxides of sulphur, phosgene);

(ii) acids (for example chromic acid, hydrofluoric acid, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, phosphoric acid, nitric acid, sulphuric acid, oleum and chlorosulphonic acid);

(iii) bases (for example ammonium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide);

(iv) salts (for example ammonium chloride, potassium chlorate, potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, perborate, silver nitrate, cupric acetate, ammonium phosphomolybdate);

(v) non-metals, metal oxides, metal carbonyls or other inorganic compounds (for example calcium carbide, silicon, silicon carbide, titanium dioxide);

(vi) halogens or interhalogen compounds comprising two or more of halogens, or any compound comprising one or more of those halogens and oxygen.

(b) Unless falling within any other Section, any manufacturing activity which is likely to result in the release into the air of any hydrogen halide (other than the manufacture of glass or the coating, plating or surface treatment of metal) or which is likely to result in the release into the air or water of any halogen or any of the compounds mentioned in paragraph (a)(vi) (other than the treatment of water).

(c) Unless falling within any other Section, any manufacturing activity (other than the application of a glaze or vitreous enamel) involving the use of, or the use or recovery of, any compound of any of the following elements—

(i) antimony,

(ii) arsenic,

(iii) beryllium,

(iv) gallium,

(v) indium,

(vi) lead,

(vii) palladium,

(viii) platinum,

(ix) selenium,

(x) tellurium,

(xi) thallium,

where the activity may result in the release into the air of any of those elements or compounds or the release into water of any substance listed in paragraph 7(1) of Part 1 of this Schedule.

(d) Recovering any compound of cadmium or mercury.

(e) Unless falling within any other Section, any manufacturing activity involving the use of mercury or cadmium or any compound of either element or which may result in the release into the air of either of those elements or their compounds.

(f) Unless falling within any other Section, any activity (other than the combustion or incineration of carbonaceous material as defined in the Interpretation of Part A(1) of Section 1.2) which is likely to result in the release into the air of any acid-forming oxide of nitrogen.

SECTION 4.3 E+W Chemical fertiliser production

Part A(1)

(a) Producing (including any blending which is related to their production) phosphorus-, nitrogen- or potassium-based fertilisers (simple or compound fertilisers).

SECTION 4.4 E+W Plant health products and biocides

Part A(1)

(a) Producing plant health products or biocides.

SECTION 4.5 E+W Pharmaceutical production

Part A(1)

(a) Producing pharmaceutical products.

SECTION 4.6 E+W Explosives production

Part A(1)

(a) Producing explosives.

SECTION 4.7 E+W Manufacturing activities involving carbon disulphide or ammonia

Part A(1)

(a) Any activity for the manufacture of a chemical which may result in the release of ammonia into the air, other than an activity in which ammonia is only used as a refrigerant.

SECTION 4.8 E+W The storage of chemicals in bulk

Part B

(a) The storage in tanks, other than in tanks for the time being forming part of a powered vehicle, of any of the substances listed below, except where the total storage capacity of the tanks installed at the location in question in which the relevant substance may be stored is less than the figure specified below in relation to that substance—

(i) one or more acrylates, 20 tonnes (in aggregate);

(ii) acrylonitrile, 20 tonnes;

(iii) anhydrous ammonia, 100 tonnes;

(iv) anhydrous hydrogen fluoride, 1 tonne;

(v) toluene di-isocyanate, 20 tonnes;

(vi) vinyl chloride monomer, 20 tonnes;

(vii) ethylene, 8,000 tonnes.

CHAPTER 5 E+W Waste management

SECTION 5.1 E+W Incineration and co-incineration of waste

Part A(1)

(a) The incineration of hazardous waste in a waste incineration plant or waste co-incineration plant with a capacity exceeding 10 tonnes per day.

(b) The incineration of non-hazardous waste in a waste incineration plant or waste co-incineration plant with a capacity exceeding 3 tonnes per hour.

(c) The incineration, other than incidentally in the course of burning landfill gas or solid or liquid waste, of any gaseous compound containing halogens.

Part B

(a) The incineration in a small waste incineration plant with an aggregate capacity of 50kg or more per hour of the following waste—

(i) vegetable waste from agriculture or forestry;

(ii) vegetable waste from the food processing industry, if the heat generated is recovered;

(iii) fibrous vegetable waste from virgin pulp production and from production of paper from pulp, if it is co-incinerated at the place of production and the heat generated is recovered;

(iv) cork waste;

(v) wood waste with the exception of wood waste which may contain halogenated organic compounds or heavy metals as a result of treatment with wood preservatives or coatings;

(vi) animal carcasses.

(b) The cremation of human remains.

Application of Part B

1.  When determining the extent of an installation carrying on an activity within Part B, any location of the following description is to be ignored: any location where the associated storage or handling of wastes and residues which are to be incinerated as part of that activity is carried on, other than a location where the associated storage or handling of animal remains intended for burning in an incinerator used wholly or mainly for the incineration of such remains or residues from the burning of such remains in such an incinerator is carried on. E+W

SECTION 5.2 E+W Disposal of waste by landfill

Part A(1)

(a) The disposal of waste in a landfill—

(i) receiving more than 10 tonnes of waste in any day, or

(ii) with a total capacity of more than 25,000 tonnes,

but excluding disposals in a landfill taking only inert waste.

SECTION 5.3 E+W Disposal or recovery of hazardous waste

Part A(1)

(a) Disposal or recovery of hazardous waste with a capacity exceeding 10 tonnes per day involving one or more of the following activities—

(i) biological treatment;

(ii) physico-chemical treatment;

(iii) blending or mixing prior to submission to any of the other activities listed in this Section or in Section 5.1;

(iv) repackaging prior to submission to any of the other activities listed in this Section or in Section 5.1;

(v) solvent reclamation or regeneration;

(vi) recycling or reclamation of inorganic materials other than metals or metal compounds;

(vii) regeneration of acids or bases;

(viii) recovery of components used for pollution abatement;

(ix) recovery of components from catalysts;

(x) oil re-refining or other re-uses of oil;

(xi) surface impoundment.

SECTION 5.4 E+W Disposal, recovery or a mix of disposal and recovery of non-hazardous waste

Part A(1)

(a) Disposal of non-hazardous waste with a capacity exceeding 50 tonnes per day (or 100 tonnes per day if the only waste treatment activity is anaerobic digestion) involving one or more of the following activities, and excluding activities covered by Council Directive 91/271/EEC concerning urban waste-water treatment M4 —

(i) biological treatment;

(ii) physico-chemical treatment;

(iii) pre-treatment waste for incineration or co-incineration;

(iv) treatment of slags and ashes;

(v) treatment in shredders of metal waste, including waste electrical and electronic equipment and end-of-life vehicles and their components.

(b) Recovery or a mix of recovery and disposal of non-hazardous waste with a capacity exceeding 75 tonnes per day (or 100 tonnes per day if the only waste treatment activity is anaerobic digestion) involving one or more of the following activities, and excluding activities covered by Council Directive 91/271/EEC—

(i) biological treatment;

(ii) pre-treatment of waste for incineration or co-incineration;

(iii) treatment of slags and ashes;

(iv) treatment in shredders of metal waste, including waste electrical and electronic equipment and end-of-life vehicles and their components.

Marginal Citations

M4 OJ No L 135, 30.5.1991, p 40, as last amended by Council Directive 2013/64/EU (OJ No L 353, 28.12.2013, p 8).

Interpretation of Part A(1)

1.  In Part A(1), “ anaerobic digestion” has the same meaning as in the Industrial Emissions Directive. E+W

SECTION 5.5 E+W The production of fuel from waste

Part A(1)

(a) Making solid fuel (other than charcoal) from waste by any process involving the use of heat.

SECTION 5.6 E+W Temporary or underground storage of hazardous waste

Part A(1)

(a) Temporary storage of hazardous waste with a total capacity exceeding 50 tonnes pending any of the activities listed in Sections 5.1, 5.2, 5.3 and paragraph (b) of this Section, except—

(i) temporary storage, pending collection, on the site where the waste is generated, or

(ii) activities falling within Section 5.2.

(b) Underground storage of hazardous waste with a total capacity exceeding 50 tonnes.

SECTION 5.7 E+W Treatment of waste water

Part A(1)

(a) Independently operated treatment of waste water not covered by Directive 91/271/EEC and discharged by an installation carrying out any other Part A(1) or A(2) activity.

CHAPTER 6 E+W Other activities

SECTION 6.1 E+W Paper, pulp and board manufacturing activities

Part A(1)

(a) Producing, in industrial plant, pulp from timber or other fibrous materials.

(b) Producing, in industrial plant, paper and board where the plant has a production capacity of more than 20 tonnes per day.

Part A(2)

(a) Producing, in an industrial plant, one or more of the following wood-based panels with a production capacity exceeding 600m³ per day: oriented strand board, particleboard or fibreboard.

SECTION 6.2 E+W Carbon activities

Part A(1)

(a) Producing carbon or hard-burnt coal or electro-graphite by means of incineration or graphitisation.

SECTION 6.3 E+W Tar and bitumen activities

Part A(1)

(a) The following activities—

(i) distilling tar or bitumen in connection with any process of manufacture, or

(ii) heating tar for the manufacture of electrodes or carbon-based refractory materials,

where the activity is likely to involve the use in any 12-month period of 5 or more tonnes of tar or of bitumen or both in aggregate.

Part B

(a) Any activity not falling within Part A(1) of this Section or of Section 6.2 involving—

(i) heating, but not distilling, tar or bitumen in connection with any manufacturing activity, or

(ii) oxidising bitumen by blowing air through it, at plant where no other activities described in any Section in this Schedule are carried on,

where the carrying on of the activity is likely to involve the use in any 12-month period of 5 or more tonnes of tar or bitumen or both in aggregate.

Interpretation of Part B

1.  In Part B, “tar” and “bitumen” include pitch. E+W

SECTION 6.4 E+W Coating activities, printing and textile treatments

Part A(1)

(a) Pre-treating (by operations such as washing, bleaching or mercerization) or dyeing fibres or textiles in plant with a treatment capacity of more than 10 tonnes per day.

Part A(2)

(a) Unless falling within Part A(1) of this Section, surface treating substances, objects or products using organic solvents, in particular for dressing, printing, coating, degreasing, waterproofing, sizing, painting, cleaning or impregnating, in plant with a consumption capacity of more than 150kg or more per hour than 200 tonnes per year.

Part B

(a) Unless falling within Part A(1) or Part A(2) of this Section or Part A(2)(c) of Section 2.1, any process (other than for the re-painting or re-spraying of, or of parts of, aircraft or road or railway vehicles) for applying to a substrate, or drying or curing after such application, printing ink or paint or any other coating material as, or in the course of, a manufacturing activity, where the process may result in the release into the air of particulate matter or of any volatile organic compound and is likely to involve the use in any 12-month period of—

(i) 20 or more tonnes of printing ink, paint or other coating material which is applied in solid form,

(ii) 20 or more tonnes of any metal coating which is sprayed on in molten form,

(iii) 25 or more tonnes of organic solvents in respect of any cold set web offset printing activity or any sheet fed offset litho printing activity, or

(iv) 5 or more tonnes of organic solvents in respect of any activity not mentioned in sub-paragraph (iii).

(b) Unless falling within Part A(2) of this Section, re-painting or re-spraying road vehicles or parts of them if the activity may result in the release into the air of particulate matter or of any volatile organic compound and the carrying on of the activity is likely to involve the use of 1 or more tonnes of organic solvents in any 12-month period.

(c) Re-painting or re-spraying aircraft or railway vehicles or parts of them if the activity may result in the release into the air of particulate matter or of any volatile organic compound and the carrying on of the activity is likely to involve the use in any 12-month period of—

(i) 20 or more tonnes of any paint or other coating material which is applied in solid form,

(ii) 20 or more tonnes of any metal coatings which are sprayed on in molten form, or

(iii) 5 or more tonnes of organic solvents.

Interpretation and application of Part B

1.  In Part B— E+W

“aircraft” includes gliders and missiles;

“coating material” means paint, printing ink, varnish, lacquer, dye, any metal oxide coating, any adhesive coating, any elastomer coating, any metal or plastic coating and any other coating material.

2.  The amount of organic solvents used in an activity must be calculated as— E+W

(a) the total input of organic solvents into the process, including both solvents contained in coating materials and solvents used for cleaning or other purposes, less

(b) any organic solvents that are removed from the process for re-use or for recovery for re-use.

3.  When determining the extent of an installation carrying on an activity within Part B, any location where the associated cleaning of used storage drums prior to painting or their incidental handling in connection with such cleaning is carried on is to be ignored, unless that location forms part of a regulated facility at which a solvent emission activity is carried out. E+W

SECTION 6.5 E+W The manufacture of dyestuffs, printing ink and coating materials

Part B

(a) Unless falling within Part A(1) or Part A(2) of any other Section—

(i) manufacturing or formulating printing ink or any other coating material containing, or involving the use of, an organic solvent, where the carrying on of the activity is likely to involve the use of 100 or more tonnes of organic solvents in any 12-month period;

(ii) manufacturing any powder for use as a coating where the process uses lead chromate or triglycidyl isocyanurate and material where there is the capacity to produce 200 or more tonnes of such powder in any 12-month period.

Interpretation of Part B

1.  In Part B, “ coating material” has the same meaning as in Section 6.4. E+W

2.  The amount of organic solvents used in an activity must be calculated as— E+W

(a) the total input of organic solvents into the process, including both solvents contained in coating materials and solvents for cleaning or other purposes, less

(b) any organic solvents, not contained in coating materials, that are removed from the process for re-use or for recovery for re-use.

SECTION 6.6 E+W Timber activities

Part A(2)

(a) Preservation of wood and wood products with chemicals with a production capacity exceeding 75m³ per day other than exclusively treating against sapstain.

Part B

(a) Unless falling within Part A(2) of Section 6.1, manufacturing products wholly or mainly of wood at any works if the activity involves a relevant activity and the throughput of the works in any 12-month period is likely to be more than—

(i) 10,000 cubic metres in the case of works at which wood is only sawed, or wood is sawed and subjected to excluded activities, or

(ii) 1,000 cubic metres in any other case.

Interpretation of Part B

1.  In Part B and in this paragraph— E+W

“excluded activity” means any relevant activity (other than sawing) which, ignoring any sawing carried on at the works, would be unlikely to result in the release into the air of any substance in paragraph 6(3) of Part 1 of this Schedule in a quantity capable of causing significant harm;

“relevant activity” means the sawing, drilling, sanding, shaping, turning, planing, curing or chemical treatment of wood;

“throughput” means the amount of wood which is subjected to a relevant activity, but where wood is subject to two or more relevant activities at the same works, the second and any subsequent activity is to be ignored;

“wood” includes any product consisting wholly or mainly of wood;

“works” includes a sawmill or any other premises where relevant activities are carried on.

SECTION 6.7 E+W Activities involving rubber

Part A(2)

(a) Manufacturing new tyres (but not remoulds or retreads) if this involves the use in any 12-month period of 50,000 or more tonnes of one or more of the following—

(i) natural rubber;

(ii) synthetic organic elastomers;

(iii) other substances mixed with them.

Part B

(a) Unless falling within Part A(1) or Part A(2) of any Section, the mixing, milling or blending of—

(i) natural rubber, or

(ii) synthetic organic elastomers,

if carbon black is used.

(b) Any activity which converts the product of an activity falling within paragraph (a) into a finished product if related to an activity falling within that paragraph.

SECTION 6.8 E+W The treatment of animal and vegetable matter and food industries

Interpretation of Section 6.8

1.—(1) In this Section— E+W

“animal” includes a bird or a fish;

“controlled waters” has the meaning given in section 104 of the 1991 Act;

“excluded activity” means—

(a)

any activity carried on on a farm or agricultural holding other than—

(i)

the manufacture of goods for sale;

(ii)

the production of compost for growing mushrooms;

(b)

the manufacture or preparation of food or drink for human consumption but excluding—

(i)

the extraction, distillation or purification of animal or vegetable oil or fat otherwise than as an activity incidental to the cooking of food for human consumption;

(ii)

any activity involving the use of green offal or the boiling of blood except the cooking of food (other than tripe) for human consumption;

(iii)

the cooking of tripe for human consumption elsewhere than on premises on which it is to be consumed;

(c)

the fleshing, cleaning and drying of pelts of fur-bearing mammals;

(d)

any activity carried on in connection with the operation of a collection centre for animal by-products;

(e)

any activity for the manufacture of soap not falling within Part A(1) of Section 4.1;

(f)

the storage of vegetable matter not falling within any other Section;

(g)

the manufacture of starch;

(h)

the salting of hides or skins, unless related to any other activity listed in this Schedule;

(i)

any activity for composting animal or vegetable matter or a combination of both, except where that activity is carried on for the purposes of cultivating mushrooms;

(j)

any activity for cleaning, and any related activity for drying or dressing, seeds, bulbs, corms or tubers (and “related activity” means an activity being carried on by the same person at the same site);

(k)

the drying of grain or pulses;

(l)

any activity for the production of cotton yarn from raw cotton or for the conversion of cotton yarn into cloth;

(m)

the drying of green crops;

“food” includes—

(a)

drink,

(b)

articles and substances of no nutritional value which are used for human consumption, and

(c)

articles and substances used as ingredients in the preparation of food.

(2) In sub-paragraph (1)—

“green crops” means alfalfa (Lucerne), clover, grass, perennial ryegrass, tall fescue and other similar crops;

“green offal” means the stomach and intestines of any animal, other than poultry or fish, and their contents.

Part A(1)

(a) Tanning hides and skins at a plant with a treatment capacity of more than 12 tonnes of finished products per day.

(b) Slaughtering animals at a plant with a carcass production capacity of more than 50 tonnes per day.

(c) Disposing of or recycling animal carcasses or animal waste, other than by rendering in a small waste incineration plant, at a plant with a treatment capacity exceeding 10 tonnes per day of animal carcasses or animal waste or both in aggregate.

(d) Treatment and processing, other than exclusively packaging, of the following raw materials, whether previously processed or unprocessed, intended for the production of food or feed (where the weight of the finished product excludes packaging)—

(i) only animal raw materials (other than milk only) with a finished product production capacity greater than 75 tonnes per day;

(ii) only vegetable raw materials with a finished product production capacity greater than 300 tonnes per day or 600 tonnes per day where the installation operates for a period of no more than 90 consecutive days in any year;

(iii) animal and vegetable raw materials (other than milk only), both in combined and separate products, with a finished product production capacity in tonnes per day greater than—

(aa) 75 if A is equal to 10 or more, or

(bb) 300-(22.5 x A) in any other case,

where ‘A’ is the portion of animal material in percent of weight of the finished product production capacity.

(e) Treating and processing milk, the quantity of milk received being more than 200 tonnes per day (average value on an annual basis).

Part A(2)

(a) Disposing of or recycling animal carcasses or animal waste by rendering at plant or in a small waste incineration plant, where the plant or small waste incineration plant has a treatment capacity exceeding 10 tonnes per day of animal carcasses or animal waste or both in aggregate.

Part B

(a) Processing, storing or drying by the application of heat the whole or part of any dead animal or any vegetable matter (other than the treatment of effluent so as to permit its discharge into controlled waters or into a sewer unless the treatment involves the drying of any material with a view to its use as animal feedstuff) if the processing, storing or drying—

(i) does not fall within another Section, or Part A(1) or Part A(2) of this Section,

(ii) is not an excluded activity, and

(iii) may result in the release into the air of—

(aa) any substance listed in in paragraph 6(3) of Part 1 of this Schedule, or

(bb) any offensive smell noticeable outside the premises on which the activity is carried on.

(b) Breeding maggots in any case where 5kg or more of animal matter, vegetable matter or both in aggregate, are introduced into the process in any week.

SECTION 6.9 E+W Intensive farming

Part A(1)

(a) Rearing poultry or pigs intensively in an installation with more than—

(i) 40,000 places for poultry,

(ii) 2,000 places for production pigs (over 30kg), or

(iii) 750 places for sows.

SECTION 6.10 E+W Carbon capture and storage

Part A(1)

(a) Capture of carbon dioxide streams from an installation for the purposes of geological storage pursuant to Directive 2009/31/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council on the geological storage of carbon dioxide M5 .

Marginal Citations

M5 OJ No L 140, 5.6.2009, p 114, as last amended by Directive 2011/92/EU (OJ No L 26, 28.1.2012, p 1).

Regulation 4

SCHEDULE 2 E+W Exempt facilities: general

Interpretation: general E+W

1.—(1) In this Schedule—

“occupier” means a person who is or has been the occupier of the land on which an exempt water discharge activity or exempt groundwater activity is carried on;

“operator” means the person carrying on a water discharge activity or groundwater activity;

“register” means the register which the exemption registration authority is required to establish and maintain under paragraph 11(1);

“registered” means—

(a)

in relation to a waste operation, that the relevant particulars appear on the register during a valid registration period,

(b)

in relation to a water discharge activity, groundwater activity or flood risk activity, that the relevant particulars appear on the register,

and “registration” is to be construed accordingly;

“relevant particulars” has the meaning given in paragraph 10(4);

“valid registration period”, for an exempt waste operation, means the period of validity of a registration referred to in paragraph 15(1), as read with paragraph 15(2);

“WEEE operation” means a waste operation falling within a description in paragraph T11.

(2) In this Schedule, in relation to an exempt waste operation, a reference to any of paragraphs U1 to U16, T1 to T32, D1 to D8 or S1 to S3 has the meaning given in paragraph 1(8) of Chapter 1 of Part 1 of Schedule 3.

Interpretation: exemption registration authority and exemption authority E+W

2.—(1) Subject to sub-paragraph (2), the exemption registration authority in relation to a waste operation falling within a description in Part 1 of Schedule 3 is the appropriate agency.

(2) The exemption registration authority in relation to a waste operation falling within a description in paragraph T3 or T7 is—

(a) for a waste operation carried on by waste mobile plant by an establishment or undertaking whose principal place of business is in England and Wales, the local authority in whose area it has its principal place of business;

(b) for a waste operation carried on by waste mobile plant by an establishment or undertaking whose principal place of business is not in England and Wales, the local authority in whose area the operation is first carried on;

(c) for a waste operation not carried on by waste mobile plant, the local authority in whose area the operation is carried on.

(3) In relation to Wales only, the NRBW is the exemption registration authority in relation to—

(a) a water discharge activity falling within a description in Part 2 of Schedule 3, and

(b) a groundwater activity falling within a description in Part 3 of Schedule 3.

(4) In relation to England only—

(a) the Agency is the exemption registration authority in relation to—

(i) a water discharge activity falling within a description in paragraph 1 of Part 2 of Schedule 3, and

(ii) a groundwater activity falling within a description in paragraph 2 or 5 of Part 3 of Schedule 3;

(b) the Agency is the exemption authority in relation to—

(i) a water discharge activity falling within a description in paragraph 3 of Part 2 of Schedule 3, and

(ii) a groundwater activity falling within a description in paragraph 4 of Part 3 of Schedule 3.

(5) The exemption registration authority in relation to a flood risk activity falling within a description in Part 4 of Schedule 3 is the appropriate agency.

General condition E+W

3.  The general condition for an operation or activity in this Schedule is that the operation or activity is not an operation or activity that falls within Chapter 5 of Part 2 of Schedule 1 (waste management).

Exempt waste operations E+W

4.—(1) For the purpose of the definition of “exempt waste operation”, the requirements are—

(a) that a waste operation—

(i) falls within a description in Part 1 of Schedule 3, and

(ii) satisfies the general and specific conditions specified in that Part in relation to the description,

(b) subject to sub-paragraph (2) and paragraph 13(10) of this Schedule, that—

(i) the waste operation is registered, and

(ii) an establishment or undertaking is registered in relation to it, and

(c) that the type and quantity of waste submitted to the waste operation, and the method of disposal or recovery, are consistent with the need to attain the objectives mentioned in Article 13 of the Waste Framework Directive.

(2) The registration requirements in sub-paragraph (1)(b) do not apply in respect of a waste operation carried on by a person who is not an establishment or undertaking.

Exempt water discharge activities: Wales E+W

5.  For the purpose of the definition of “exempt water discharge activity”, the requirements in Wales are—

(a) that a water discharge activity—

(i) falls within a description in Part 2 of Schedule 3, and

(ii) satisfies, in relation to an activity of that description, the relevant conditions specified in that Part,

(b) that the water discharge activity is registered and, subject to paragraph 13(10) of this Schedule, for a water discharge activity that falls within a description in—

(i) paragraph 1 of Part 2 of Schedule 3, the operator is registered in relation to the activity, or

(ii) paragraph 2 of Part 2 of that Schedule, the occupier is registered in relation to the activity, and

(c) that the water discharge activity does not cause pollution of inland freshwaters, coastal waters or relevant territorial waters.

Exempt water discharge activities: England E+W

6.  For the purpose of the definition of “exempt water discharge activity”, the requirements in England are—

(a) that the water discharge activity—

(i) falls within a description in Part 2 of Schedule 3, and

(ii) satisfies, in relation to an activity of that description, the relevant conditions specified in that Part,

(b) where the water discharge activity falls within a description in paragraph 1 of Part 2 of Schedule 3, that (in addition to the requirements in sub-paragraph (a))—

(i) the activity is registered by the operator, and

(ii) subject to paragraph 13(10) of this Schedule, the operator is registered in relation to that activity, and

(c) that the water discharge activity does not cause pollution of inland freshwaters, coastal waters or relevant territorial waters.

Exempt groundwater activities: Wales E+W

7.  For the purpose of the definition of “exempt groundwater activity”, the requirements in Wales are—

(a) that a groundwater activity—

(i) falls within a description in Part 3 of Schedule 3, and

(ii) satisfies, in relation to an activity of that description, the relevant conditions specified in that Part,

(b) that the groundwater activity is registered and, subject to paragraph 13(10) of this Schedule, for a groundwater activity that falls within a description in—

(i) paragraph 2 of Part 3 of Schedule 3, the operator is registered in relation to the activity,

(ii) paragraph 3 of Part 3 of that Schedule, the occupier is registered in relation to the activity, or

(iii) paragraph 5 of Part 3 of that Schedule, the operator is registered in relation to the activity, and

(c) that the groundwater activity does not cause pollution of groundwater.

Exempt groundwater activities: England E+W

8.  For the purpose of the definition of “exempt groundwater activity”, the requirements in England are—

(a) that the groundwater activity—

(i) falls within a description in Part 3 of Schedule 3, and

(ii) satisfies, in relation to an activity of that description, the relevant conditions specified in that Part,

(b) where the groundwater activity falls within a description in paragraph 2 or 5 of Part 3 of Schedule 3, that (in addition to the requirements in sub-paragraph (a))—

(i) the activity is registered by the operator, and

(ii) subject to paragraph 13(10) of this Schedule, the operator is registered in relation to the activity, and

(c) that the groundwater activity does not cause pollution of groundwater.

Exempt flood risk activities E+W

9.  An “exempt flood risk activity” is a flood risk activity that—

(a) falls within a description in Part 4 of Schedule 3,

(b) satisfies, in relation to an activity of that description, the relevant conditions specified in that Part,

(c) is registered, and

(d) is an activity in relation to which the operator is registered.

Procedure for registering an exempt facility E+W

10.—(1) An establishment or undertaking seeking to be registered in relation to a waste operation described in Part 1 of Schedule 3, or seeking to renew such a registration, must notify the exemption registration authority of—

(a) the relevant particulars, and

(b) the information specified in sub-paragraph (5).

(2) An occupier or operator seeking to be registered in relation to a water discharge activity described in Part 2 of Schedule 3 or a groundwater activity described in Part 3 of that Schedule must notify the exemption registration authority of the relevant particulars.

(3) An operator seeking to be registered in relation to a flood risk activity described in Part 4 of Schedule 3 must notify the exemption registration authority of the relevant particulars.

(4) The relevant particulars are—

(a) the name and address of—

(i) for a waste operation, the establishment or undertaking, or

(ii) for a water discharge activity, groundwater activity or flood risk activity, the occupier or operator,

(b) a description of the waste operation, water discharge activity, groundwater activity or flood risk activity,

(c) the place where the waste operation, water discharge activity, groundwater activity or flood risk activity is carried on, including—

(i) the postcode (if applicable), or

(ii) the Ordnance Survey National Grid reference point, and

(d) if the waste operation is a WEEE operation, the type and quantity of waste subject to the operation.

(5) The information in this sub-paragraph is the name and contact details of an individual officer or employee designated by the establishment or undertaking as the primary contact for the purposes of registration.

(6) Notification under sub-paragraph (1) or (2) must be in the form specified by the exemption registration authority.

(7) A notification under sub-paragraph (1) relating to a waste operation that is a WEEE operation must be accompanied by the applicable fee.

(8) In sub-paragraph (7), “applicable fee” means the fee prescribed under a charging scheme made under section 41 of the 1995 Act M6 .

Marginal Citations

M6 Section 41 was amended by paragraph 39 of Schedule 4 to the Flood and Water Management Act 2010 (c. 29) and by S.I. 2005/894, 1806 (W. 138), 2006/937, 2007/1711, 3106, 2008/3087, 2009/890, 3381, 2011/988, 1043, 2911, 2012/1659, 2788, 2013/755 (W. 90), 1821 and 2014/861.

Register of exempt facilities E+W

11.—(1) Every exemption registration authority must establish and maintain a register of exempt facilities in relation to which it is the exemption registration authority.

(2) Subject to sub-paragraphs (4) and (5), the exemption registration authority must ensure the register contains the relevant particulars—

(a) for an exempt waste operation other than a WEEE operation, within 5 working days after the date that it receives notification of the relevant particulars and the information specified in paragraph 10(5);

(b) for a WEEE operation—

(i) where a decision is made under sub-paragraph (3) not to inspect the operation, within 5 working days after the date of the decision;

(ii) otherwise, within 5 working days after the date of the inspection under sub-paragraph (3);

(c) for an exempt water discharge activity, exempt groundwater activity or exempt flood risk activity, within 15 working days after the date that it receives notification of the relevant particulars.

(3) Where information notified in accordance with paragraph 10(1) relates to a WEEE operation, the exemption registration authority may carry out an inspection of the operation before adding the information to the register in accordance with sub-paragraph (2).

(4) Where following an inspection carried out under sub-paragraph (3) the authority is not satisfied that a WEEE operation would meet the conditions in sub-paragraph (3) of paragraph T11, the information notified must not be added to the register.

(5) The exemption registration authority must ensure the register is updated to reflect any changes notified under paragraph 16(1) of this Schedule or under Part 2 or 3 of Schedule 3—

(a) for exempt waste operations, within 5 working days after the date that it receives the notification, or

(b) for exempt water discharge activities, exempt groundwater activities and exempt flood risk activities, within 15 working days after that date.

(6) Every exemption registration authority must—

(a) ensure that its register is open to inspection by the public free of charge at all reasonable hours, and

(b) provide reasonable facilities to the public for obtaining a copy of an entry on payment of a reasonable charge.

(7) A register may be kept in any form.

Duty to remove entries from the register E+W

12.—(1) The duty to maintain a register in paragraph 11(1) includes a duty to remove an entry from the register if—

(a) the exemption registration authority becomes aware that the exempt facility is no longer in operation at the place stated in the relevant particulars, or

(b) the facility ceases to be an exempt facility.

(2) If the exemption registration authority removes an entry from the register under sub-paragraph (1), it must notify without delay the occupier, operator or other person registered in relation to the exempt facility.

(3) Sub-paragraph (2) does not apply if the exemption registration authority was notified by the person registered in relation to the facility that the facility is no longer in operation at the place stated in the relevant particulars.

Exclusion from the register of information affecting national security E+W

13.—(1) The appropriate authority may direct the exemption registration authority that, in the interests of national security, specified information or information of a specified description must be excluded from the register.

(2) The exemption registration authority must notify the appropriate authority of any information it excludes from the register pursuant to such a direction.

(3) The appropriate authority may direct the exemption registration authority that, in the interests of national security, before information of a specified description is included on the register, the information must be referred to the appropriate authority for determination as to whether or not it should be excluded from the register.

(4) A determination by the appropriate authority under sub-paragraph (3) to exclude information from the register must be given effect by a direction under sub-paragraph (1).

(5) A person may give a notice to the appropriate authority stating that, in the person's opinion, the inclusion of information on the register would be contrary to the interests of national security.

(6) A notice under sub-paragraph (5) must specify the information and indicate its apparent nature.

(7) A person giving a notice under sub-paragraph (5) must at the same time notify the exemption registration authority.

(8) The exemption registration authority must not include information notified under sub-paragraph (5) on the register unless the appropriate authority determines that it may be included.

(9) A determination by the appropriate authority to exclude information notified under sub-paragraph (5) from the register must be given effect by a direction under sub-paragraph (1).

(10) In relation to an exempt facility that is the subject of a direction or notice given under this paragraph, the requirement in paragraph 4(1)(b), 5(b), 6(b), 7(b) or 8(b)—

(a) does not apply where a direction or notice requires the exclusion of all relevant particulars from the register, and

(b) is satisfied where—

(i) a direction under sub-paragraph (1) requires the exclusion of some, but not all, relevant particulars from the register,

(ii) a direction under sub-paragraph (3) which is pending a determination under that sub-paragraph requires the exclusion of relevant particulars from the register, or

(iii) a notice under sub-paragraph (5) which is pending a determination under sub-paragraph (8) requires the exclusion of relevant particulars from the register,

and where any relevant particulars which are not subject to a direction or notice are included on the register.

Restrictions on registering exempt waste operations carried on at the same place E+W

14.—(1) An establishment or undertaking may not be registered more than once during a valid registration period in relation to any one waste operation described in Part 1 of Schedule 3 that is carried on or is to be carried on at the same place.

(2) If an establishment or undertaking is registered more than once in contravention of sub-paragraph (1), the second and any subsequent registration is invalid.

(3) Subject to sub-paragraph (7), not more than one establishment or undertaking may be registered at the same time in relation to the same waste operation described in Part 1 of Schedule 3 if the operation is carried on or is to be carried on at the same place.

(4) If more than one establishment or undertaking is registered in contravention of sub-paragraph (3), only the registration specified in sub-paragraph (5) is valid.

(5) The registration specified in this sub-paragraph is the registration of the establishment or undertaking in respect of which the relevant particulars first appeared on the register in the relevant period.

(6) In this paragraph, “relevant period” means the period during which the relevant particulars appear on the register.

(7) Sub-paragraph (3) does not apply in relation to a waste operation falling within a description in paragraph D2.

Validity of registration of waste operations E+W

15.—(1) A first registration or a registration in relation to a WEEE operation is valid for 3 years.

(2) Any other registration in relation to a waste operation is valid until the end of validity of the first registration.

(3) For the purposes of sub-paragraphs (1) and (2), the period of validity of a registration commences on the date of registration or on the most recent renewal date, as the case may be.

(4) An establishment or undertaking may renew a registration at any time in the month prior to the registration becoming invalid (and the registration procedure specified in paragraph 10 applies in relation to any such renewal).

(5) Where an establishment or undertaking has renewed a registration, the renewal takes effect on the day after the day on which the previous registration becomes invalid.

(6) In this paragraph—

“date of registration” means the date on which the relevant particulars first appear on the register;

“first registration” means—

(a)

the first appearance on the register of relevant particulars for an establishment or undertaking in relation to a waste operation other than a WEEE operation, or

(b)

in the case of a renewal, the first such appearance following the end of validity of the registration, other than the end of validity of the registration of a WEEE operation;

“renewal date” means the date that the renewal of a registration takes effect.

Changes to relevant particulars relating to waste operations E+W

16.—(1) An establishment or undertaking registered in relation to a waste operation must notify the exemption registration authority without delay of any changes to—

(a) any of the relevant particulars, and

(b) any of the information specified in paragraph 10(5).

(2) If an establishment or undertaking does not comply with sub-paragraph (1)(a), the exemption registration authority may remove from the register the entry made in respect of the establishment or undertaking.

(3) Notification under sub-paragraph (1) must be in the form specified by the exemption registration authority.

(4) The exemption registration authority must notify the establishment or undertaking without delay if it removes an entry from the register pursuant to sub-paragraph (2).

Record keeping for exempt waste operations E+W

17.—(1) This paragraph applies to every exempt waste operation where the waste operation—

(a) is a WEEE operation, or

(b) falls within a description in—

(i) subject to sub-paragraph (2), paragraph U10 or U11;

(ii) paragraph T9;

(iii) paragraph T3 or T7 where the operation is carried on by waste mobile plant.

(2) But it does not apply in relation to an exempt waste operation where—

(a) the waste operation falls within a description in paragraph U10 or U11, and

(b) the establishment or undertaking is required to keep records in relation to the operation and the waste that is subject to that operation under the Nitrate Pollution Prevention Regulations 2015 M7 or the Nitrate Pollution Prevention (Wales) Regulations 2013 M8 .

(3) An establishment or undertaking which carries on an exempt waste operation to which this paragraph applies must—

(a) keep chronological records of the quantity, nature, origin and, where relevant, the destination and treatment method of all waste disposed of or recovered in the course of that operation, and

(b) where the waste operation falls within a description in paragraph T3 or T7 and is carried on by waste mobile plant, keep records of the places where the operation is carried on.

(4) An establishment or undertaking which carries on an exempt waste operation to which this paragraph applies must—

(a) retain any records that it is required to keep under sub-paragraph (3) for a period of—

(i) if the operation involves the treatment of hazardous waste, 3 years;

(ii) otherwise, 2 years, and

(b) during that period make those records available to the exemption registration authority on request.

Marginal Citations

M7 S.I. 2015/668.

M8 S.I. 2013/2506 (W. 245), amended by S.I. 2015/2020 (W. 308).

Periodic inspections of establishments and undertakings E+W

18.  Every exemption registration authority must carry out appropriate periodic inspections of establishments and undertakings carrying on exempt waste operations in respect of which it is the exemption registration authority.

Regulation 4

SCHEDULE 3 E+W Exempt facilities and waste operations to which section 33(1)(a) of the 1990 Act does not apply: descriptions and conditions

PART 1 E+W Exempt waste operations: descriptions and conditions

CHAPTER 1 E+W Interpretation of Part 1

Interpretation E+W

1.—(1) In this Part—

“agricultural land” has the meaning given in section 109(1) of the Agriculture Act 1947 M9 and, for the purposes of the descriptions in paragraphs U10 and U11, includes land used for the production of timber or other non-food crops;

“anaerobic digestion” means the mesophilic and thermophilic biological decomposition and stabilisation of biodegradable waste which—

(a)

is carried on under controlled anaerobic conditions, and

(b)

results in stable sanitised material that can be applied to land for the benefit of agriculture or to improve the soil structure or nutrients in land;

“associated storage” means storage of waste that—

(a)

is associated with the use, treatment or disposal of waste, and

(b)

takes place at the place where the use, treatment or disposal is carried on;

“bank” means a bank, wall or embankment adjoining or confining, or constructed for the purposes of or in connection with, any channel and includes all land between the bank and low-watermark;

“construction” means the carrying on of building or engineering work which includes the repair, alteration, maintenance or improvement of an existing work and preparatory or landscaping works;

“impermeable surface” means a surface or pavement constructed and maintained to a standard sufficient to prevent the transmission of liquids beyond the surface;

“inland waters” has the meaning given in section 221(1) of the 1991 Act;

“List of Wastes” means the list of wastes established by Commission Decision 2000/532/EC replacing Decision 94/3/EC establishing a list of wastes pursuant to Article 1(a) of Council Directive 75/442/EEC on waste and Council Decision 94/904/EC establishing a list of hazardous waste pursuant to Article 1(4) of Council Directive 91/689/EEC on hazardous waste M10 , as amended from time to time;

“place of production” means, in relation to any waste, the place where the waste was originally produced;

“Plant Health notice” means a notice served under—

(a)

article 13 of the Plant Health (Phytophthora ramorum) (Wales) Order 2006 M11 ;

(b)

article 31 of the Plant Health (Forestry) Order 2005 M12 ;

(c)

article 32 of the Plant Health (England) Order 2015 M13 ;

(d)

article 32 of the Plant Health (Wales) Order 2006 M14 ;

“relevant waste”, where it appears in any paragraph in this Part, means waste that—

(a)

falls within a code specified in the first column of the table in the paragraph, and

(b)

is of a type specified in the second column of the table;

“scrap metal” has the meaning given in section 21 of the Scrap Metal Dealers Act 2013 M15 ;

“sealed drainage” means a drainage system with an impermeable surface which ensures that—

(a)

no liquid will run off the surface otherwise than via the system, and

(b)

except where they may be lawfully discharged, all liquids entering the system are collected in a sealed sump;

“secondary containment” means a bund or any other system for preventing waste which has leaked from the primary container from escaping from the place where it is stored or treated.

(2) In this Part, a six-digit code used to refer to a waste is a reference to the waste specified by the six-digit code in the List of Wastes, except insofar as the waste in this Part in relation to such a code does not include some of the types of waste specified by the code in the List.

(3) Where a bund is used as secondary containment—

(a) the bund must have an impermeable lining and—

(i) have a capacity of not less than 110% of the original container's storage capacity, or

(ii) if there is more than one container within the containment system, have a capacity of not less than 110% of the largest container's storage capacity or 25% of the aggregate storage capacity, whichever is the greater, and

(b) reasonable precautions must be taken to ensure that the capacities specified in paragraph (a) are maintained at all times.

(4) When interpreting this Part, a container, lagoon or other place is secure in relation to waste kept in it if—

(a) all reasonable precautions are taken to ensure that the waste cannot escape from it, and

(b) members of the public are unable to gain access to the waste.

(5) Where a quantity limit is specified in relation to more than one operation (storage, use or treatment) in any one specific or additional condition, that quantity limit applies to all of those operations on an aggregate basis.

(6) Where a waste operation is carried on by waste mobile plant, the quantity limits specified in any specific or additional specific condition in any Chapter of this Part apply in relation to each place where the operation is carried on.

(7) The quantity limits specified in any specific condition in paragraphs U1, U2, U10, U11, U12 and U15 that relate to the use or storage of waste over a specified period apply for that period regardless of whether more than one establishment or undertaking carries on the operation at the same place over that period.

(8) In this Part—

(a) a reference to any of paragraphs U1 to U16 is a reference to a paragraph numbered 1 to 16 in Section 2 of Chapter 2 (use of waste);

(b) a reference to any of paragraphs T1 to T32 is a reference to a paragraph numbered 1 to 32 in Section 2 of Chapter 3 (treatment of waste);

(c) a reference to any of paragraphs D1 to D8 is a reference to a paragraph numbered 1 to 8 in Section 2 of Chapter 4 (disposal of waste);

(d) a reference to any of paragraphs S1 to S3 is a reference to a paragraph numbered 1 to 3 in Section 2 of Chapter 5 (storage of waste).

Marginal Citations

M9 1947 c. 48.

M10 OJ No L 226, 6.9.2000, p 3, as last amended by Commission Decision 2014/955/EU (OJ No L 370, 30.12.2014, p 44).

M11 S.I. 2006/1344 (W. 134), to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations.

M12 S.I. 2005/2517; relevant amending instruments are S.I. 2011/1043, 2013/755 (W. 90), 2014/2420 and 2015/1723 (W. 235).

M13 S.I. 2015/610, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations.

M14 S.I. 2006/1643 (W. 158), amended by S.I. 2011/1043; there are other amending instruments but none is relevant.

M15 2013 c. 10.

CHAPTER 2 E+W Use of waste

SECTION 1 E+W Introductory

1.—(1) The descriptions in this Chapter— E+W

(a) are set out in the first sub-paragraph of paragraphs U1 to U16, and

(b) include associated storage.

(2) The specific conditions for each description in this Chapter are set out in the third sub-paragraph of paragraphs U1 to U16.

(3) The general conditions for all descriptions in this Chapter are as follows—

(a) the operation is for the purposes of recovering or reusing the waste, unless otherwise stated in the specific conditions;

(b) the waste used is suitable for the purposes of the operation;

(c) no more waste is used than is necessary to carry on the operation.

SECTION 2 E+W Descriptions and specific conditions

Use of waste in construction (U1) E+W

1.—(1) The use of relevant waste in construction.

(2) The tables specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph are set out below.

Table 1

Codes	Waste types	Quantity limit	Additional specific conditions
010102	Waste from mineral non-metalliferous excavation	5,000 tonnes
010408	Waste gravel and crushed rock other than those mentioned in 010407
010409	Waste sand and clays
020202	Shellfish shells from which the soft tissue or flesh has been removed only
101208	Waste ceramics, bricks, tiles and construction products (after thermal processing)
101314	Waste concrete and concrete sludge
170101	Concrete
170102	Bricks
170103	Tiles and ceramics
170107	Mixtures of concrete, bricks, tiles and ceramics other than those mentioned in 170106
170506	Dredging spoil other than those mentioned in 170505		A
170508	Track ballast other than those mentioned in 170507
191205	Glass
191209	Minerals (for example sand, stones)
191212	Aggregates only

Table 2

Codes	Waste types	Quantity limit	Additional specific conditions
020399, 020401	Soil from cleaning and washing fruit and vegetables only	1,000 tonnes
170302	Bituminous mixtures other than those mentioned in 170301	1,000 tonnes	B
170504	Soil and stones other than those mentioned in 170503	1,000 tonnes
170506	Dredging spoil other than those mentioned in 170505	1,000 tonnes
191302	Solid wastes from soil remediation other than those mentioned in 191301	1,000 tonnes
200202	Soil and stones	1,000 tonnes
020103	Plant tissue waste	1,000 tonnes	B
030101, 030301	Untreated waste bark, cork and wood only	1,000 tonnes	B
030105	Untreated wood including sawdust, shavings and cuttings from untreated wood only	1,000 tonnes	B
170201	Untreated wood only	1,000 tonnes	B
191207	Untreated wood other than those mentioned in 191206 only	1,000 tonnes	B
200138	Untreated wood other than those mentioned in 200137 only	1,000 tonnes	B

Table 3

Codes	Waste types	Quantity limit	Additional specific conditions
170302	Bituminous mixtures other than those mentioned in 170301	50,000 tonnes	C
170504	Road sub base only		C

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) where the relevant waste falls within the first column of a table in sub-paragraph (2), the total quantity of waste used or stored over any 3-year period does not exceed the limit indicated in the third column of that table,

(b) where one or more waste type falling within the first column of any one table in sub-paragraph (2) is used or stored, the total quantity for all the waste types used or stored does not exceed the limit indicated in the third column of that table over any 3-year period,

(c) no waste is stored for longer than 12 months prior to use, and

(d) the operation complies with such of the following additional conditions as are specified in the fourth column of the table and for these purposes—

A	the waste is used only for drainage work carried on for the purposes of the Land Drainage Act 1991 M16 , the 1991 Act or the 1995 Act;
B	the waste is used only for the construction of tracks, paths, bridleways or car parks and must be processed into chipped form prior to use;
C	the waste is used only for the construction of roads.

Marginal Citations

M16 1991 c. 59.

Use of baled end-of-life tyres in construction (U2) E+W

2.—(1) The use of relevant waste in construction.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste types
160103	Baled end-of-life tyres only

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste used or stored during the construction does not exceed 50 tonnes of baled tyres,

(b) the waste is not used more than once,

(c) the bales comply with standard PAS108, and

(d) no waste is stored for longer than 3 months prior to use.

Use of waste in the construction of entertainment or educational installations etc. (U3) E+W

3.—(1) The use of relevant waste in the construction of installations, exhibits, sets or demonstrations for entertainment or educational purposes.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste Types
170102	Bricks
170103	Tiles and ceramics
170201, 200138	Wood
170203, 200139	Plastic
170401 to 170407, 170411, 200140	Metals including their alloys
200101	Paper and cardboard
200111	Textiles

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific condition is that the total quantity of waste used or stored prior to use does not exceed 20 tonnes at any one time.

Burning of waste as a fuel in a small appliance (U4) E+W

4.—(1) The burning of relevant waste as a fuel in an appliance if the requirements in sub-paragraph (4) are met.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste Types
020103, 200201	Plant tissue waste only
020107, 170201	Untreated wood only
020304	Vegetable waste unsuitable for consumption or processing
030101	Waste bark and cork
030105	Untreated sawdust and wood shavings other than those mentioned in 030104 only
030301	Waste bark and wood
030310	Fibre rejects (fibrous vegetable waste from virgin pulp preparation or paper pulp production) only
150103	Untreated wooden packaging only

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste burned over any period of 1 hour is less than 50kg,

(b) the total quantity of waste stored at any one time does not exceed 10 tonnes, and

(c) the waste is stored in a secure place.

(4) The requirements in this sub-paragraph are that—

(a) the appliance has a net rated thermal input of less than 0.4 megawatts, and

(b) where it is used together with other appliances (whether or not it is operated simultaneously with such other appliances), the aggregate net rated thermal input of all the appliances is less than 0.4 megawatts.

Use of waste derived biodiesel as fuel (U5) E+W

5.—(1) The use of biodiesel derived from relevant waste as a fuel in a portable generator if the requirements in sub-paragraph (4) are met or in a motor vehicle and the storage of such biodiesel—

(a) in or on a motor vehicle or in such a portable generator, or

(b) at a place that is owned or occupied by the owner or user of the biodiesel.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste Types
190210	Waste derived biodiesel only

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of biodiesel stored in or on a motor vehicle or in a portable generator at any one time does not exceed 1,000 litres,

(b) the total quantity of biodiesel stored at a place owned or occupied by the owner or user of the biodiesel at any one time does not exceed 5,000 litres, and

(c) the biodiesel is stored with secondary containment.

(4) The requirements in this sub-paragraph are that—

(a) the portable generator has a net rated thermal input of less than 0.4 megawatts, and

(b) where it is used together with other portable generators (whether or not it is operated simultaneously with such other generators) the aggregate net rated thermal input of all the generators is less than 0.4 megawatts.

Use of sludge for the purposes of re-seeding a waste water treatment plant (U6) E+W

6.—(1) The use of relevant waste at a waste water treatment plant for the purposes of re-seeding the plant.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste Types
190805	Sludges from treatment of urban waste water
190812	Sludges from biological treatment of industrial waste water other than those mentioned in 190811

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste used or stored at the plant at any one time does not exceed 1,000 cubic metres, and

(b) the waste was not produced at the plant.

Use of effluent to clean a highway gravel bed (U7) E+W

7.—(1) The use of relevant waste from a water treatment works or a waste water treatment plant to clean a highway gravel bed.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste Types
190899	Effluent only

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste used over any 24-hour period does not exceed 10 cubic metres,

(b) the highway gravel bed has sealed drainage to ensure that the condition in paragraph (c) can be met,

(c) all waste used in and produced by the cleaning operation is collected, and

(d) the waste meets any relevant conditions specified in the environmental permit authorising the operation of the water treatment works or waste water treatment plant.

Use of waste for a specified purpose (U8) E+W

8.—(1) The use of relevant waste for a specified purpose.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph—

(a) the table specifying relevant waste and the limits referred to in sub-paragraph (3)(a) and (b) is set out below;

(b) “specified purpose” is a purpose specified in the third column of the table.

Codes	Waste types	Specified purpose	Quantity limit (at any one time)
030105, 191207	Untreated wood (including shavings, woodchip and sawdust) and over-sized compost only	Use in equestrian exercise surfaces	1,000 tonnes
191204	Shredded or granulated rubber and end-of-life tyres only	Use in equestrian exercise surfaces	1,000 tonnes
191201	Shredded paper and cardboard	Use as animal bedding	100 tonnes
030305, 030310, 030311	Paper fibre, de-inked paper pulp and de-inked paper sludge from paper manufacturing only	Use as animal bedding	100 tonnes
030105, 191207	Untreated wood (including shavings, woodchip and sawdust) and over-sized compost only	Use as animal bedding	100 tonnes
160103	End-of-life tyres	Use as a weight on cover sheeting on agricultural premises or use as crash barriers	40 tonnes
150102	Geotextile bags (flexible intermediate bulk containers) only	Use as reinforcement in construction	100 bags
020202	Shellfish shells from which the soft tissue or flesh has been removed only	Use for ornamental purposes	50 tonnes
191205	Crushed glass only	Use for ornamental purposes	50 tonnes
200127*, 200128, 080111*, 080112	Paints (excluding specialist and industrial paints, wood preservatives, aerosol and spray paints, inks, adhesives and resins)	Use as paint	1,000 litres
190599	Compost produced for the purposes of growing mushrooms only	Use in growing mushrooms	1,000 tonnes
170102, 170904	Stones and bricks capable of being used in their existing state only	Use in construction of buildings, fencing, barriers, containment or similar above ground construction	100 tonnes
170201, 191207, 200138	Non-hazardous wood including telegraph poles and railway sleepers and lock gates and associated balance beams	Use in construction of buildings, fencing, barriers, containment or similar above ground construction	100 tonnes
110105*, 110107*	Ferric chloride and aluminium hydroxide only	Use in treating municipal waste water effluent	50 cubic metres
110105*, 110107*	Ferric chloride and aluminium hydroxide only	Use in potable water treatment processes	50 cubic metres
190902, 190903, 190906	Sludges/solutions from the treatment of water only	Use in treating municipal waste water effluent	50 cubic metres
100201, 100202, 170504, 191209	Blast furnace slag and stones only	Use as filter media at waste water treatment works	50,000 tonnes
170204*, 191206*, 200137*	Hazardous wooden telegraph poles and railway sleepers and lock gates and associated balance beams only	Use in construction of buildings, fencing, barriers, containment or similar above ground construction	100 tonnes

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total amount of waste used or stored at any one time does not exceed the quantity limit specified in the fourth column,

(b) in relation to any relevant waste to which code 160103 applies (end-of-life tyres), within the quantity limit specified for that waste type, not more than 10 tonnes is stored together,

(c) the waste is not treated or required to be treated prior to use,

(d) in relation to any relevant waste to which code 110105* (ferric chloride), 110107* (aluminium hydroxide), 190902, 190903, 190906 (sludges/solutions from the treatment of water) applies, the waste is stored—

(i) with secondary containment, and

(ii) in a location with sealed drainage, and

(e) in relation to any relevant waste to which code 110105* (ferric chloride), 110107* (aluminium hydroxide) applies, within the quantity limit specified for that waste type, not more than 10 tonnes of waste may be used per day.

Use of waste to manufacture finished goods (U9) E+W

9.—(1) The use of relevant waste to manufacture finished goods.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph and the quantity limits referred to in sub-paragraph (3)(a) is set out below.

Codes	Waste types	Quantity limit (at any one time)	Additional specific conditions
100101, 100102	Ash only	500 tonnes	A
101208	Ceramics	100 tonnes	A
101112, 150107, 191205, 200102	Glass	5,000 tonnes	A
100105	Gypsum only	500 tonnes	A
200199	Lion faeces only	5 tonnes	B
120101, 120103, 150104, 160117, 160118, 191001, 191002, 191202, 191203, 200140	Metals	500 tonnes	A
150101, 191201, 200101	Paper and cardboard	15,000 tonnes	C, D
070213, 120105, 150102, 191204, 200139	Plastics	500 tonnes	E
191204	Rubber only	30 tonnes	E, F
040221, 040222, 150109, 191208, 200110, 200111	Textiles	1,000 tonnes	B
030105, 030301, 150103, 191207, 200138	Wood, bark, cork, sawdust, shavings, cuttings, particle board	100 tonnes	B

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste used or stored at any one time does not exceed the quantity limit specified in the third column of the table in sub-paragraph (2),

(b) the waste is stored in a secure location at the place where the manufacturing is carried on,

(c) the operation does not involve any activity falling within a description in Part A(1) or Part A(2) of Part 2 of Schedule 1, and

(d) the operation complies with such of the following additional specific conditions as are specified in the fourth column of the table—

A	the waste is stored at a location with sealed drainage;
B	the waste is stored indoors or in a secure container;
C	the waste is stored in a baled form, in a container or indoors;
D	within the quantity limit specified in the third column of the table and notwithstanding additional specific condition C, up to 1,000 tonnes may be stored outdoors so long as it is stored in an enclosure designed and maintained to prevent the escape of litter;
E	the waste is not subject to heat treatment;
F	the total quantity of waste stored together does not exceed 10 tonnes.

(4) For the purposes of this paragraph, “finished goods” means goods that are ready for use by an end consumer without any further processing.

Spreading waste on agricultural land to confer benefit (U10) E+W

10.—(1) The spreading of relevant waste on agricultural land to confer benefit to the land for the purposes of providing, maintaining or improving the soil's ability to provide a growing medium by adding nutrients, lime or biomass.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph and the quantity and storage limits referred to in sub-paragraph (3) is set out below.

Codes	Waste types	Quantity limit	Storage limit (at any one time)	Period	Additional specific conditions
010102, 010408, 170504	Chalk only	50 tonnes per hectare	200 tonnes	12 months	A
020101	Sludges from washing and cleaning fruit and vegetables on farm only	50 tonnes per hectare	200 tonnes	12 months	A, F
020199, 020399	Untreated wash waters from cleaning fruit and vegetables on farm only	100 tonnes per hectare	200 tonnes	12 months	A, F
020305	Effluent from the on-site treatment of wash waters from cleaning fruit and vegetables on farm only	100 tonnes per hectare	200 tonnes	12 months	A, F
020401, 020399	Soil from cleaning and washing fruit and vegetables only	50 tonnes per hectare	200 tonnes	12 months	A
020199	Milk from agricultural premises only	50 cubic metres of diluted milk per hectare	200 tonnes	24 hours	A, B, E
100101	Ash from wood chip boilers produced pursuant to an operation described in paragraph U4 only	1 tonne per hectare	10 tonnes	12 months	A
170506	Dredging spoil (other than those mentioned in 170505) generated from the creation or maintenance of habitats, ditches or ponds within parks, gardens, fields and forests only	150 tonnes per hectare	1,250 tonnes	12 months	C
020199	Spent compost from the growing of mushrooms only	50 tonnes per hectare	500 tonnes	12 months	A
190599	Compost produced pursuant to a treatment described in paragraph T23 or T26 only	50 tonnes per hectare	500 tonnes	12 months	A
190604	Digestate produced pursuant to a treatment described in paragraph T24 or T25 only	50 tonnes per hectare	200 tonnes	12 months	A
190812	Waste consisting of biobed or biofilter material produced pursuant to a treatment described in paragraph T32 only	50 tonnes per hectare	200 tonnes	12 months	A, D

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste spread does not exceed the limit specified in the third column of the table in sub-paragraph (2) over the period specified in the fifth column,

(b) the total quantity of waste stored at any one time does not exceed the limit specified in the fourth column of the table,

(c) subject to additional specific conditions D and E in paragraph (f), where they apply, no waste is stored for longer than 12 months prior to spreading,

(d) the waste is stored in a secure location prior to spreading,

(e) at the time the spreading begins—

(i) the land has not been frozen for 12 or more hours in the preceding 24 hours,

(ii) the land is not waterlogged, frozen or snow-covered, and

(f) the operation complies with such of the following additional specific conditions as are specified in the sixth column of the table—

A	the location of any waste which is stored or land which is spread is at least 10 metres from a watercourse and 50 metres from a spring, well or bore-hole;
B	prior to spreading, the waste is diluted with not less than an equal quantity of water or slurry and the land is spread not more than once in any 4-week period;
C	the waste is spread adjacent to the place from which it was dredged;
D	the waste is stored for at least 12 months prior to spreading;
E	the waste is not stored for longer than 24 hours prior to spreading;
F	the waste is spread at the place where it is produced.

Spreading waste on non-agricultural land to confer benefit (U11) E+W

11.—(1) The spreading of relevant waste on land that is not agricultural land for the purposes of providing, maintaining or improving the soil's ability to provide a growing medium by adding nutrients, lime or bio-mass.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph and the quantity and storage limits referred to in sub-paragraph (3) is set out below.

Codes	Waste types	Quantity limit (over 12 months)	Storage limit (at any one time)	Additional specific conditions
010102, 010408, 170504	Chalk only	50 tonnes per hectare	200 tonnes	A
020202	Shellfish shells from which the soft tissue or flesh has been removed only	50 tonnes per hectare	200 tonnes	A
020399, 020401	Soil from cleaning and washing fruit and vegetables only	50 tonnes per hectare	200 tonnes	A
100101	Ash from wood chip boilers produced pursuant to an operation de-scribed in paragraph U4 only	1 tonne per hectare	10 tonnes	A
170506	Dredging spoil (other than those mentioned in 170505) generated from the creation or maintenance of habitats, ditches or ponds within parks, gardens, fields and forests only	150 tonnes per hectare	1,250 tonnes	B
020199	Spent compost from the growing of mushrooms only	50 tonnes per hectare	500 tonnes	A
190599	Compost produced pursuant to a treatment de-scribed in paragraph T23 or T26 only	50 tonnes per hectare	500 tonnes	A
190604	Digestate produced pursuant to a treatment described in paragraph T24 or T25 only	50 tonnes per hectare	200 tonnes	A
190812	Waste consisting of biobed or biofilter material produced pursuant to a treatment described in paragraph T32 only	50 tonnes per hectare	200 tonnes	A, C
200108	Coffee grounds only	50 tonnes per hectare	200 tonnes	A

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste spread does not exceed the limit specified in the third column of the table in sub-paragraph (2) over any 12-month period,

(b) the total quantity of waste stored at any one time does not exceed the limit specified in the fourth column of the table,

(c) subject to additional specific condition C in paragraph (f), where it applies, no waste is stored for longer than 12 months prior to spreading,

(d) the waste is stored in a secure location prior to spreading,

(e) at the time the spreading begins—

(i) the land has not been frozen for 12 or more hours in the preceding 24 hours;

(ii) the land is not waterlogged, frozen or snow-covered, and

(f) the operation complies with such of the following additional specific conditions as are specified in the fifth column of the table—

A	the location of any waste which is stored or land which is spread is at least 10 metres from a watercourse and 50 metres from a spring, well or borehole;
B	the waste is spread adjacent to the place from which it was dredged;
C	the waste is stored for at least 12 months prior to spreading.

Use of mulch (U12) E+W

12.—(1) The use of relevant waste as a mulch.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste Types
020103, 191207, 200201	Untreated wood and plant matter

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste used or stored over any period of 1 month does not exceed 100 tonnes, and

(b) the waste is stored in a secure location prior to use.

Spreading of plant matter to confer benefit (U13) E+W

13.—(1) The spreading of relevant waste at the place of production to confer benefit.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste Types
020103, 020107, 020304, 200201	Plant tissue only

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste spread over any 12-month period does not exceed 50 tonnes per hectare,

(b) at the time the spreading begins—

(i) the land has not been frozen for 12 or more hours in the preceding 24 hours;

(ii) the land is not waterlogged, frozen or snow-covered, and

(c) except for waste which is spread on the banks of the waters from which it was produced, no waste is spread within 50 metres of any watercourse, spring, well or borehole.

Incorporation of ash into soil (U14) E+W

14.—(1) The incorporation of ash which is relevant waste into soil resulting from a qualifying operation.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste Types
020103, 020107, 200201	Ash from burning of plant tissue only

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste incorporated into soil does not exceed 10 tonnes per hectare, and

(b) ashes of burnt cereal, straw or cereal stubble are not allowed, without reasonable excuse, proof of which lies on the establishment or undertaking carrying on the operation, to remain on the soil for longer than 24 hours after the commencement of the burning but must be incorporated into the soil—

(i) within that period, or

(ii) in a case where, having regard to wind conditions to do so would be likely to cause nuisance, as soon as conditions allow.

(4) For the purposes of this paragraph, a “qualifying operation” is one that—

(a) involves the burning of cereal straw or cereal stubble,

(b) falls within a description in paragraph D7, and

(c) complies with the specific conditions specified in that paragraph and the general conditions specified in Chapter 3.

Pig and poultry ash (U15) E+W

15.—(1) The spreading of relevant waste on agricultural land at the place of production.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste Types
190112	Ash from the incineration of pig and poultry carcasses only

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste spread over any 12-month period does not exceed 150kg per hectare,

(b) the waste is mixed with an equal volume or more of manure or slurry prior to spreading,

(c) the waste is stored in a secure place prior to spreading,

(d) the location of the waste which is stored or land which is spread is at least—

(i) 10 metres from a watercourse;

(ii) 50 metres from a spring, well or borehole, and

(e) at the time of the spreading—

(i) the land has not been frozen for 12 or more hours in the preceding 24 hours;

(ii) the land is not waterlogged, frozen or snow-covered.

Use of depolluted end-of-life vehicles for vehicle parts (U16) E+W

16.—(1) The use of relevant waste for vehicle parts.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste Types
160106	End-of-life vehicles, containing neither liquids nor other hazardous components
160122	Non-hazardous components from end-of-life vehicles only

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) no more than two depolluted end-of-life vehicles are stored at any one time,

(b) in relation to relevant waste to which code 160122 (non-hazardous components from end-of-life vehicles) applies, the total quantity of waste stored at any one time does not exceed 5 cubic metres,

(c) the waste is stored in a secure place,

(d) the waste is stored on an impermeable surface, and

(e) the operation is for the purposes of re-using the waste.

(4) In this paragraph—

“depolluted” means that the vehicle has been subjected to all of the operations described in paragraph 3 of Annex 1 to the End-of-Life Vehicles Directive;

“end-of-life vehicle” has the meaning given in paragraph 2(2)(b) of Schedule 11.

CHAPTER 3 E+W Treatment of waste

SECTION 1 E+W Introductory

1.—(1) The descriptions in this Chapter— E+W

(a) are set out in the first sub-paragraph of paragraphs T1 to T32, and

(b) include associated storage.

(2) The specific conditions for each description in this Chapter are set out in the third sub-paragraph of paragraphs T1 to T32.

(3) The general condition for the descriptions in this Chapter is that the operation is for the purposes of recovering the waste, unless otherwise stated in the specific conditions.

SECTION 2 E+W Descriptions and specific conditions

Cleaning, washing, spraying or coating relevant waste (T1) E+W

1.—(1) The treatment of relevant waste by cleaning, washing, spraying or coating it, subject to sub-paragraph (4).

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste types
150105	Composite packaging
160120, 150107, 170202, 191205, 200102	Glass
150101	Paper and cardboard packaging
020104, 070213, 150102, 160119, 170203, 200139	Plastic
150109	Textile packaging

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste treated over any 7-day period does not exceed 300 tonnes,

(b) subject to paragraph (e), the total quantity of waste stored at any one time does not exceed 300 tonnes,

(c) the waste is stored and treated in a location with sealed drainage,

(d) no waste is stored for longer than 3 months prior to treatment,

(e) where the waste consists of containers that have been used to contain a hazardous substance, the total quantity of waste stored does not exceed 1 tonne over any 7-day period, and

(f) the waste is not contaminated by more than 1% of its original volume prior to treatment.

(4) The description in sub-paragraph (1) does not include cleaning, washing, spraying or coating of any relevant waste if this falls within Part B of Section 6.4 of Part 2 of Schedule 1.

(5) In this paragraph, “hazardous substance” means a substance classified as hazardous as a consequence of fulfilling the criteria laid down in Parts 2 to 5 of Annex I to Regulation (EC) No 1272/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council on classification, labelling and packaging of substances and mixtures M17 .

(6) References in this paragraph to quantity limits by weight include the weight of any contamination.

Marginal Citations

M17 OJ No L 353, 31.12.2008, p 1, as last amended by Commission Regulation (EU) No 1297/2014 (OJ No L 350, 6.12.2014, p 1).

Recovery of textiles (T2) E+W

2.—(1) The treatment of relevant waste by laundering or otherwise cleaning it.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste types
191208	Textiles
200110	Clothes
200111	Textiles

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste treated or stored at any one time does not exceed 20,000 tonnes, and

(b) the waste is treated and stored at a location with sealed drainage.

Treatment of waste metals and metal alloys by heating for the purposes of removing grease etc. (T3) E+W

3.—(1) The treatment of relevant waste for the purposes of removing grease, oil or any other non-metallic contaminant by heating it in an appliance where the requirements of sub-paragraph (4) are met using a process that is not an excluded process.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste types
160117	Ferrous metal
160118	Non-ferrous metal
191001	Iron and steel waste
191002	Non-ferrous waste
191202	Ferrous metal
191203	Non-ferrous metal
200140	Metals

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste stored or treated at any one time does not exceed 10 tonnes, and

(b) the waste is stored in a secure location with sealed drainage.

(4) The requirements in this sub-paragraph are that—

(a) the appliance has a net rated thermal input of less than 0.2 megawatts, and

(b) where it is used together with other appliances (whether or not it is operated simultaneously with such other appliances), the aggregate net rated thermal input of all the appliances is less than 0.2 megawatts.

(5) The processes that are excluded processes for the purposes of sub-paragraph (1) are—

(a) the removal by heat of plastic or rubber covering from scrap cable or any asbestos contaminant,

(b) a process that is an activity listed in Section 2.1 (other than paragraph (d) of Part B) of Part 2 of Schedule 1 involving the heating of iron, steel or ferrous alloy, and

(c) a process that is an activity described in Part A(1) or A(2) of Section 2.2 of Chapter 2 of Part 2 of Schedule 1 involving the heating of any non-ferrous metal or non-ferrous metal alloy.

Preparatory treatments (baling, sorting, shredding etc.) (T4) E+W

4.—(1) The treatment of relevant waste by baling, sorting, shredding, pulverising, densifying, crushing or compacting it.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph and the quantity limits referred to in sub-paragraph (3) is set out below.

Codes	Waste types	Treatment limit (over 7 days)	Storage limit (at any one time)
150104, 200140	Cans and foils only	100 tonnes where treatment is carried on outdoors	500 tonnes
		500 tonnes where treatment is carried on indoors
070213, 150102, 150105	Food and drink cartons only	100 tonnes where treatment is carried on outdoors	500 tonnes
		3,000 tonnes where treatment is carried on indoors
150107, 160120, 170202, 191205, 200102	Glass	5,000 tonnes	5,000 tonnes
030308, 030307, 150101, 191201, 200101	Paper and cardboard (excluding food and drink cartons)	500 tonnes where treatment is carried on outdoors	15,000 tonnes
		3,000 tonnes where treatment is carried on indoors
020104, 070213, 120105, 150102, 160119, 170203, 191204, 200139	Plastic	100 tonnes where treatment is carried on outdoors	500 tonnes
		3000 tonnes where treatment is carried on indoors
040222, 150109, 191208, 200110, 200111	Textiles and clothes	1,000 tonnes where treatment is carried on outdoors	1,000 tonnes
		3,000 tonnes where treatment is carried on indoors

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) subject to paragraph (d), the total quantity of waste treated over any 7-day period does not exceed the limit specified in the third column of the table in sub-paragraph (2),

(b) the total quantity of waste stored at any one time does not exceed the limit specified in the fourth column of the table,

(c) no waste is stored for longer than 12 months,

(d) where the treatment involves pulverising waste—

(i) the total quantity of waste treated over any 7-day period does not exceed 5 tonnes;

(ii) the treatment is carried on indoors,

(e) where the treatment involves densifying waste, the treatment does not involve the application of heat,

(f) the treatment and storage are carried on in a secure place,

(g) the waste arrives at the place where the operation is carried on unmixed with any other type of waste,

(h) the waste is treated and stored in an unmixed state, and

(i) in relation to relevant waste to which any one of codes 030308, 030307, 150101, 191201, 200101 (paper and cardboard) applies—

(i) the waste is stored in a baled form, in a container or indoors;

(ii) within the storage limit specified in the fourth column of the table, up to 1,000 tonnes may be stored outdoors so long as it is stored in an enclosure designed and maintained to prevent the escape of litter.

Screening and blending of waste (T5) E+W

5.—(1) The treatment of relevant waste by screening and blending it for the purposes of producing an aggregate or soil and associated prior treatment.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste types
010408	Waste gravel and crushed rocks other than those mentioned in 010407
010409	Waste sand and clays
020202	Shellfish shells from which the soft tissue or flesh has been removed only
030101	Untreated waste bark and cork only
030301	Untreated waste bark and wood
100101	Bottom ash, slag and boiler dust (excluding boiler dust mentioned in 100104)
100115	Bottom ash, slag and boiler dust from co-incineration other than those mentioned in 100114
170101	Concrete
170102	Bricks
170103	Tiles and ceramics
170107	Mixtures of concrete, bricks, tiles and ceramics other than those mentioned in 170106
170201	Untreated wood only
170302	Bituminous mixtures other than those mentioned in 170301
170504	Soil and stones other than those mentioned in 170503
170506	Dredging spoil other than those mentioned in 170505
170508	Track ballast other than those mentioned in 170507
190599	Compost produced pursuant to a treatment described in paragraphs T23 or T26 only
191205	Glass
191209	Aggregates only
191212	Gypsum recovered from construction materials only
191302	Solid wastes from soil remediation other than those mentioned in 191301
191304	Sludges from soil remediation other than those mentioned in 191303
200202	Soil and stones

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) in relation to any relevant waste to which code 170302 (bituminous mixtures other than those mentioned in 170301) applies where the treatment is for the purpose of manufacturing roadstone, the total quantity of waste treated or stored over any 3-year period does not exceed 50,000 tonnes,

(b) in relation to relevant waste not covered by paragraph (a), the total quantity of waste treated or stored over any 3-year period does not exceed 5,000 tonnes,

(c) no waste is stored for longer than 12 months, and

(d) the treatment is carried on at the place—

(i) of production, or

(ii) where the treated waste is to be used.

(4) In this paragraph, “associated prior treatment” means crushing relevant waste for the purposes of screening or blending it but does not include crushing of any relevant waste which falls within Part B of Section 3.5 of Part 2 of Schedule 1 or within paragraph T7.

Treatment of waste wood and waste plant matter by chipping, shredding, cutting or pulverising (T6) E+W

6.—(1) The treatment of relevant waste by chipping, shredding, cutting or pulverising it.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste types
020103, 200201	Plant tissue waste
030101,030301, 170201	Wood
150103	Wooden packaging only

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste treated or stored over any 7-day period does not exceed 500 tonnes, and

(b) no waste is stored for longer than 3 months after treatment.

Treatment of waste bricks, tiles and concrete by crushing, grinding or reducing in size (T7) E+W

7.—(1) The treatment of relevant waste by crushing, grinding or reducing it in size but not including any treatment activity covered by paragraph (c) in Part B of Section 3.5 of Part 2 of Schedule 1.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste types
170101	Concrete
170102	Bricks
170103	Tiles and ceramics
170107	Mixtures of concrete, bricks, tiles and ceramics (other than those mentioned in 170106*)

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste treated over any period of 1 hour does not exceed 20 tonnes,

(b) the total quantity of waste stored at any one time does not exceed 200 tonnes,

(c) the waste is stored in a secure place prior to treatment,

(d) the treatment is carried on—

(i) at the place of production, or

(ii) at the place where the treated waste is to be used, and

(e) the operation does not result in the release into the air of a substance listed in paragraph 6(3) of Part 1 of Schedule 1 except in a quantity which is so trivial that it is incapable of causing pollution or its capacity to cause pollution is insignificant.

Mechanical treatment of end-of-life tyres (T8) E+W

8.—(1) The treatment of end-of-life tyres, including such tyres in a shredded or granulated form that are relevant waste by a relevant treatment operation and associated prior treatment.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste and relevant treatment operations for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste types	Relevant treatment operation
160103	End-of-life tyres	Granulating, baling, peeling, shaving, shredding and re-treading of tyres
191204	Shredded or granulated end-of-life tyres only	Granulating

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste stored or treated over any 7-day period does not exceed—

(i) 60 tonnes of truck tyres, or

(ii) 40 tonnes of any other tyres,

(b) within the limits in paragraph (a), the total quantity stored together does not exceed 10 tonnes,

(c) in relation to any relevant treatment operation that is granulating, the treatment is carried on indoors, and

(d) in relation to any relevant treatment operation that is re-treading, the treatment is for the purposes of re-using the waste.

(4) In this paragraph, “associated prior treatment” means cleaning tyres and separating rims from them prior to treatment.

Recovery of scrap metal (T9) E+W

9.—(1) The recovery of scrap metal consisting of relevant waste by—

(a) sorting, grading, shearing by manual feed, baling or crushing it, or

(b) cutting it with hand-held equipment.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste types
020110	Waste metal
150104	Metallic packaging
160117, 191202	Ferrous metal
160118, 191203	Non-ferrous metal
170401	Copper, bronze, brass
170402	Aluminium
170403	Lead
170404	Zinc
170405	Iron and steel
170406	Tin
170407	Mixed metals
170411	Cables other than those mentioned in 170410
200140	Metals

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste treated or stored at any one time does not exceed 1,000 tonnes,

(b) within the limit in paragraph (a), the total quantity of any cables stored or treated does not exceed 50 tonnes,

(c) no waste is stored for longer than 24 months,

(d) the recovery is carried on at a location with sealed drainage, and

(e) the height of any pile or stack of waste does not exceed 5 metres.

Sorting mixed waste (T10) E+W

10.—(1) The sorting of one type of relevant waste from one or more other types of relevant waste.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste types
150101, 200101	Paper and cardboard
150102, 200139	Plastics
150104, 200140	Metals
150105	Composite packaging
150106	Mixed packaging
150107, 200102	Glass
150109, 200110, 200111	Textiles and clothing only

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste stored at any one time does not exceed 10 tonnes,

(b) the total quantity of waste treated over any 7-day period does not exceed 10 tonnes, and

(c) the waste is stored in a secure place.

Repair or refurbishment of WEEE (T11) E+W

11.—(1) The treatment of WEEE that is relevant waste by repairing, refurbishing or dismantling it.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste types
160211*	WEEE containing CFCs, HCFCs and HFCs
160213*	WEEE containing hazardous components other than those mentioned in 160209 to 160212
160214	WEEE other than those mentioned in 160209 to 160213
160216	Components removed from discarded equipment other than those mentioned in 160215
200123*	WEEE containing CFCs
200135*	WEEE other than those mentioned in 200121 and 200123 containing hazardous components
200136	WEEE other than those mentioned in 200121, 200123, and 200135

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste treated or stored over any 12-month period does not exceed 1,000 tonnes,

(b) best available treatment, recovery and recycling techniques are used,

(c) the waste is stored in accordance with paragraph 1 of Annex VIII to the WEEE Directive,

(d) the waste is treated in accordance with paragraph 2 of Annex VIII to the WEEE Directive,

(e) the minimum recovery targets set out in Annex V to the WEEE Directive are met,

(f) the operation meets the technical requirements specified in Annex VIII to the WEEE Directive,

(g) in relation to any relevant waste falling within codes 160211* (WEEE containing CFCs, HCFCs and HFCs) or 200123* (WEEE containing CFCs), the waste is stored in such a manner so as to prevent the release of CFCs, HCFCs and HFCs,

(h) the waste is stored in such a manner that its environmentally sound re-use or recycling is not hindered,

(i) the operation is for the purposes of—

(i) re-using the WEEE for its original purpose,

(ii) re-using any dismantled components for their original purpose, or

(iii) dismantling the WEEE components for the purposes of recovery, and

(j) in relation to dismantling, any fluids are removed and further treatment carried out in accordance with Annex VII to the WEEE Directive.

(4) In this paragraph—

“best available treatment, recovery and recycling techniques” has the meaning given in the document published jointly by the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs, the Welsh Assembly Government and the Scottish Executive on 27th November 2006, entitled “Guidance on Best Available Treatment, Recovery and Recycling Techniques (BATRRT) and Treatment of Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE)”M18 ;

“CFCs” means chlorofluorocarbons;

“HCFCs” means hydrochlorofluorocarbons;

“HFCs” means hydrofluorocarbons;

“treatment” does not include the degassing or capture of ozone depleting substances.

Marginal Citations

M18 See http://archive.defra.gov.uk/environment/waste/producer/electrical/documents/weee-batrrt-guidance.pdf. A copy may be obtained from the Environment Agency, National Customer Contact Centre, PO Box 544, Rotherham, S60 1BY.

Manual treatment of waste (T12) E+W

12.—(1) The manual treatment of relevant waste by a relevant treatment operation.

(2) The table below specifies—

(a) relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph and relevant treatment operations,

(b) the quantity limits referred to in sub-paragraph (3)(a), and

(c) the additional specific conditions referred to in sub-paragraph (3)(c).

Codes	Waste types	Relevant treatment operation	Quantity limits (at any one time)	Additional specific conditions
200199	Bicycles only	Sorting, repairing or refurbishing	100 tonnes	A
200110, 200111	Clothing, fabrics, carpets only	Sorting, repairing or refurbishing	100 tonnes	A
200138, 200139, 200140	Coat hangers only	Sorting and dismantling	100 tonnes	B
200140	Domestic pots and pans only	Sorting and dismantling	100 tonnes
200199	Footwear only	Sorting, repairing or refurbishing	100 tonnes	A
200307	Furniture only	Sorting, repairing or refurbishing	100 tonnes	A
200138, 200139, 200140	Garden tools only	Sorting, repairing or refurbishing	100 tonnes	A
200138, 200139, 200140	Lock gates only	Sorting and dismantling	100 tonnes
200307	Mattresses only	Sorting and dismantling	5 tonnes	B, C
170102, 170201, 170904, 200138	Stone, bricks, wood only	Sorting, repairing or refurbishing	500 tonnes	A
200137*, 200138, 200140	Telegraph poles only	Sorting and dismantling	100 tonnes	B
170201, 170202, 170203, 200102, 200138, 200139, 200140	Windows, doors only	Sorting, repairing or refurbishing	100 tonnes	A
170201, 170202, 170203, 200102, 200138, 200139, 200140	Windows, doors only	Sorting and dismantling	10 tonnes	B
150103	Wooden pallets only	Sorting, repairing or refurbishing	100 tonnes	A
150103	Wooden pallets only	Sorting and dismantling	100 tonnes	B

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste treated or stored at any one time does not exceed the limit specified in the fourth column of the table in sub-paragraph (2),

(b) subject to additional specific condition B in paragraph (c), where it applies, no waste is stored for longer than 2 years, and

(c) the operation complies with such of the following additional specific conditions as is specified in the fifth column of the table—

A	the operation is for the purposes of reusing the waste;
B	no waste is stored for longer than 12 months;
C	treatment and storage are carried on indoors.

Treatment of waste food (T13) E+W

13.—(1) The treatment of waste food that is relevant waste by decanting or unwrapping it, bulking it up and sorting it.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste types
020304, 020501, 020601, 020704	Materials unsuitable for consumption or processing
200199	Non liquid foods unsuitable for consumption or processing only

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste treated or stored at any one time does not exceed 30 tonnes,

(b) the treatment and storage are carried on—

(i) indoors;

(ii) in a secure place,

(c) no waste is stored for longer than 7 days,

(d) in relation to relevant waste specified in the first row of the table in sub-paragraph (2), where that is milk only, the operation is carried on in a dairy which has sealed drainage, and

(e) any resultant waste packaging is bulked up for the purposes of recovery.

Crushing and emptying waste vehicle oil filters (T14) E+W

14.—(1) The treatment of waste vehicle oil filters consisting of relevant waste by crushing and emptying them.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste types
160107*	Oil filters

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste stored after treatment does not exceed 1 tonne of crushed and emptied oil filters at any one time,

(b) the treatment is carried on at the place of production,

(c) the equipment used to treat the waste is—

(i) designed for the purposes of crushing oil filters;

(ii) designed and maintained to ensure that oil does not escape during treatment, and

(d) the treatment takes place as soon as practicable after the oil filter is removed from a vehicle.

Treatment of waste aerosol cans (T15) E+W

15.—(1) The treatment of empty used waste aerosol cans consisting of relevant waste by puncturing and crushing them.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste types
160504*	Aerosol cans containing residues of or contaminated by hazardous substances only
160505	Aerosol cans only

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste treated or stored in any 12-month period does not exceed 3,000 cans,

(b) the waste is stored in a secure location in vented containers prior to treatment,

(c) the treatment and storage are carried on—

(i) at the place of production;

(ii) in a well-ventilated area, and

(d) the equipment used to treat the waste is designed for that purpose.

Treatment of waste toner cartridges and waste ink cartridges by sorting, dismantling, cleaning or refilling (T16) E+W

16.—(1) The treatment of waste toner cartridges and waste ink cartridges consisting of relevant waste by sorting, dismantling, cleaning or refilling them.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste types
080313	Waste ink other than that mentioned in 080312*
080318	Waste printing toner other than those mentioned in 080317
150102	Plastic packaging
160216	Cartridges taken from discarded equipment other than those mentioned in 160215 only
200139	Plastics

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste treated or stored at any one time does not exceed 150 tonnes, and

(b) the treatment is carried on—

(i) indoors;

(ii) at a location with sealed drainage.

Crushing waste fluorescent tubes (T17) E+W

17.—(1) The crushing of relevant waste for the purposes of volume reduction prior to collection.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste types
200121*	Fluorescent tubes only

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the fluorescent tubes were used or intended to be used by the producer of the waste before becoming waste,

(b) the crushing is carried out by the producer of the waste at the place of production,

(c) the total quantity of waste crushed does not exceed 2 tonnes per year,

(d) the equipment used for crushing is owned by the producer,

(e) the mercury exposure limit is not exceeded,

(f) best available treatment, recovery and recycling techniques are used,

(g) the waste is stored in accordance with paragraph 1 of Annex VIII to the WEEE Directive, and

(h) the waste is crushed in accordance with paragraph 2 of Annex VIII to the WEEE Directive.

(4) In this paragraph—

“best available treatment, recovery and recycling techniques” has the meaning given in paragraph 11(4) of this Section;

“mercury exposure limit” means the workplace exposure limit for mercury set out in the document entitled “EH/40/2005 Workplace Exposure Limits” (second edition) issued by the Health and Safety Executive and published in 2011 M19 .

Marginal Citations

M19 See http://www.hse.gov.uk/pubns/priced/eh40.pdf. A copy may be obtained by writing to Health and Safety Executive Books at PO Box 1999, Sudbury, Suffolk CO10 2WA or via https://books.hse.gov.uk/hse/public/home.jsf.

Dewatering using flocculants (T18) E+W

18.—(1) The treatment of relevant waste by dewatering using flocculants.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste types
010409	Clay effluent resulting from the manufacture of ceramics only
080120	Water based paint wash waters only

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste stored or treated at any one time does not exceed 30,000 litres, and

(b) the waste is stored in a container with secondary containment.

Physical and chemical treatment of waste edible oil and fat to produce biodiesel (T19) E+W

19.—(1) The physical and chemical treatment of relevant waste for the purposes of producing biodiesel.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste types
200125	Edible oil and fat

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste physically treated or stored at any one time does not exceed 5,000 litres,

(b) the total quantity of waste chemically treated at any one time does not exceed 250 litres,

(c) the waste is treated and stored in a container with secondary containment,

(d) no waste is stored for longer than 3 months, and

(e) the operation is for the purpose of reusing the waste.

Treatment of waste at a water treatment works (T20) E+W

20.—(1) The treatment of relevant waste at a water treatment works.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste types
190902	Sludges from water clarification
190903	Sludges from decarbonation
190906	Solutions and sludges from regeneration of ion exchangers
190999	Waste water and bore hole flushings only

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste treated at the works over any period of 12 months does not exceed 10,000 cubic metres, and

(b) the waste is treated and stored in a secure location with sealed drainage.

Recovery of waste at a waste water treatment works (T21) E+W

21.—(1) The recovery of relevant waste at a waste water treatment works.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste types
190801	Screenings
190802	Sewage grit (waste from desanding) only
190805	Sludges from treatment of urban waste water
190899	Centrate liquor only
190902	Sludges from water clarification
190903	Sludges from decarbonation
190906	Solutions and sludges from regeneration of ion exchangers
200304	Septic tank sludge
200306	Waste from sewage cleaning
200399	Cesspool waste and other sewage sludge only

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste brought to the works over any period of 12 months does not exceed 100,000 cubic metres, and

(b) the waste is treated and stored in a secure location with sealed drainage.

Recovery of central heating oil by filtration E+W

22.—(1) The recovery of central heating oil by filtering relevant waste.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste types
130701*	Central heating oil only

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste treated over any 7-day period does not exceed 400 litres,

(b) the waste is stored with secondary containment,

(c) the treatment is carried on at a location with sealed drainage, and

(d) the operation is for the purpose of reusing the waste.

Aerobic composting and associated prior treatment (T23) E+W

23.—(1) The treatment of relevant waste by aerobic composting and associated prior treatment.

(2) The tables specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph are set out below.

Table 1

Codes	Waste types
170506	Plant tissue waste from inland waters only
020103, 200201	Plant tissue waste
020106	Horse manure and farmyard manure only
020107	Biodegradable waste from forestry only
020199	Fully biodegradable animal bedding
200101	Paper and cardboard
200201	Biodegradable waste plant matter only

Table 2

Codes	Waste types
020202	Animal tissue waste
020501, 020601	Materials unsuitable for consumption or processing
200108	Biodegradable kitchen and canteen waste
200302	Biodegradable waste from markets only

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are—

(a) the total quantity of waste treated or stored at any one time does not exceed 80 tonnes where—

(i) the operation is carried on at the place of production, and

(ii) the treated waste is being or is to be used at that place,

(b) the total quantity of waste treated or stored at any one time does not exceed 60 tonnes where—

(i) the waste is produced at a place other than where the operation is carried on, or

(ii) the treated waste is not to be used at the place where the operation is carried on,

(c) within the quantity limits in paragraphs (a) and (b), the waste does not consist at any one time of more than the following quantities—

(i) 10 tonnes of paper or cardboard;

(ii) 20 tonnes of manure;

(iii) 10 tonnes of any relevant waste listed in Table 2,

(d) in relation to relevant waste listed in Table 1, no waste is stored for longer than 1 month prior to treatment,

(e) in relation to relevant waste listed in Table 2, no waste is stored for longer than 7 days prior to treatment,

(f) no waste is stored for a period of longer than 12 months after treatment, and

(g) the treatment results in a stable sanitised material that can be applied to land for the benefit of agriculture or to improve the soil structure or nutrients in land.

(4) In this paragraph—

“aerobic composting” means the autothermic and thermophilic biological decomposition and stabilisation of biodegradable waste under controlled conditions that are aerobic;

“associated prior treatment” means screening, chipping, shredding, cutting, pulverising or sorting waste for the purposes of aerobic composting.

Anaerobic digestion at premises used for agriculture and burning of resultant biogas (T24) E+W

24.—(1) The treatment by anaerobic digestion of relevant waste at premises used for agriculture and associated prior treatment and the burning of any resultant biogas.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste types
020103, 020107, 170506, 200201	Plant tissue waste
020106	Horse and farmyard manure, slurry only
020199	Fully biodegradable animal bedding

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste treated or stored at any one time does not exceed 1,250 cubic metres,

(b) the minimum retention time for the waste in the digester is 28 days, and

(c) any gas resulting from the operation is collected and then burnt in an appliance—

(i) where the requirements of sub-paragraph (5) are met, and

(ii) the appliance is for the purposes of producing energy.

(4) In this paragraph, “associated prior treatment” means screening, chipping, shredding, cutting, pulverising or sorting waste for the purposes of anaerobic digestion.

(5) The requirements in this sub-paragraph are that—

(a) the appliance has a net rated thermal input of less than 0.4 megawatts, and

(b) where it is used together with other appliances (whether or not it is operated simultaneously with such other appliances), the aggregate net rated thermal input of all the appliances is less than 0.4 megawatts.

Anaerobic digestion at premises not used for agriculture and burning of resultant biogas (T25) E+W

25.—(1) The treatment by anaerobic digestion of relevant waste at premises not used for agriculture and associated prior treatment and the burning of any resultant biogas.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste types
020103, 020107, 170506, 200201	Plant tissue waste
020106	Horse and farmyard manure only
020199	Fully biodegradable animal bedding
200101	Paper and cardboard
200108	Biodegradable kitchen and canteen waste
020202	Animal tissue waste
020501, 020601	Materials unsuitable for consumption or processing
200302	Biodegradable waste from markets only

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste treated or stored at any one time does not exceed 50 cubic metres,

(b) the minimum retention time for the waste in the digester is 28 days, and

(c) any gas resulting from the operation is collected and then burnt in an appliance—

(i) where the requirements of sub-paragraph (5) are met, and

(ii) the appliance is for the purposes of producing energy.

(4) In this paragraph, “associated prior treatment” means screening, chipping, shredding, cutting, pulverising or sorting waste for the purposes of anaerobic digestion.

(5) The requirements in this sub-paragraph are that—

(a) the appliance has a net rated thermal input of less than 0.4 megawatts, and

(b) where it is used together with other appliances (whether or not it is operated simultaneously with such other appliances), the aggregate net rated thermal input of all the appliances is less than 0.4 megawatts.

Treatment of kitchen waste in a wormery (T26) E+W

26.—(1) The treatment in a wormery of relevant waste originating from a kitchen.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste types
200101	Paper and cardboard
200108	Biodegradable kitchen and canteen waste

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste treated over any 12-month period does not exceed 6 tonnes, and

(b) the treatment results in a stable sanitised vermicompost that can be applied to land for the benefit of agriculture or to improve the soil structure or nutrients in land.

Treatment of sheep dip using organophosphate-degrading enzyme (T27) E+W

27.—(1) The treatment of used organophosphate sheep dip consisting of relevant waste for the purposes of its disposal.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste types
020109	Organophosphate sheep dip only

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) total quantity of waste treated or stored over any 24-hour period does not exceed 8,000 litres,

(b) the waste is treated using organophosphate-degrading enzyme in accordance with the enzyme manufacturer's instructions,

(c) the treatment and storage are carried on at the place of production, and

(d) the treatment is carried on in a secure container located within a drain pen or in a secure sheep dip bath.

(4) In this paragraph, “drain pen” means an impermeable area draining back to the sheep dip bath where newly-dipped sheep are held while they continue to drip.

Sorting and de-naturing of controlled drugs for disposal (T28) E+W

28.—(1) The treatment of controlled drugs consisting of relevant waste by sorting and de-naturing them prior to their disposal.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste types
180109	Medicines from natal care, diagnosis, treatment or prevention of disease in humans
180208	Medicines from research, diagnosis, treatment or prevention of disease involving animals
200132	Medicines separately collected as municipal waste

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste treated or stored at any one time does not exceed 1 cubic metre,

(b) the treatment and storage are carried on at the place of production, and

(c) no waste is stored for longer than 6 months.

(4) In this paragraph, “controlled drug” means a controlled drug specified in Schedules 1 to 5 to the Misuse of Drugs Regulations 2001 M20 .

Marginal Citations

M20 S.I. 2001/3998; relevant amending instruments are S.I. 2003/1432, 2005/1653, 2864, 3372, 2007/2154, 2009/3136, 2010/1144, 1799, 2011/448, 2012/973, 1311, 2013/176, 625, 2014/1275, 1377, 3277, 2015/231 and 891.

Treatment of non-hazardous pesticide washings by carbon filtration for disposal (T29) E+W

29.—(1) The treatment of non-hazardous pesticide washings that are relevant waste by carbon filtration for the purposes of disposal.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste types
020109, 160509	Non-hazardous pesticide washings only

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste treated or stored over any 24-hour period does not exceed 8,000 litres,

(b) the treatment and storage are carried on at the place of production, and

(c) the treatment is carried on in a location with sealed drainage.

Recovery of silver (T30) E+W

30.—(1) The recovery of silver from relevant waste produced in connection with printing or photographic processes.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste types
090106*	Wastes containing silver from on-site treatment of photographic wastes
090107	Photographic film or paper containing silver or silver compounds

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste stored or treated at any one time does not exceed 1,000 litres, and

(b) the treatment and storage are carried on in a location with sealed drainage.

Recovery of monopropylene glycol from aircraft antifreeze fluids (T31) E+W

31.—(1) The recovery of monopropylene glycol by filtering and distilling relevant waste collected following de-icing of aircraft.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste types
160115	Antifreeze fluids other than those mentioned in 160114

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste treated or stored over any 7-day period does not exceed 250 cubic metres,

(b) the waste is treated in a location with sealed drainage,

(c) the operation is carried on at the place where the waste is produced, and

(d) the waste is stored with secondary containment.

Treatment of waste in a biobed or biofilter (T32) E+W

32.—(1) The treatment of relevant waste in a lined biobed or above ground biofilter.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste types
020109, 160509	Non-hazardous pesticide washings only

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste treated or stored over any 12-month period does not exceed 15,000 litres,

(b) the biobed or biofilter is located at a secure place that is—

(i) at least 10 metres from a watercourse;

(ii) at least 50 metres from a spring or well or from any borehole not used to supply water for domestic or food production purposes;

(iii) at least 250 metres from any borehole used to supply water for domestic or food production purposes;

(iv) not within a zone defined by a 50-day travel time for groundwater to reach a groundwater abstraction that is used to supply water for domestic or food production purposes,

(c) the biobed or biofilter—

(i) is designed and maintained for the treatment operation;

(ii) has an impermeable lining, and

(d) the treatment is carried on at the place of production.

CHAPTER 4 E+W Disposal of waste

SECTION 1 E+W Introductory

1.—(1) The descriptions in this Chapter— E+W

(a) are set out in the first sub-paragraph of paragraphs D1 to D8, and

(b) include associated storage.

(2) The specific conditions for each description in this Chapter are set out in the third sub-paragraph of paragraphs D1 to D8.

(3) The general condition for all descriptions in this Chapter is that the operation is carried on at the place of production.

SECTION 2 E+W Descriptions and specific conditions

Deposit of waste from dredging of inland waters (D1) E+W

1.—(1) The deposit of relevant waste arising from the dredging of inland waters and associated screening and dewatering.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste types
170506	Dredging spoil other than those mentioned in 170505

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste deposited or treated over any 12-month period does not exceed 50 cubic metres for each metre of land on which the waste is deposited, and

(b) the waste is deposited at the closest possible point to where the waste was produced on—

(i) the bank of the inland waters from which the waste was produced, or

(ii) such width of land adjoining the inland waters so as to enable the waste to be removed and deposited by mechanical means in one operation.

Deposit of waste from a railway sanitary convenience (D2) E+W

2.—(1) The deposit of relevant waste on to a railway track.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste types
200399	Wastes from railway sanitary conveniences only

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific condition is that the total quantity of waste deposited per discharge does not exceed 25 litres.

(4) In this paragraph, “railway sanitary convenience” means a sanitary convenience or sink forming part of a vehicle used for the carriage of passengers on a railway.

Deposit of waste from a portable sanitary convenience (D3) E+W

3.—(1) The deposit of relevant waste by burying it.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste types
200399	Waste from portable sanitary conveniences only

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste deposited over any 12-month period does not exceed 1 cubic metre, and

(b) no waste is deposited within—

(i) 10 metres of any watercourse,

(ii) 50 metres of any spring, well or borehole.

Deposit of agricultural waste consisting of plant tissue under a Plant Health notice (D4) E+W

4.—(1) The deposit of agricultural waste that is relevant waste.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste types
020103	Plant tissue waste

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the deposit is required under a Plant Health notice,

(b) where waste is deposited into a pile, the pile—

(i) does not exceed 250 tonnes, and

(ii) is not immediately adjacent to another pile of the same type of waste,

(c) at the time the deposit is made—

(i) the land has not been frozen for 12 or more hours in the preceding 24 hours;

(ii) the land is not waterlogged, frozen or snow-covered, and

(d) no waste is deposited within—

(i) 10 metres of any watercourse;

(ii) 50 metres of any spring, well or borehole.

Depositing samples of waste for the purposes of testing or analysing them (D5) E+W

5.—(1) The deposit and subsequent storage of relevant samples of waste at any place where the samples are being or are to be tested or analysed.

(2) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (1), “relevant samples of waste” means samples of waste that are taken—

(a) in the exercise of any power under—

(i) the Control of Pollution Act 1974 M21 ;

(ii) section 5 of the Control of Pollution (Amendment) Act 1989 M22 ;

(iii) the 1990 Act;

(iv) the 1991 Act;

(v) the Water Industry Act 1991 M23 ;

(vi) the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Regulations 2013 M24 ;

(vii) the Producer Responsibility Obligations (Packaging Waste) Regulations 2007 M25 ;

(viii) regulation 88 of the Waste Batteries and Accumulators Regulations 2009 M26 ,

(b) by or on behalf of the holder of an environmental permit,

(c) by or on behalf of a person carrying on in relation to the waste—

(i) an operation described in this Part, or

(ii) an excluded waste operation,

(d) by or on behalf of the owner or occupier of the land from which the samples are taken,

(e) by or on behalf of any person to whom section 34(1) or (1A) of the 1990 Act M27 applies in connection with that person's duties under that section,

(f) by or on behalf of any person to whom the Transfrontier Shipment of Waste Regulations 2007 M28 apply in connection with that person's powers under those Regulations, or

(g) for the purposes of research.

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste deposited or stored at any one time does not exceed 10 tonnes, and

(b) the waste is not stored for longer than 12 months or such other period as may be ordered in court proceedings.

Marginal Citations

M21 1974 c. 40.

M22 1989 c. 14; section 5 was substituted, together with section 5A, by section 37 of the Clean Neighbourhoods and Environment Act 2005 (c. 16).

M23 1991 c. 56.

M24 S.I. 2013/3113, amended by S.I. 2014/1771, 2015/1968 and 2016/738.

M25 S.I. 2007/871, amended by S.I. 2007/3538, 2008/1941, 2010/675, 1159, 1820 (W. 177), 2849, 2011/988, 1043, 2012/3082, 2013/755 (W. 90), 1821, 1857, 2014/2890, 2016/241, 696, and 738.

M26 S.I. 2009/890, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations.

M27 Section 34(1) was amended by S.I. 2000/1973, 2007/3528, 2010/675 and 2011/988. Section 34(1A) was inserted by S.I. 2009/1799 and amended by S.I. 2010/675.

M28 S.I. 2007/1711, amended by S.I. 2007/3538, 2008/9, 2010/265, 675, 1159, 2011/988, 1043 and 2014/861.

Disposal by incineration (D6) E+W

6.—(1) The disposal by incineration of the waste described in sub-paragraph (2) in a small waste incineration plant where the requirements in sub-paragraph (4) are met.

(2) The waste described in this paragraph is the waste mentioned in Article 42(2)(a)(i) and (iii) of the Industrial Emissions Directive.

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste stored prior to incineration does not exceed 5 tonnes at any one time, and

(b) the operation is carried on by the person who produced the waste.

(4) The requirements in this sub-paragraph are—

(a) the small waste incineration plant has a capacity of less than 50kg per hour and a net rated thermal input of less than 0.4 megawatts, and

(b) where it is used together with other small waste incineration plants (whether or not it is operated simultaneously with such other small waste incineration plants), the aggregate net rated thermal input of all the small waste incineration plants is less than 0.4 megawatts.

Burning waste in the open (D7) E+W

7.—(1) The burning of relevant waste on open land.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste types
020103, 020107, 200201	Plant tissue
030105	Sawdust, shavings and cuttings from untreated wood only
030301	Waste bark and wood

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste burned over any period of 24 hours does not exceed 10 tonnes,

(b) the total quantity of waste stored at any one time does not exceed 20 tonnes, and

(c) no waste is stored for longer than 6 months.

Burning waste at a port under a Plant Health notice (D8) E+W

8.—(1) The burning of relevant waste at a port.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste types
020103, 020107, 020304, 200201	Plant tissue only
150103, 200138	Wood used to wedge or support parts of cargo, including packing material, spacers and pallets only

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste burned or stored over any period of 24 hours does not exceed 10 tonnes,

(b) the burning and storage of waste takes place in a secure place at the port where the waste was unloaded, and

(c) the burning is required under a Plant Health notice.

(4) In this paragraph, “port” means a port appointed by order made under section 19 of the Customs and Excise Management Act 1979 M29 .

Marginal Citations

M29 1979 c. 2.

CHAPTER 5 E+W Storage of waste other than at the place of production pending its recovery or re-use

SECTION 1 E+W Introductory

1.—(1) The descriptions in this Chapter are set out in the first sub-paragraph of paragraphs S1 to S3. E+W

(2) The specific conditions for each of the descriptions in this Chapter are set out in the third sub-paragraph of paragraphs S1 to S3.

(3) The general conditions for all descriptions in this Chapter are that the storage is carried on—

(a) at a place other than the place of production, and

(b) pending the recovery of the waste.

SECTION 2 E+W Storage of waste

Storage of waste in secure containers (S1) E+W

1.—(1) The storage of relevant waste at a place in a secure container or containers for the purposes of its recovery elsewhere.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph and the storage limits referred to in sub-paragraph (3) is set out below.

Codes	Waste types	Storage limit (at any one time)
130109* to 130113*	Waste oils	3 cubic metres
130204* to 130208*
130401* to 130403*
130701*
150101, 200101	Cartons	400 cubic metres
150102, 200139	Plastics and plastic packaging	400 cubic metres
150104, 200140	Cans and foil only	400 cubic metres
150101, 200101	Paper and cardboard	400 cubic metres
150107, 200102	Glass	400 cubic metres
150109, 200110, 200111	Textiles and clothes	400 cubic metres
150202*	Absorbents, filter materials (including oil filters not otherwise specified) wiping cloths, protective clothing contaminated by hazardous substances	3 cubic metres
150203	Absorbents, filter materials, wiping cloths and protective clothing other than those mentioned in 150202	3 cubic metres
160107*	Oil filters	3 cubic metres

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste stored at any one time does not exceed the limit specified in the third column in the table in sub-paragraph (2),

(b) the total quantity of storage containers at the storage place at any one time does not exceed 20,

(c) no waste is stored for longer than 12 months,

(d) the person storing the waste is the owner of the container or containers or has the consent of the owner,

(e) in respect of any waste oils and waste to which code 160107* (oil filters) applies, the waste is stored with secondary containment, and

(f) each waste type is stored separately.

Storage of waste in a secure place (S2) E+W

2.—(1) The storage of relevant waste in a secure place for the purposes of its recovery elsewhere.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph and the quantity limits referred to in sub-paragraph (3) is set out below.

Codes	Waste types	Storage limit (at any one time)	Period	Additional specific conditions
161002	Aqueous paint related waste only	1,000 litres	6 months	A, C
160601*, 160602*, 160603*, 160604, 160605, 200133*, 200134	Batteries	10 tonnes	6 months	A, B
150104, 200140	Cans and foil only	500 tonnes	12 months
140601*	CFCs, HCFCs and HFCs	18 tonnes	6 months	A, C
170101, 170102, 170103, 170107, 170202, 170203, 170401 to 170407, 170504, 170604, 170802	Construction and demolition waste capable of being used in its existing state (non-hazardous) only	100 tonnes	12 months
200125	Edible oil and fat only	5,000 tonnes	12 months	A, C
100207*	Electric arc furnace dust only	2,500 tonnes	3 months	D, E, F
020104	Farm plastics (non-packaging) only	500 tonnes	12 months	D
070213, 150101, 150102, 150105, 200139	Food and drink cartons only	500 tonnes	12 months
101112, 150107, 160120, 170202, 191205, 200102	Glass	5,000 tonnes	12 months	B
020102	Mammalian protein only	60,000 tonnes	12 months	D
020202	Mammalian tallow only	45,000 tonnes	12 months	D
200307	Mattresses only	5 tonnes	3 months	D
010408, 191209	Marble chips only	5,000 tonnes	12 months
020304	Olive pulp/pellet only	5,000 tonnes	3 months	B, C, E
200127*, 200128, 080111*, 080112	Paints (excluding specialist and industrial paints, wood preservatives, aerosol and spray paints, inks, adhesives and resins) pending re-use as paints only	10,000 litres	6 months	A, C
150101, 191201, 200101, 030308, 030307	Paper and cardboard (excluding food and drink cartons) only	15,000 tonnes	12 months	J, K
090107, 090108	Photographic films and papers	50 tonnes	12 months	J
070213, 120105, 150102, 160119, 191204, 200139	Plastic	500 tonnes	12 months
100101	Poultry litter ash only	3,000 tonnes	12 months	D, E
080318, 150102, 160216, 200139	Printer cartridges only	5,000 units	6 months	D
170301*, 170302, 170504	Road planings, waste road chippings, road sub-base only	500 tonnes	12 months
020110, 160117, 160118, 191203, 170401, 170402, 170403, 170404, 170405, 170406, 170407, 191202, 170411	Scrap metal	15,000 tonnes	6 months	B, E
090110, 090111*, 090112	Single use cameras	400 cubic metres	6 months
020401, 020399	Soils from cleaning fruit and vegetables only	100 tonnes	6 months
100316, 100405*, 100504, 100511, 100604, 100811, 100899	Solder metal, skimmings, ashes and residues	100 tonnes	3 months	G
140602*, 140603*, 200113*	Solvents and solvent mixtures	5 cubic metres	6 months	A, C
100101, 100102, 100105, 100115	Synthetic gypsum and pulverised fuel ash only	2,500 tonnes	3 months	D, E, F
040222, 150109, 191208, 200110, 200111	Textiles and clothes	1,000 tonnes	12 months
160103, 191204	Tyres, tyre chip and crumb	40 tonnes	3 months	H
110113*, 120301*, 160708*	Waste cleaning solution containing 2% sodium metasilicate and 1-2% waste oil only	3 tonnes	3 months	A, C
160211*,160213*, 160214, 160216, 200121*, 200123*, 200135*, 200136	WEEE	400 cubic metres	6 months	I
030301, 150102, 150103, 200138	Wine bottle corks only	500 tonnes	12 months
030105, 170201, 170204*,191206*, 191207, 200137*, 200138	Wood including telegraph poles and railway sleepers (hazardous and non-hazardous)	100 tonnes	12 months	030105, 170201, 170204*, 191206*, 191207, 200137*, 200138

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste stored at any one time does not exceed the limit specified in the third column of the table in sub-paragraph (2),

(b) no waste is stored for longer than the period specified in the fourth column of the table,

(c) each type of waste is stored separately, and

(d) the operation complies with such of the following additional conditions as are specified in the fifth column of the table—

A	the waste is stored in a container;
B	the storage place has sealed drainage;
C	the waste is stored with secondary containment;
D	the waste is stored indoors;
E	the waste is stored at a dock prior to being exported or after being imported;
F	the waste must arrive at the storage place in bags and must be stored there in bags or in drums;
G	the waste is stored in bags or in drums;
H	the total quantity of waste stored together does not exceed 10 tonnes;
I	the waste is stored in accordance with the requirements in paragraph 1 of Annex VIII to the WEEE Directive;
J	the waste is stored in a baled form, in a container or indoors;
K	within the quantity limit specified in the third column of the table and notwithstanding additional specific condition J, up to 1,000 tonnes may be stored outdoors so long as it is stored in an enclosure designed and maintained to prevent the escape of litter.

Storage of sludge (S3) E+W

3.—(1) The storage of relevant waste.

(2) The table specifying relevant waste for the purposes of this paragraph is set out below.

Codes	Waste types
190805	Residual sludge from sewage plants treating domestic or urban waste waters and from other sewage plants treating waste waters of a composition similar to domestic and urban waste waters only
200304	Residual sludge from septic tanks and other similar installations for the treatment of sewage only

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the total quantity of waste stored at any one time does not exceed 1,250 tonnes,

(b) no waste is stored for longer than 12 months,

(c) the waste is stored in a secure location at the place where it is to be used,

(d) the waste is stored at least—

(i) 10 metres from any watercourse;

(ii) 50 metres from any spring or well, or from any borehole not used to supply water for domestic or food production purposes;

(iii) 250 metres from any borehole used to supply water for domestic or food production purposes,

(e) no waste is stored—

(i) within a zone defined by a 50-day travel time for groundwater to reach a groundwater abstraction that is used to supply water for domestic or food production purposes;

(ii) within 0.3 metres of the top of an open storage container or within 0.75 metres of the top of an earthbank tank or lagoon, and

(f) after storage, the waste is to be used in accordance with the Sludge (Use in Agriculture) Regulations 1989 M30 .

Marginal Citations

M30 S.I. 1989/1263, amended by S.I. 1990/880, 1996/593, 973, 2000/656, 2010/1159, 1820 (W. 177) and 2013/755 (W. 90).

PART 2 E+W Exempt water discharge activities: descriptions and conditions

Vegetation management activities E+W

1.—(1) For the purpose of paragraphs 5(a)(i) and 6(a)(i) of Schedule 2, the description is cutting or uprooting a substantial amount of vegetation in any inland freshwaters or so near to any such waters that it falls into them, where it is not reasonable to take steps to remove the vegetation from those waters.

(2) For the purpose of paragraphs 5(a)(ii) and 6(a)(ii) of that Schedule, the conditions in relation to a water discharge activity described in sub-paragraph (1) are that—

(a) prior notice of the dates of the water discharge activity is given to persons likely to be affected by such an activity, including—

(i) the owner of any structure within or on the watercourse,

(ii) the owner of any designated site within or on the watercourse,

(iii) fisheries interests,

(iv) boating interests,

(v) the appropriate agency,

(vi) the local authority,

(vii) the internal drainage board (which has the same meaning as in the Land Drainage Act 1991 M31 ), and

(b) the activity is not carried on if there is insufficient flow to convey the vegetation.

(3) In sub-paragraph (2)(a)(ii), "designated site" means—

(a) a European site (which has the meaning given in regulation 8 of [F1 the Conservation of Habitats and Species Regulations 2017]),

(b) a Ramsar site (which has the same meaning as in section 37A of the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 M32 ),

(c) a site of special scientific interest (which has the meaning given in section 52(1) of the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 M33 ), or

(d) a nature reserve established by a local authority under section 21 of the National Parks and Access to the Countryside Act 1949 M34 .

Textual Amendments

F1 Words in Sch. 3 Pt. 2 para. 1(3)(a) substituted (30.11.2017) by The Conservation of Habitats and Species Regulations 2017 (S.I. 2017/1012), reg. 1(2), Sch. 6 para. 73(2)(a)

Marginal Citations

M31 1991 c. 59.

M32 1981 c. 69; section 37A was inserted by section 77 of the Countryside and Rights of Way Act 2000 (c. 37) and was amended by paragraph 86 of Part 1 of Schedule 11 to the Natural Environment and Rural Communities Act 2006 (c. 16), by paragraphs 5 and 7 of Schedule 2 to the Planning (Wales) Act 2015 (anaw. 4) and by S.I. 2013/755 (W. 90).

M33 The definition was inserted by paragraph 5(2) of Schedule 9 to the Countryside and Rights of Way Act 2000.

M34 1949 c. 97; section 21 was amended by Schedule 30 to the Local Government Act 1972 (c. 70), by paragraphs 15(e) and 19 of Part 1 of Schedule 11 to the Natural Environment and Rural Communities Act 2006, and by paragraph 1 of Part 1 of Schedule 2 to the Environment (Wales) Act 2016 (anaw. 3).

Small discharges of sewage effluent: Wales E+W

2.  �??

(1) For the purpose of paragraph 5(a)(i) of Schedule 2, the description is the discharge from a sewage treatment plant of 5 cubic metres per day or less of sewage effluent into inland freshwaters, coastal waters or relevant territorial waters.

(2) For the purpose of paragraph 5(a)(ii) of that Schedule, the conditions in relation to a water discharge activity described in sub-paragraph (1) are�??

(a) in the case of a discharge which takes place for the first time on or after the date on which these Regulations come into force, that all works and equipment used for the treatment of sewage effluent and its discharge comply with the requirements specified in the document entitled �??Guidance for the registration of small sewage effluent discharges�?�, issued by the NRBW and dated July 2011 and updated in September 2016 M35 , in relation to�??

(i) design and manufacturing standards,

(ii) construction, installation and operation specifications,

(iii) siting and installation, and

(iv) the capacity of the works and equipment;

(b) that the discharge cannot reasonably, at the time it is first made, be made to the foul sewer;

(c) that the discharge does not contain trade effluent;

(d) that all works and equipment used for the treatment of sewage effluent and its discharge are maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's specification;

(e) that records of maintenance work are kept by the person who is the occupier of the land on which the discharge is made (�??the occupier�?�) for at least 5 years after the work is carried out;

(f) that the occupier must notify the exemption registration authority if an exempt water discharge activity ceases to be in operation;

(g) that the occupier must ensure that all works and equipment used for the treatment of sewage effluent and its discharge are appropriately decommissioned when the exempt facility ceases to be in operation so that there is no risk of pollutants entering inland freshwaters or coastal waters;

(h) that, before an occupier ceases to be in occupation of land on which an exempt water discharge activity is carried on, the occupier must give to the person who will next be in occupation of the land a written notice�??

(i) stating that an exempt water discharge activity is being carried on on the land,

(ii) containing a description of the exempt facility,

(iii) stating the conditions that must be satisfied in relation to the exempt facility, and

(iv) accompanied by any records of maintenance mentioned in paragraph (e).

Marginal Citations

M35 See https://naturalresources.wales/media/679226/guidance-for-the-registration-of-small-sewage-effluent-discharges.pdf and

https://naturalresources.wales/media/679225/canllawiau-ar-gyfer-cofrestru-gollyngiadau-elifion-carthion-bach.pdf. A copy may be obtained from Natural Resources Wales, c/o Customer Care Centre, Ty Cambria, 29 Newport Road, Cardiff, CF24 0TP.

Small discharges of sewage effluent: England E+W

3.  �??

(1) For the purpose of paragraph 6(a)(i) of Schedule 2, the description is the discharge from a sewage treatment plant of 5 cubic metres per day or less of sewage effluent into inland freshwaters, coastal waters or relevant territorial waters.

(2) For the purpose of paragraph 6(a)(ii) of that Schedule, the conditions in relation to a water discharge activity described in sub-paragraph (1) are that an operator of the sewage treatment plant ensures that�??

(a) all works and equipment used for the treatment of sewage effluent and its discharge comply with the requirements specified in the document entitled �??General binding rules for small sewage discharges (SSDs) with effect from January 2015�?� issued by the Agency and the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs and published on 27th October 2014 and updated on 21st January 2015 M36 in relation to�??

(i) design and manufacturing standards,

(ii) construction, installation and operation specifications,

(iii) siting and installation, and

(iv) the capacity of the works and equipment;

(b) in the case of a discharge which takes place for the first time on or after 1st January 2015, the discharge could not reasonably be made to the foul sewer;

(c) the discharge does not contain trade effluent;

(d) all works and equipment used for the treatment of sewage effluent and its discharge are maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's specification;

(e) all works and equipment used for the treatment of sewage effluent and its discharge are appropriately decommissioned when the exempt facility ceases to be in operation so that there is no risk of polluting matter entering inland freshwaters or coastal waters;

(f) before the land or part of the land on which the sewage treatment plant is situated or being used is sold, an owner of the land or part of the land gives to the purchaser a written notice�??

(i) stating that an exempt water discharge activity is being carried on on the land, and

(ii) containing a description of the exempt facility.

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, an operator is a person who has control over the operation of the sewage treatment plant by reason of�??

(a) being an owner of the land on which the sewage treatment plant is situated or being used, or

(b) having entered into a written agreement with the owner of the land on which the sewage treatment plant is situated or being used to be responsible for the maintenance of the sewage treatment plant.

Marginal Citations

M36 See https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/397173/ssd-general-binding-rules.pdf. A copy may be obtained from the Environment Agency, National Customer Contact Centre, PO Box 544, Rotherham, S60 1BY.

PART 3 E+W Exempt groundwater activities: descriptions and conditions

Interpretation of Part 3 E+W

1.  In this Part—

“groundwater tracer test” means a study of—

(a)

the behaviour or movement of water, or

(b)

a contaminant below ground,

which involves the addition to groundwater of a distinguishable material which has nearly identical properties to the contaminant or water being studied;

“small quantity of substance” is to be construed in accordance with the final paragraph of Article 11(3)(j) of the Water Framework Directive;

“specified groundwater remediation scheme” means a remediation scheme which involves the addition of a substance or preparation to groundwater which enhances the rate of remediation of groundwater contaminants;

“water features” includes boreholes, wells, adits, springs, seepage and wetland areas, ponds, lakes and watercourses;

“water features survey” means a survey of all water features within 1 kilometre of the proposed activity that may be affected by it.

Discharge of small quantities of substances for scientific purposes E+W

2.—(1) For the purpose of paragraphs 7(a)(i) and 8(a)(i) of Schedule 2, the description is the discharge of small quantities of substances for scientific purposes as part of—

(a) a specified groundwater remediation scheme, or

(b) a groundwater tracer test.

(2) For the purpose of paragraphs 7(a)(ii) and 8(a)(ii) of that Schedule, the conditions in relation to a groundwater activity of that description are—

(a) that a water features survey has demonstrated that the discharge will not cause pollution;

(b) that the prior consent of every person having a right to abstract water in the vicinity of the discharge has been obtained;

(c) that the exemption registration authority is notified before the commencement of the discharge;

(d) that in the case of discharges as part of a specified groundwater remediation scheme, monitoring of the discharge, to determine whether pollution has been caused, is undertaken.

Small discharges of sewage effluent: Wales E+W

3.—(1) For the purpose of paragraph 7(a)(i) of Schedule 2, the description is a discharge from a septic tank or sewage treatment plant of 2 cubic metres per day or less of sewage effluent that results in the input of pollutants to groundwater.

(2) For the purpose of paragraph 7(a)(ii) of that Schedule, the conditions in relation to a groundwater activity of that description are—

(a) in the case of a discharge which takes place for the first time on or after the date on which these Regulations come into force, that all works and equipment used for the treatment of sewage effluent and its discharge comply with the requirements specified in the document entitled “Guidance for the registration of small sewage effluent discharges”, issued by the NRBW and dated July 2011 and updated in September 2016, in relation to—

(i) design and manufacturing standards,

(ii) construction, installation and operation specifications,

(iii) siting and installation of infiltration systems, and

(iv) the capacity of the works and equipment;

(b) that the discharge cannot reasonably, at the time it is first made, be made to the foul sewer;

(c) that the discharge does not contain trade effluent;

(d) that the discharge does not result in an input of pollutants to groundwater—

(i) within 50 metres of a point at which water is abstracted from underground strata, or

(ii) within a zone defined by a 50-day travel time for groundwater to reach a groundwater abstraction point that is used to supply water for domestic or food production purposes;

(e) that all works and equipment used for the treatment of sewage effluent and its discharge are maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's specification;

(f) that records of maintenance work are kept by the person who is the occupier of the land on which the discharge is made (“the occupier”) for at least 5 years after the work is carried out;

(g) that the occupier must notify the exemption registration authority if an exempt groundwater activity ceases to be in operation;

(h) that the occupier must ensure that all works and equipment for the treatment of sewage effluent and its discharge are appropriately decommissioned when the exempt facility ceases to be in operation so that there is no risk of pollutants entering groundwater;

(i) that before an occupier ceases to be in occupation of land on which an exempt groundwater activity is carried on, the occupier must give to the person who will next be in occupation of the land a written notice—

(i) stating that an exempt groundwater activity is being carried on on the land,

(ii) containing a description of the exempt facility,

(iii) stating the conditions that must be satisfied in relation to the exempt facility, and

(iv) accompanied by any records of maintenance mentioned in paragraph (f).

Small discharges of sewage effluent: England E+W

4.—(1) For the purpose of paragraph 8(a)(i) of Schedule 2, the description is a discharge from a septic tank or sewage treatment plant of 2 cubic metres per day or less of sewage effluent that results in the input of pollutants to groundwater.

(2) For the purpose of paragraph 8(a)(ii) of that Schedule, the conditions in relation to a groundwater activity of that description are that an operator of the septic tank or sewage treatment plant ensures that—

(a) all works and equipment used for the treatment of sewage effluent and its discharge comply with the requirements specified in the document entitled “General binding rules for small sewage discharges (SSDs) with effect from January 2015” issued by the Agency and the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs and published on 27th October 2014 and updated on 21st January 2015 in relation to—

(i) design and manufacturing standards,

(ii) construction, installation and operation specifications,

(iii) siting and installation of infiltration systems, and

(iv) the capacity of the works and equipment;

(b) in the case of a discharge which takes place for the first time on or after 1st January 2015, the discharge could not reasonably be made to the foul sewer;

(c) the discharge does not contain trade effluent;

(d) the discharge does not result in an input of pollutants to groundwater—

(i) within 50 metres of a point at which water is abstracted for domestic or food production purposes from underground strata, or

(ii) within a zone defined by a 50-day travel time for groundwater to reach a groundwater abstraction point that is used to supply water for domestic or food production purposes;

(e) all works and equipment used for the treatment of sewage effluent and its discharge are maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's specification;

(f) all works and equipment for the treatment of sewage effluent and its discharge are appropriately decommissioned when the exempt facility ceases to be in operation so that there is no risk of pollutants entering groundwater;

(g) before the land or part of the land on which the septic tank or sewage treatment plant is situated or being used is sold, an owner of the land or part of the land gives to the purchaser a written notice—

(i) stating that an exempt groundwater activity is being carried on on the land, and

(ii) containing a description of the exempt facility.

(3) For the purposes of this paragraph, an operator is a person who has control over the operation of the septic tank or sewage treatment plant by reason of—

(a) being an owner of the land on which the septic tank or sewage treatment plant is situated or being used, or

(b) having entered into a written agreement with the owner of the land on which the septic tank or sewage treatment plant is situated or being used to be responsible for the maintenance of the septic tank or sewage treatment plant.

Open-loop ground source heating and cooling systems E+W

5.—(1) For the purpose of paragraphs 7(a)(i) and 8(a)(i) of Schedule 2, the description is the discharge of water to groundwater from a heating or cooling system to which sub-paragraph (3) applies with altered temperature.

(2) For the purpose of paragraphs 7(a)(ii) and 8(a)(ii) of that Schedule, the conditions in relation to a groundwater activity of that description are—

(a) that nothing must be added to water discharged from the system;

(b) that the temperature of water discharged from the system—

(i) subject to sub-paragraph (ii), must not exceed 25^o C, and

(ii) must not vary by more than 10^o C compared to that in the aquifer from which it was abstracted;

(c) that the system must not be on a known contaminated site or have had a previous contaminative use;

(d) that water from the system must not be discharged less than 50 metres from a watercourse or groundwater-fed wetland;

(e) that water from the system must not be discharged—

(i) less than 50 metres from a point at which water is abstracted from underground strata, or

(ii) within a zone defined by a 50-day travel time for groundwater to reach a groundwater abstraction point that is used to supply water for domestic or food production purposes;

(f) that the discharge of water from the system must be to the same aquifer as that from which it was abstracted;

(g) that water within the system must not be used for any other purpose.

(3) This sub-paragraph applies to a system—

(a) that involves—

(i) the abstraction of groundwater to obtain heating or (as the case may be) cooling, and

(ii) the subsequent discharge of that water, and

(b) that is—

(i) a cooled aquifer system with a volume of less than 1500 cubic metres per day,

(ii) a balanced system with a volume of less than 430 cubic metres per day, or

(iii) a heated aquifer system with a volume of less than 215 cubic metres per day.

(4) In this paragraph—

“balanced system” means a system used for both heating and cooling and where in a 5-year period the ratio of the discharge water temperature to the abstracted water temperature is within the range 0.8 to 1.2;

“cooled aquifer system” means a system used for both heating and cooling and where in a 5-year period the ratio of the discharge water temperature to the abstracted water temperature is less than 0.8;

“groundwater-fed wetland” means a terrestrial ecosystem directly depending on a body of groundwater (within the meaning of the Water Framework Directive) and includes—

(a)

a European site (which has the meaning given in regulation 8 of [F2 the Conservation of Habitats and Species Regulations 2017]);

(b)

a site of special scientific interest (which has the meaning given in section 52(1) of the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 M37 );

“heated aquifer system” means a system used for both heating and cooling and where in a 5-year period the ratio of the discharge water temperature to the abstracted water temperature exceeds 1.2.

Textual Amendments

F2 Words in Sch. 3 Pt. 3 para. 5(4) substituted (30.11.2017) by The Conservation of Habitats and Species Regulations 2017 (S.I. 2017/1012), reg. 1(2), Sch. 6 para. 73(2)(b)

Marginal Citations

M37 1981 c. 69; the definition was inserted by paragraph 5(2) of Schedule 9 to the Countryside and Rights of Way Act 2000 (c. 37).

PART 4 E+W Exempt flood risk activities: descriptions and conditions

General and interpretation E+W

1.—(1) The descriptions in this Part are set out in paragraphs 2 to 28, in their respective first sub-paragraphs.

(2) The specific conditions relating to each description in this Part are set out in paragraphs 2 to 28, in their respective second sub-paragraphs.

(3) The general conditions relating to all descriptions in this Part are that the activity is not carried out—

(a) on a designated site or—

(i) in the case of the description set out in paragraphs 2 to 4, 6, 8, 9, 12, 13, 15, 16, 18 to 20 and 25 to 28, in their respective first sub-paragraphs, within a 200 metre radius of a designated site;

(ii) in the case of the description set out in paragraphs 5, 7, 10, 11, 14 and 17, in their respective first sub-paragraphs, within a 500 metre radius of a designated site;

(iii) in the case of the description set out in paragraphs 21, 22 and 24, in their respective first sub-paragraphs, within one kilometre upstream of a designated site;

(iv) in the case of the description set out in paragraph 23, in its first sub-paragraph, within—

(aa) 5 kilometres upstream of a designated site notified for its freshwater habitats or species,

(bb) 1 kilometre upstream of a designated site that includes any part of the flood plain of the relevant main river but not the river itself, or

(cc) 1 kilometre upstream of any other designated site,

(b) in a water body in Wales that is part of a main river classified as of high morphological status by the NRBW in accordance with the relevant directions,

(c) where the activity is carried out in Wales, within 100 metres of a water body in Wales that is part of a main river classified as of high morphological status by the NRBW in accordance with the relevant directions, or

(d) in the case of the descriptions set out in paragraphs 3, 5, 7, 10 to 15, 18, 21 to 24 and 27, in their respective first sub-paragraphs, where the activity is carried out in England within 100 metres of a water body in Wales that is part of a main river classified as of high morphological status by the NRBW in accordance with the relevant directions.

(4) In sub-paragraph (3), “designated site” means—

(a) a European site (which has the meaning given in regulation 8 of [F3 the Conservation of Habitats and Species Regulations 2017]),

(b) a Ramsar site (which has the same meaning as in section 37A of the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 M38 ),

(c) a site of special scientific interest (which has the meaning given in section 52(1) of the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981), or

(d) a nature reserve established by a local authority under section 21 of the National Parks and Access to the Countryside Act 1949 M39 .

(5) For the purposes of this Part—

“designated salmonid river” means—

(a)

in England, a river included in the dataset sealed by the Agency on 22nd October 2015, entitled “Rivers in England identified as salmonid for flood risk activities under the Environmental Permitting Regulations”, and published by the Agency M40 ;

(b)

in Wales, a river included on the map published by the NRBW on 20th October 2015 entitled “Rivers in Wales identified as salmonid for flood risk activities under the Environmental Permitting Regulations”M41 ;

“designated sensitive water body” means a water body included in the dataset sealed by the Agency on 20th October 2015 entitled “Water bodies in England identified as sensitive for flood risk activities under the Environmental Permitting Regulations because sediment management may compromise delivery of the environmental objectives of the Water Framework Directive” and published by the Agency M42 ;

“the dredging and removal of silt and sand requirements” means the document published by the Agency on 1st February 2016 entitled “Dredging and the removal of silt and sand from main rivers as a flood risk activity under the Environmental Permitting Regulations”M43 ;

“protected species” means—

(a)

a species of a kind mentioned in Article 4(2) of Directive 2009/147/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council on the conservation of wild birds M44 or listed in Annex I to that Directive or in Annex IV to Council Directive 92/43/EEC on the conservation of natural habitats and of wild fauna and flora M45 ;

(b)

a species in respect of which any adverse impact is in accordance with a licence issued under section 16 of the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 M46 ;

“relevant directions” means the Water Framework Directive (Standards and Classification) Directions (England and Wales) 2015 M47 .

(6) In this Part, “bank” has the meaning given in paragraph 2(2)(a) in Part 1 of Schedule 25 and paragraph 2(2)(b) to (d) of that Schedule applies to this Part.

Textual Amendments

F3 Words in Sch. 3 Pt. 4 para. 1(4)(a) substituted (30.11.2017) by The Conservation of Habitats and Species Regulations 2017 (S.I. 2017/1012), reg. 1(2), Sch. 6 para. 73(2)(c)

Marginal Citations

M38 Section 37A was inserted by section 77 of the Countryside and Rights of Way Act 2000 and was amended by paragraph 86 of Part 1 of Schedule 11 to the Natural Environment and Rural Communities Act 2006 (c. 16), by paragraphs 5 and 7 of Schedule 2 to the Planning (Wales) Act 2015 (anaw. 4) and by S.I. 2013/755 (W. 90).

M39 1949 c. 97; section 21 was amended by Schedule 30 to the Local Government Act 1972 (c. 70), by paragraphs 15(e) and 19 of Part 1 of Schedule 11 to the Natural environment and Rural Communities Act 2006, and by paragraph 1 of Part 1 of Schedule 2 to the Environment (Wales) Act 2016 (anaw. 3).

M40 A copy may be obtained from the Environment Agency, National Customer Contact Centre, PO Box 544, Rotherham, S60 1BY.

M41 The map is available at https://naturalresources.wales/media/5634/flood-epr-salmonids.pdf. A copy may be obtained from Natural Resources Wales, c/o Customer Care Centre, Ty Cambria, 29 Newport Road, Cardiff, CF24 0TP.

M42 A copy may be obtained from the Environment Agency, National Customer Contact Centre, PO Box 544, Rotherham, S60 1BY.

M43 A copy may be obtained from the Environment Agency, National Customer Contact Centre, PO Box 544, Rotherham, S60 1BY.

M44 OJ No L 20, 26.1.2010, p 7, as amended by Council Directive 2013/17/EU (OJ No. L 158, 10.6.2013, p.193).

M45 OJ No L 206, 22.7.1992, p 7, as last amended by Council Directive 2013/17/EU.

M46 Section 16 was amended by paragraph 11(4) of Schedule 9 to the 1990 Act, paragraph 6 of Schedule 12 to the Countryside and Rights of Way Act 2000, paragraph 72 of Part 1 of Schedule 11 to the Natural Environment and Rural Communities Act 2006, section 10 of the Marine and Coastal Access Act 2009 (c. 23) and by S.I. 1995/2825, 2007/1843 and 2013/755 (W. 90).

M47 These Directions were made on 9th September 2015 in exercise of powers in section 40(2) of the 1995 Act and are available at http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2015/1623/pdfs/uksiod_20151623_en.pdf. A copy may be obtained from the Flood Risk Management Team, the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs, Area 3C, Nobel House, 17 Smith Square, London SW1P 3JR.

Electrical cable services E+W

2.—(1) The erection of an electrical cable service crossing over a main river.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are—

(a) the service crossing is within 10° of perpendicular to the direction of flow of the main river,

(b) the vertical and horizontal clearances of the service crossing comply with the requirements set out in the table below,

(c) permanent hazard markers are erected on both banks of the main river,

(d) the bed and banks of the main river are not disturbed by the works, and

(e) all excavated material not re-used on the site of the works is removed from the floodplain.

1 Vertical clearance above bank or flood bank crest level.
2 Horizontal clearance of any tower or support landward from the top of the bank of the main river.
Voltage (kV)	Vertical clearance1(metres)	Horizontal clearance2(metres)
275	15	15
400	15	15
132	12	15
66	12	15
33	9	10
11	9	10
6.6	9	10
4.15	6	9

Service crossings below the bed of a main river E+W

3.—(1) The erection of a service crossing below the bed of a main river by directional drilling not involving an open cut technique.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are—

(a) the service crossing is within 10° of perpendicular to the direction of flow in the main river,

(b) a distance is maintained—

(i) of no less than 1.5 metres from the bed of the main river to the top of the service crossing, and

(ii) at the same height above sea level between points that are 5 metres beyond the top of each bank of the main river,

(c) the distance from the launch and reception pits to the landward side of each bank of the main river is—

(i) 8 or more metres in the case of a non-tidal main river;

(ii) 16 or more metres in the case of a tidal main river;

(d) the service crossing does not pass through any bank, culvert, remote defence or river control works on the main river or through any sea defence,

(e) the service crossing is 50 or more metres upstream of any impoundment or artificially raised channel,

(f) permanent hazard markers are erected on both banks of the main river,

(g) all excavated material not re-used on the site of the works is removed from the floodplain,

(h) the works are not carried out in, or within 100 metres of, a water body in England that is part of a main river classified as of high morphological status by the Agency in accordance with the relevant directions, and

(i) the bed and banks of the main river are not disturbed by the works.

Service crossings attached to the outside of existing structures over a main river E+W

4.—(1) Service crossings attached to the outside of existing structures over a main river.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are—

(a) the service crossing does not project more than 1 metre horizontally from the structure,

(b) the service crossing follows the existing cross-sectional profile of the structure to the main river in both normal and flood flow,

(c) the service crossing does not pass through any bank, culvert, flood defence structure or river control works on the main river or through any sea defence,

(d) permanent hazard markers are erected on both banks of the main river, and

(e) a notification has not been sent by the regulator to the landowner that the structure has been identified for removal or modification in order to achieve the measures set out in the relevant River Basin Management Plan, within the meaning of Article 13 of the Water Framework Directive, that are designed to move a water body to good status pursuant to Article 4 of the Water Framework Directive.

Footbridges E+W

5.—(1) The construction of footbridges.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are—

(a) the length of the footbridge measured from the top of one bank of the main river to the top of the other bank is no more than 8 metres,

(b) the footbridge has no support in the watercourse, a deck width of no more than 1.5 metres and a kickerboard of no more than 100mm in height,

(c) the footbridge does not reduce the cross-sectional area of the channel in the main river,

(d) the works do not have a significant adverse effect on species included in a list published by the Secretary of State under section 41 of the Natural Environment and Rural Communities Act 2006 M48 , or by Welsh Ministers under section 7 of the Environment (Wales) Act 2016 M49 , that are not protected species,

(e) no works take place within 100 metres of any non-agricultural building in the floodplain or another man-made structure on or in the main river,

(f) the bed of the main river is not affected by the construction,

(g) the length of bank disturbed by the construction extends to no more than 1 metre on either side of the footbridge,

(h) the footbridge is securely attached to foundations which are no closer than 1 metre to the edge of the bank,

(i) construction of the footbridge does not require reinforcement of the bed or banks,

(j) the approach ramp or steps for the footbridge do not extend more than 4 metres from the landward side of the bank,

(k) the lowest point of the underside of the bridge is at least 600mm higher than the top of both banks of the main river,

(l) all excavated material not re-used on the site of the works is removed from the floodplain,

(m) the height of the land at each end of the footbridge is not changed by the construction,

(n) the works are not carried out in, or within 100 metres of, a water body in England that is part of a main river classified as of high morphological status by the Agency in accordance with the relevant directions, and

(o) any parapet of the footbridge is of open construction comprising—

(i) post and rail,

(ii) post and wire mesh fencing of at least 100mm spacing, or

(iii) post and wire strands.

Marginal Citations

M48 2006 c. 16.

M49 2016 anaw. 3.

Temporary scaffolding in England E+W

6.—(1) The erection and use of temporary scaffolding in or over a main river in England.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are—

(a) the scaffolding will be in place for no longer than 4 weeks,

(b) the scaffolding is not in place between 15th March and 15th June inclusive in any year,

(c) on a main river that is a designated salmonid river, the scaffolding is not in place between 1st October and 14th March inclusive in any year,

(d) the scaffolding does not occupy more than 10 metres of a river bank at any one time,

(e) the scaffolding projects into or over the main river no more than 1.2 metres or no more than 10% of the width of the main river, whichever is less,

(f) the scaffolding is located no less than 100 metres from any other scaffolding the erection and use of which is reliant on this exemption,

(g) except where it is unsafe to do so, debris lodged against the scaffolding is removed within 24 hours, and

(h) any transoms and walking decks are set no lower than 600 mm above water level.

Temporary dewatering in England E+W

7.—(1) The temporary dewatering of a work area in England.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are—

(a) the duration of the dewatering is no longer than 4 weeks,

(b) the dewatering is not in place between 15th March and 15th June inclusive in any year,

(c) on a main river that is a designated salmonid river, the dewatering is not in place between 1st October and 14th March inclusive in any year,

(d) the dewatering does not affect more than 10 metres of the bank of a main river at any one time,

(e) the dewatering is not within 8 metres of a flood defence structure or river control works,

(f) the depth of water adjacent to the dewatered area does not exceed 1.2 metres,

(g) the dewatering does not occur in, or within 500 metres upstream of, a type of habitat included in a list published by the Secretary of State under section 41 of the Natural Environment and Rural Communities Act 2006 or by Welsh Ministers under section 7 of the Environment (Wales) Act 2016,

(h) all reasonable steps are taken to protect aquatic plants and aquatic animals found in the dewatered area,

(i) the dewatering structure projects into or over the main river no more than 1.2 metres or no more than 10% of the width of the main river, whichever is less,

(j) the works do not have a significant adverse effect on species included in a list published by the Secretary of State under section 41 of the Natural Environment and Rural Communities Act 2006, or by Welsh Ministers under section 7 of the Environment (Wales) Act 2016, that are not protected species,

(k) all excavated material not re-used on the site of the works is removed from the floodplain,

(l) the works are not carried out in, or within 100 metres of, a water body in England that is part of a main river classified as of high morphological status by the Agency in accordance with the relevant directions, and

(m) any pumps used in the dewatering process are fitted with a 20mm mesh screen.

Maintenance of raised river or sea defences E+W

8.—(1) The maintenance of raised river or sea defences.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are—

(a) the maintenance works use materials of the same kind as those present in the raised defences and do not alter the shape of those defences or the overall height of the protection afforded by those defences,

(b) the raised defences are carrying out the functions for which they were originally designed, and

(c) the works do not disturb the bed or, up to normal ground level, the banks of the main river.

Maintenance of structures within the channel of a main river E+W

9.—(1) The maintenance of structures within the channel of a main river other than raised river or sea defences.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are—

(a) the maintenance works do not alter any dimension of the structure,

(b) the structure is carrying out the functions for which it was originally designed,

(c) the maintenance works use materials of the same kind as those present in the structure,

(d) the maintenance works do not occur between 15th March and 15th June inclusive in any year,

(e) on a main river that is a designated salmonid river, the maintenance works do not occur between 1st October and 14th March inclusive in any year, and

(f) the works do not have a significant adverse effect on species included in a list published by the Secretary of State under section 41 of the Natural Environment and Rural Communities Act 2006, or by Welsh Ministers under section 7 of the Environment (Wales) Act 2016, that are not protected species.

Drinking bays E+W

10.—(1) The construction of a drinking bay on the bank of a main river.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are—

(a) the bay is not located within 100 metres of any other man-made structure on or in the main river,

(b) the bay is surrounded by a post and rail fence which must project into or over the main river no more than 1.2 metres or 10% of the width of the main river, whichever is less,

(c) the base of the bay has a surface made of concrete, stone or inert hard core,

(d) all excavated material not re-used on the site of the works is removed from the floodplain,

(e) the works do not adversely affect any culvert, remote defence, river control works, sea defence or any raised embankment or wall forming part of the bank of the main river,

(f) the works do not have a significant adverse effect on species included in a list published by the Secretary of State under section 41 of the Natural Environment and Rural Communities Act 2006, or by Welsh Ministers under section 7 of the Environment (Wales) Act 2016, that are not protected species,

(g) the works do not occur in, or within 500 metres upstream of, a type of habitat included in a list published by the Secretary of State under section 41 of the Natural Environment and Rural Communities Act 2006 or by Welsh Ministers under section 7 of the Environment (Wales) Act 2016,

(h) the works are not carried out in, or within 100 metres of, a water body in England that is part of a main river classified as of high morphological status by the Agency in accordance with the relevant directions, and

(i) the remainder of the bank is fenced so as to prevent damage to the bank.

Access platforms E+W

11.—(1) The construction of access platforms on the bank of a main river or that project into or over a main river.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are—

(a) the platform is not located within 50 metres of any other man-made structure,

(b) the platform projects no more than 1.2m into or over the main river and occupies no more than 2m of bank length,

(c) the works do not adversely affect any culvert, remote defence, river control works, sea defence or any raised embankment or wall forming part of the bank of the main river,

(d) that part of the platform which projects over the channel is constructed as a flat deck, with no solid infill beneath the platform, supported on piers or piles of no more than 300mm width,

(e) the works do not have a significant adverse effect on species included in a list published by the Secretary of State under section 41 of the Natural Environment and Rural Communities Act 2006, or by Welsh Ministers under section 7 of the Environment (Wales) Act 2016, that are not protected species,

(f) the works do not occur in, or within 500 metres upstream of, a type of habitat included in a list published by the Secretary of State under section 41 of the Natural Environment and Rural Communities Act 2006 or by Welsh Ministers under section 7 of the Environment (Wales) Act 2016,

(g) the works are not carried out in, or within 100 metres of, a water body in England that is part of a main river classified as of high morphological status by the Agency in accordance with the relevant directions, and

(h) any steps cut into the bank are supported by timber risers on the vertical part of the step.

Outfalls E+W

12.—(1) The construction of small outfall pipes and headwalls to main rivers.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are—

(a) the headwall is not located within 50 metres of another man-made structure on or in the main river,

(b) in the case of a headwall to a non-tidal main river, the outfall pipe is aligned to an angle of between 30° and 60° to the direction of flow in the river,

(c) the diameter of the outfall pipe is less than 300mm,

(d) the height of the headwall is no more than 1.5 metres or no more than 75% of the height of the bank, whichever is less,

(e) the total length of bank affected during construction of the headwall is no more than 1.5 metres,

(f) the headwall, wing walls and apron do not project beyond the line of the bank prior to the works being carried out,

(g) the headwall is not within 8 metres of a flood defence structure or river control works,

(h) the outfall pipe does not pass through or under any culvert, remote defence, river control works or sea defence, or any raised embankment or wall forming part of the bank of the main river,

(i) all excavated material not re-used on the site of the works is removed from the floodplain,

(j) the works do not have a significant adverse effect on species included in a list published by the Secretary of State under section 41 of the Natural Environment and Rural Communities Act 2006, or by Welsh Ministers under section 7 of the Environment (Wales) Act 2016, that are not protected species,

(k) the works do not occur in, or within 200 metres upstream of, a type of habitat included in a list published by the Secretary of State under section 41 of the Natural Environment and Rural Communities Act 2006 or by Welsh Ministers under section 7 of the Environment (Wales) Act 2016,

(l) the works are not carried out in, or within 100 metres of, a water body in England that is part of a main river classified as of high morphological status by the Agency in accordance with the relevant directions, and

(m) any pipe that discharges through the headwall does not pass within 8 metres of a flood defence structure.

Repair and protection of banks using natural materials E+W

13.—(1) The repair and protection of main river banks using natural materials.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are—

(a) the length of bank affected by the works is no more than 10 metres,

(b) the works do not include the use of steel sheet piling, concrete, cement or concrete bagwork, brickwork, gabions or non-biodegradable materials,

(c) the works do not take place within 50 metres of a bank that has been reinforced,

(d) the works do not encroach into the channel of the main river beyond the line of the bank prior to the works being carried out,

(e) when the works are finished, the height of the bank does not exceed the lower of—

(i) the height of the bank on either side of the works, and

(ii) the height of the bank prior to the works being carried out,

(f) the works are securely fastened to the bank at each end so as to prevent erosion behind the works,

(g) the works do not involve the use of vehicles or wheeled or tracked machinery on the bed or bank of the main river,

(h) the works do not have a significant adverse effect on species included in a list published by the Secretary of State under section 41 of the Natural Environment and Rural Communities Act 2006 M50 , or by Welsh Ministers under section 7 of the Environment (Wales) Act 2016 M51 , that are not protected species,

(i) the works are not carried out in, or within 100 metres of, a water body in England that is part of a main river classified as of high morphological status by the Agency in accordance with the relevant directions, and

(j) the works are not to a bank consisting of an earth cliff over 1 metre in height.

Marginal Citations

M50 2006 c. 16.

M51 2016 anaw. 3.

Repair of bank slips and erosion E+W

14.—(1) Repair of bank slips and erosion.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are—

(a) the works do not involve removal of material from the bed of the main river other than bank slippage,

(b) the works do not affect more than 10 metres of the bank at any one time,

(c) the works do not encroach into the channel of the main river beyond the line of the bank prior to the works being carried out,

(d) when the works are finished, the height of the bank does not exceed the lower of—

(i) the height of the bank on either side of the works, and

(ii) the height of the bank prior to the slip or erosion,

(e) the works are securely fastened to the bank at each end so as to prevent erosion behind the works,

(f) any repair of a bank slippage is made using as materials only material that has subsided from that bank,

(g) any repair of erosion uses materials of the same kind as those present on the relevant site,

(h) the works do not have a significant adverse effect on species included in a list published by the Secretary of State under section 41 of the Natural Environment and Rural Communities Act 2006, or by Welsh Ministers under section 7 of the Environment (Wales) Act 2016, that are not protected species,

(i) the works are not carried out in, or within 100 metres of, a water body in England that is part of a main river classified as of high morphological status by the Agency in accordance with the relevant directions, and

(j) the works do not involve the use of a vehicle or of wheeled or tracked machinery on the bed or banks of the main river.

Channel habitat structures made of natural materials E+W

15.—(1) The installation of channel habitat structures made of natural materials (excluding weirs and berms).

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are—

(a) the structure occupies no more than half the width of the cross-sectional area of the channel in the main river and no more than 20 metres of the length of the main river,

(b) no part of the structure is higher than 0.3 metres above the level of the river bed or 25% of the height of the bank (excluding any wall or embankment forming part of the bank), whichever is greater,

(c) the structure is made from naturally occurring woody material and is securely fastened to the bed of the main river, the bank or both,

(d) the works are not carried out in, or within 100 metres of, a water body in England that is part of a main river classified as of high morphological status by the Agency in accordance with the relevant directions, and

(e) no works take place within 100 metres of—

(i) a non-agricultural building in the floodplain,

(ii) another natural channel habitat structure,

(iii) stones or logs placed in the main river for habitat enhancement, or

(iv) a man-made structure on or in the main river.

Rafts for surveys E+W

16.—(1) The installation of rafts for surveys.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are—

(a) the raft has dimensions of no greater than 1.5 metres x 1 metre x 0.15 metre,

(b) any equipment box used on the raft has a height of no more than 0.75 metre,

(c) the raft is permanently and securely attached to the bank,

(d) the raft is installed no less than 100 metres from any other raft,

(e) when the raft is installed, there are no more than four other rafts within a distance of one kilometre,

(f) the raft is installed for no more than 12 months and removed immediately if, within that period, it is no longer required, and

(g) the raft is not installed within 100 metres of any non-agricultural building in the floodplain or another man-made structure on or in the main river.

Gravel-cleaning for fish-spawning beds E+W

17.—(1) Gravel-cleaning for fish-spawning beds.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are—

(a) the works are only carried out in September or October in any year,

(b) the works are to no more than 20m² of gravel per location, with a gap of at least 30 metres between locations,

(c) the works do not adversely affect the banks or established bed of the main river,

(d) the works are carried out using only hand tools or machinery carried and operated by one person, and

(e) the works do not occur in, or within 500 metres upstream of, a type of habitat included in a list published by the Secretary of State under section 41 of the Natural Environment and Rural Communities Act 2006 or by Welsh Ministers under section 7 of the Environment (Wales) Act 2016.

Placement of stones or logs in a main river in England for habitat enhancement E+W

18.—(1) Placement of stones or logs in the channel of a main river in England for habitat enhancement.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are—

(a) any stones placed in the channel are of a type that occur naturally in the main river and do not exceed 400mm in any dimension,

(b) any log placed in the channel is less than 2 metres in length, less than 400mm in diameter and oriented at an angle of within 45° to the flow of water,

(c) any log placed in the channel—

(i) is from a type of tree that occurs naturally in the vicinity of the main river, and

(ii) is securely fixed to the bed or bank of the main river,

(d) the stones or logs are placed in the channel over no more than 20 metres of the length, and 20% of the width, of the main river,

(e) the placement of stones or logs does not occur in, or within 200 metres upstream of, a type of habitat included in a list published by the Secretary of State under section 41 of the Natural Environment and Rural Communities Act 2006 or by Welsh Ministers under section 7 of the Environment (Wales) Act 2016,

(f) the works are not carried out in, or within 100 metres of, a water body in England that is part of a main river classified as of high morphological status by the Agency in accordance with the relevant directions, and

(g) no stones or logs are placed within 100 metres of—

(i) a non-agricultural building in the floodplain,

(ii) a natural channel habitat structure,

(iii) an existing emplacement of stones or logs placed in the main river for habitat enhancement, or

(iv) a man-made structure on or in the main river.

Eel pass devices E+W

19.—(1) Construction of eel pass devices on existing structures.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are—

(a) the existing structure is not located on a tidal river,

(b) the device is permanently and securely attached to the existing structure,

(c) the width of the device is no more than 5% of the width of the main river, and

(d) the device does not extend upstream or downstream from the existing structure more than the lesser of—

(i) 10 metres, or

(ii) the width of the channel measured between the top of each bank of the main river.

Fish passage notches E+W

20.—(1) Construction of fish passage notches on an existing impoundment.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are—

(a) the construction does not affect the structural integrity of the existing impoundment,

(b) construction of the notches does not change the water level in the main river by more than 20cm upstream or downstream from the existing structure,

(c) the existing impoundment is located on a main river with a width of no more than 5 metres measured between the top of each bank,

(d) the construction does not adversely affect the banks or established bed of the main river, and

(e) the notch is no more than 0.6 metre in width.

Removal of silt, sand and other material in England E+W

21.—(1) The removal of silt and sand from within bridge arches in England and any material from within culverts in England.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are—

(a) the works do not affect the structural integrity of the bridge arch or culvert,

(b) in the case of works within bridge arches, the removal of silt and sand is limited to the removal of accumulated silt and sand on the established bed of the main river,

(c) the works do not occur in, or within 1 kilometre upstream of, a type of habitat included in a list published by the Secretary of State under section 41 of the Natural Environment and Rural Communities Act 2006 or by Welsh Ministers under section 7 of the Environment (Wales) Act 2016,

(d) the works and the subsequent deposition of the removed material do not have a significant adverse effect on species included in a list published by the Secretary of State under section 41 of the Natural Environment and Rural Communities Act 2006, or by Welsh Ministers under section 7 of the Environment (Wales) Act 2016, that are not protected species,

(e) the works do not occur between 15th March and 15th June inclusive in any year,

(f) on a main river that is a designated salmonid river, the works do not occur between 1st October and 14th March inclusive in any year,

(g) the works do not expose the structural foundations or footings of the bridge or culvert,

(h) the works and any equipment used to remove the sand and silt comply with the dredging and removal of silt and sand requirements,

(i) the works do not involve the use of machinery on the bed or banks of the main river more than 20 metres from the bridge or culvert,

(j) the works do not involve the use of a vehicle on the bed or banks of the main river,

(k) the works do not damage the culvert or the banks or bed of the main river, and

(l) the works are not carried out in, or within 1 kilometre upstream or 500 metres downstream of, a water body that is part of a main river classified as of high morphological status by the Agency in accordance with the relevant directions.

Removal of silt and sand adjacent to in-river structures in England E+W

22.—(1) The removal of silt and sand adjacent to in-river structures in England.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are—

(a) the works take place no more than 10 metres upstream or downstream from the edge of the structure,

(b) the removal of silt and sand does not affect the structural integrity of the structure,

(c) the works do not damage the banks or bed of the main river,

(d) the works are limited to the removal of accumulated silt and sand on the established bed of the main river,

(e) the removal of silt and sand does not expose the structural foundations or footings of the structure,

(f) silt and sand is not removed to below the level of the base of the inside of an adjacent culvert,

(g) the works do not remove vegetation from the bed or banks of the main river, other than vegetation growing in or through the silt and sand,

(h) the works do not involve the use of a vehicle or machinery on the bed or banks of the main river,

(i) the removal of silt and sand does not occur in, or within 1 kilometre upstream of, a type of habitat included in a list published by the Secretary of State under section 41 of the Natural Environment and Rural Communities Act 2006 M52 or by Welsh Ministers under section 7 of the Environment (Wales) Act 2016 M53 ,

(j) the removal of silt and sand and its subsequent deposition do not have a significant adverse effect on species included in a list published by the Secretary of State under section 41 of the Natural Environment and Rural Communities Act 2006, or by Welsh Ministers under section 7 of the Environment (Wales) Act 2016, that are not protected species,

(k) the removal of silt and sand does not occur between 15th March and 15th June inclusive in any year,

(l) on a main river that is a designated salmonid river, the removal of silt and sand does not occur between 1st October and 14th March inclusive in any year,

(m) the works and any equipment used to remove the sand and silt comply with the dredging and removal of silt and sand requirements,

(n) the works are not carried out in, or within one kilometre upstream or 500 metres downstream of, a water body that is part of a main river classified as of high morphological status by the Agency in accordance with the relevant directions, and

(o) the removal of silt and sand does not occur in a designated sensitive water body.

Marginal Citations

M52 2006 c. 16.

M53 2016 anaw. 3.

Dredging of man-made ditches, land drains, agricultural drains and previously straightened watercourses in England E+W

23.—(1) Dredging of no more than 1.5 kilometres of man-made ditches, land drains, agricultural drains and previously straightened watercourses classified as main rivers in England.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are—

(a) the works do not occur in any location where dredging has been carried out within the previous 3 years,

(b) the works do not occur in any location on a watercourse where dredging has taken place within 1.5 kilometres upstream or downstream of that location in the previous 12 months,

(c) the works are completed within 3 years of registration of the exemption,

(d) the works do not damage the bed or banks of the main river,

(e) the dredging does not include the removal of gravel,

(f) the dredging is limited to the removal of accumulated silt and sand on the established bed of the main river,

(g) the works do not remove vegetation from the bed or banks of the main river, other than vegetation growing in or through the silt and sand,

(h) the works do not involve the use of a vehicle or machinery on the bed or banks of the main river,

(i) the works do not occur in, or within one kilometre upstream of, a type of habitat included in a list published by the Secretary of State under section 41 of the Natural Environment and Rural Communities Act 2006 or by Welsh Ministers under section 7 of the Environment (Wales) Act 2016,

(j) the dredging and subsequent deposition of dredged material do not have a significant adverse effect on species included in a list published by the Secretary of State under section 41 of the Natural Environment and Rural Communities Act 2006, or by Welsh Ministers under section 7 of the Environment (Wales) Act 2016, that are not protected species,

(k) the works do not occur between 15th March and 15th June inclusive in any year,

(l) on a main river that is a designated salmonid river, the works do not occur between 1st October and 14th March inclusive in any year,

(m) the works and any equipment used comply with the dredging and removal of silt and sand requirements,

(n) the works are not carried out in, or within 1 kilometre upstream or 500 metres downstream of, a water body that is part of a main river classified as of high morphological status by the Agency in accordance with the relevant directions,

(o) the works do not occur in a designated sensitive water body,

(p) on a non-tidal main river, the works do not occur within 8 metres of a flood defence structure or river control works, and

(q) on a tidal main river, the works do not occur within 16 metres of a flood defence structure or sea defence.

Dredging of any main river in England E+W

24.—(1) Dredging of no more than 20 metres of any main river in England.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are—

(a) no dredging has been carried out in the previous 12 months in the same main river and property,

(b) the works are completed within 12 months of registration of the exemption,

(c) the works do not damage the bed or banks of the main river,

(d) the dredging does not include the removal of gravel,

(e) the works do not remove vegetation from the bed or banks of the main river, other than vegetation growing in or through the silt and sand,

(f) the dredging is limited to the removal of accumulated silt and sand on the established bed of the main river,

(g) the works do not involve the use of a vehicle or machinery on the bed or banks of the main river,

(h) the works do not occur in, or within 1 kilometre upstream of, a type of habitat included in a list published by the Secretary of State under section 41 of the Natural Environment and Rural Communities Act 2006 or by Welsh Ministers under section 7 of the Environment (Wales) Act 2016,

(i) the dredging and subsequent deposition of dredged material do not have a significant adverse effect on species included in a list published by the Secretary of State under section 41 of the Natural Environment and Rural Communities Act 2006, or by Welsh Ministers under section 7 of the Environment (Wales) Act 2016, that are not protected species,

(j) the works do not occur between 15th March and 15th June inclusive in any year,

(k) on a main river that is a designated salmonid river, the works do not occur between 1st October and 14th March inclusive in any year,

(l) the works and any equipment used comply with the dredging and removal of silt and sand requirements,

(m) the works are not carried out in, or within 1 kilometre upstream or 500 metres downstream of, a water body that is part of a main river classified as of high morphological status by the Agency in accordance with the relevant directions, and

(n) the dredging does not occur in a designated sensitive water body.

Excavation of scrapes and shallow wetland features E+W

25.—(1) The excavation of scrapes and shallow wetland features in a floodplain.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are—

(a) the area of the excavation is no more than 0.1 hectare and takes place at least 100 metres from any other excavation in the floodplain,

(b) the excavation is no more than 500mm deep at any point,

(c) where spoil from the excavation is spread on the floodplain, the spoil is spread to a depth of no more than 100mm, and

(d) the excavation is at least 8 metres from any structure forming part of a flood defence and from the landward side of each bank of the main river.

Raised flood defences in England E+W

26.—(1) The construction of raised flood defences around one to six adjoining properties in England.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are—

(a) the works are not within 8 metres of a main river,

(b) the dimensions of the flood defences are no more than 1 metre in height and 6 metres in width,

(c) the defences are located at least 20 metres from any building not owned by the owners of the properties,

(d) the total area protected by the defences is no more than 150m² for each property,

(e) the defences are to protect existing buildings, and

(f) the works are within the existing boundary of the properties.

Bankside wildlife refuge structures E+W

27.—(1) Construction of bankside wildlife refuge structures.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are—

(a) the length of bank excavated during construction of the structure is no more than 1.5 metres,

(b) the height of the structure is no more than 1.5 metres or no more than 75% of the height of the bank, whichever is less,

(c) the structure is not located within 50 metres of another man-made structure on or in the main river,

(d) the structure is not located within 8 metres of a flood defence structure or river control works,

(e) the works are not carried out in, or within 100 metres of, a water body in England that is part of a main river classified as of high morphological status by the Agency in accordance with the relevant directions, and

(f) the structure does not project beyond the line of the bank prior to the works being carried out.

Improvement works for tracks and paths E+W

28.—(1) Improvement works for tracks and paths.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are—

(a) the works are to an existing track or path,

(b) the works do not alter the route or width of the track or path,

(c) the works do not disturb the bed or banks of any main river,

(d) the works do not increase the level of the path by more than 100mm, and

(e) when the works are completed, all materials and debris are removed from the site.

PART 5 E+W Other waste operations to which section 33(1)(a) of the 1990 Act does not apply: descriptions and conditions

General and interpretation E+W

1.—(1) The descriptions in this Part are set out in the first sub-paragraph of each paragraph.

(2) The conditions for each description are set out in the second sub-paragraph of each paragraph.

(3) In this Part—

“collection” has the same meaning as in Article 3(10) of the Waste Framework Directive;

“collection point” means a place which is used for the collection of waste by an establishment or undertaking where the establishment or undertaking does not—

(a)

receive payment for collecting the waste, or

(b)

collect waste as its main business activity;

“place of production” has the meaning given in paragraph 1(1) of Part 1 of this Schedule.

(4) For the purposes of this Part, a container, lagoon or other place is secure in relation to waste kept in it if—

(a) all reasonable precautions are taken to ensure that the waste cannot escape from it, and

(b) members of the public are unable to gain access to the waste.

Temporary storage at the place of production E+W

2.—(1) The temporary storage of any waste at the place of production, pending its collection.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the conditions are—

(a) no waste is stored for longer than 12 months, and

(b) the waste is stored in a secure place.

Temporary storage of waste at a place controlled by the producer E+W

3.—(1) The temporary storage of any waste, pending its collection, at a place controlled by the producer of the waste.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the conditions are—

(a) the producer has control over the waste and the storage place,

(b) the waste does not contain or consist of—

(i) unbonded asbestos, or

(ii) any substance with a flash point of less than 21 degrees Celsius,

(c) the operation is not carried on in the course of providing a waste management service to another person,

(d) the waste is stored in a secure place,

(e) where more than one type of waste is stored, the types are not mixed,

(f) no waste is stored for longer than 3 months,

(g) in relation to non-liquid waste, the total quantity stored at any one time does not exceed 50 cubic metres, and

(h) in relation to liquid waste—

(i) the total quantity stored at any one time does not exceed 1,000 litres, and

(ii) the waste is stored in a container with secondary containment.

Temporary storage at a collection point E+W

4.—(1) The temporary storage of waste at a collection point for the purposes of recovering or disposing of the waste elsewhere.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the conditions are that—

(a) the waste does not contain or consist of—

(i) asbestos;

(ii) any substance with a flash point of less than 21 degrees Celsius,

(b) where more than one type of waste is stored, the types are not mixed,

(c) in relation to WEEE, the total quantity of waste stored at any one time does not exceed 30 cubic metres,

(d) in relation to non-hazardous waste that—

(i) is not WEEE, and

(ii) is to be recovered elsewhere,

the total quantity of waste stored any one time does not exceed 50 cubic metres, and

(e) in relation to waste not covered by paragraph (d) or (e), the total quantity of waste stored at any one time does not exceed 5 cubic metres.

Regulation 11

SCHEDULE 4 E+W Application to the Crown

Crown application E+W

1.  Subject to paragraphs 2 to 5, these Regulations bind the Crown.

Contravention of these Regulations by the Crown E+W

2.—(1) If the Crown contravenes a provision of these Regulations—

(a) it is not criminally liable under regulation 38, and

(b) no proceedings may be taken against it under regulation 42.

(2) But—

(a) on the application of a regulator, the High Court may declare a contravention of these Regulations by the Crown to be unlawful, and

(b) these Regulations apply to persons in the public service of the Crown as they apply to other persons.

Entry to Crown premises E+W

3.—(1) If the appropriate authority considers that in the interests of national security particular powers of entry must not be used in relation to particular Crown premises it may certify that those powers must not be used in relation to those premises.

(2) In this paragraph—

“Crown premises” means premises held or used by or on behalf of the Crown;

“power of entry” means a power of entry exercisable under section 108 of the 1995 Act M54 , in relation to a function under these Regulations.

Marginal Citations

M54 Section 108 was amended by section 55(6) to (9) of the Anti-social Behaviour Act 2003 (c. 38), section 53 of the Clean Neighbourhoods and Environment Act 2005 (c. 16), and paragraph 3(1) to (4) of Part 1 of Schedule 2 to the Protection of Freedoms Act 2012 (c. 9), and by S.I. 2000/1973, 2010/675, 2013/755 (W. 90), 2015/374 and 2016/475. It is prospectively amended by Schedule 3 to the Pollution Prevention and Control Act 1999 (c. 24) from a date to be appointed.

Service on certain Crown operators E+W

4.—(1) This paragraph applies in relation to a regulated facility controlled or operated by a person acting on behalf of—

(a) the Royal Household,

(b) the Duchy of Lancaster, or

(c) the Duke of Cornwall or other possessor of the Duchy of Cornwall.

(2) When serving or giving notices or notifications, or instituting proceedings, the following person must be treated as the operator—

(a) in relation to sub-paragraph (1)(a), the Keeper of the Privy Purse;

(b) in relation to sub-paragraph (1)(b), the person appointed by the Chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster;

(c) in relation to sub-paragraph (1)(c), the person appointed by the Duke of Cornwall or other possessor of the Duchy of Cornwall.

Application of this Schedule to certain radioactive substances activities E+W

5.—(1) These Regulations do not bind the Crown in relation to a radioactive substances activity carried on at premises—

(a) occupied on behalf of the Crown for naval, military or air force purposes or for the purposes of the department of the Secretary of State having responsibility for defence, or

(b) occupied by or for the purposes of visiting forces.

(2) In this paragraph, “visiting force” has the meaning given in section 12(1) of the Visiting Forces Act 1952 M55 .

Marginal Citations

M55 1952 c. 67; section 12 was amended by paragraph 14 of Schedule 15 to the Criminal Justice Act 1988 (c. 33).

Regulations 13(3) and 15(3)

SCHEDULE 5 E+W Environmental permits

PART 1 E+W Grant, variation, transfer and surrender of environmental permits

Interpretation E+W

1.  In this Part—

“applicant” means—

(a)

in the case of an application for the transfer of an environmental permit in whole or in part—

(i)

the operator and the proposed transferee, or

(ii)

the proposed transferee;

(b)

in every other case, the operator;

“application” means an application—

(a)

for the grant of an environmental permit under regulation 13(1),

(b)

by an operator for the variation of an environmental permit under regulation 20(1),

(c)

for the transfer, in whole or in part, of an environmental permit under regulation 21(1), or

(d)

for the surrender, in whole or in part, of an environmental permit under regulation 25(2);

“public consultee” means a person whom the regulator considers is affected by, is likely to be affected by, or has an interest in, an application.

Making an application E+W

2.—(1) An application must—

(a) be made by the applicant on the form provided by the regulator, and

(b) include—

(i) such information as is specified on the form, and

(ii) any additional information required by the regulator.

(2) An application under regulation 13(1) for the grant of an environmental permit for a flood risk activity referred to in paragraph 3(1)(a) to (c) of Part 1 of Schedule 25 must be accompanied by—

(a) a fee of £50 for each flood risk activity to which the application relates, unless the regulator has made a charging scheme under section 41 of the 1995 Act M56 , or

(b) where the regulator has made such a charging scheme, the fee prescribed under that scheme.

(3) Any other application must be accompanied by any fee prescribed in a charging scheme made by the regulator under section 41 of the 1995 Act or by the appropriate authority under regulation 66.

Marginal Citations

M56 Section 41 was amended by paragraph 39 of Schedule 4 to the Flood and Water Management Act 2010 (c. 29), and by S.I. 2005/894, 1806 (W. 138), 2006/937, 2007/1711, 3106, 2008/3087, 2009/890, 3381, 2011/988, 1043, 2911, 2012/1659, 2788, 2013/755 (W. 90), 1821 and 2014/861.

Withdrawing an application E+W

3.—(1) A duly-made application may be withdrawn by the applicant before it is determined.

(2) If an application is withdrawn the applicant is not entitled to the return of any fee which accompanied it.

Further information in respect of a duly-made application E+W

4.—(1) If the regulator considers that it requires further information to determine a duly-made application, it may serve a notice on the applicant specifying the further information and the period within which it must be provided.

(2) If the applicant fails to provide the further information in accordance with the notice, the regulator may serve a further notice on the applicant stating that the application is deemed to be withdrawn, upon which the application is deemed to be withdrawn.

(3) If an application is deemed to be withdrawn, the applicant is not entitled to the return of any fee which accompanied it.

Public participation: scope E+W

5.—(1) Paragraph 6 applies to every application for the grant of an environmental permit except an application in relation to—

(a) mobile plant,

(b) a radioactive substances activity described in paragraph 11(5) of Part 2 of Schedule 23,

(c) a standard facility,

(d) a mining waste operation not involving a mining waste facility to which Article 7 of the Mining Waste Directive applies, or

(e) a stand-alone flood risk activity—

(i) which is not likely to have a significant adverse effect on the environment, or

(ii) in respect of which public consultation has been carried out under another statutory requirement where that consultation addresses the potential environmental impact of the flood risk activity.

[F4 (f) a medium combustion plant or a specified generator, unless the regulator determines that the operation of the medium combustion plant or specified generator may have significant negative effects on human beings or the environment]

(2) Paragraph 6 applies to every application for the variation of an environmental permit if—

(a) it would entail a substantial change, or

(b) the regulator determines that the paragraph should apply.

(3) Paragraph 8 applies to every regulator-initiated variation if—

(a) it would entail a substantial change, or

(b) the regulator determines that the paragraph should apply.

(4) But paragraphs 6 and 8 do not apply to the extent that the application or regulator-initiated variation relates to—

(a) the burning of waste oil in an appliance with a rated thermal input of less than 0.4 megawatts,

(b) dry cleaning,

(c) the unloading of petrol into stationary storage tanks at a service station if it is an activity within paragraph (c) of Part B of Section 1.2 of Part 2 of Schedule 1,

(d) any motor vehicle refuelling activity within paragraph (d), (e) or (f) of Part B of Section 1.2 of Part 2 of Schedule 1, or

(e) a stand-alone flood risk activity—

(i) which is not likely to have a significant adverse effect on the environment, or

(ii) in respect of which public consultation has been carried out under another statutory requirement where that consultation addresses the potential environmental impact of the flood risk activity.

(5) In this paragraph—

“change in operation” means a change in the nature or functioning, or an extension, of an installation, which may have consequences for the environment;

“dry cleaning” means an industrial or commercial activity using volatile organic compounds to clean garments, furnishing and similar consumer goods excluding the manual removal of stains and spots in the textile or clothing industry;

“substantial change” means a change in operation of an installation which in the regulator's opinion may have significant negative effects on human beings or the environment and includes—

(a)

in relation to a Part A installation, a change in operation which in itself meets the thresholds, if any, set out in Part 2 of Schedule 1, and

(b)

in relation to a waste incineration plant or waste co-incineration plant for non-hazardous waste, a change in operation which would involve the incineration or co-incineration of hazardous waste.

(6) When assessing whether a change in operation of a Part B installation has significant effects on the environment, the regulator must consider only its emissions to air.

[F5 (7) When assessing whether the operation of a medium combustion plant or a specified generator may have significant negative effects on human beings or the environment, the regulator must consider only its emissions to air.]

Textual Amendments

F4 Sch. 5 Pt. 1 para. 5(1)(f) inserted (30.1.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/110), regs. 1, 13(a)

F5 Sch. 5 Pt. 1 para. 5(7) inserted (30.1.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/110), regs. 1, 13(b)

Public participation in relation to certain applications E+W

6.—(1) Subject to sub-paragraphs (2) and (3), if this paragraph applies the regulator must, within the consultation communication period—

(a) take the steps it considers appropriate to inform the public consultees of the application and the place and times its public register can be inspected free of charge,

(b) invite the public consultees to make representations on the application, and

(c) specify to the public consultees the address to which and the period within which representations are to be made.

(2) The regulator must not inform the public consultees of information which is to be excluded from a public register in the interests of national security unless the appropriate authority directs that it must do so.

(3) The regulator must not inform the public consultees of information which is to be excluded from a public register because it is confidential information, unless the public consultee is—

(a) a public authority and the information is necessary for the exercise of its functions, or

(b) a sewerage undertaker and the information relates to the release of any substance into a sewer vested in that undertaker.

Calculation of the consultation communication period E+W

7.—(1) In paragraph 6, “ the consultation communication period” means a period of 30 working days starting on the day the regulator receives a duly-made application.

(2) But the period starts on—

(a) the determination date, if a determination in relation to national security or confidentiality is made under regulation 47 or 50, or

(b) the day an information subject gives notice under regulation 49(2)(a) consenting to the regulator including information on the public register.

(3) In sub-paragraph (2), “determination date” means—

(a) the date of a determination under regulation 47(3) or (7),

(b) the date of a determination under regulation 50 that information must be excluded from the public register, or

(c) if the regulator determines under regulation 50 that information must be included on the public register—

(i) if an appeal is brought, the date of determination or withdrawal of that appeal, or

(ii) if no appeal is brought, the date on which the period for bringing an appeal expires.

Public participation in relation to regulator-initiated variations E+W

8.—(1) If this paragraph applies, the regulator must notify the operator—

(a) that the public participation procedures in sub-paragraph (2) apply,

(b) of the variation it proposes to the environmental permit, and

(c) of any fee prescribed in respect of this paragraph in a charging scheme made by the regulator under section 41 of the 1995 Act or by the appropriate authority under regulation 66.

(2) The regulator must—

(a) take the steps it considers appropriate to inform the public consultees of the proposed variation,

(b) invite the operator and the public consultees to make representations on the proposed variation, and

(c) specify to the operator and the public consultees the address to which and the period within which representations are to be made.

Consultation: conditions mentioned in regulation 15(1) E+W

9.—(1) This paragraph applies if the regulator proposes to include a condition mentioned in regulation 15(1) in an environmental permit, other than a condition to which sub-paragraph (2) applies.

(2) This sub-paragraph applies to a condition that does not specifically identify the land in relation to which the operator is required to carry out works or, as the case may be, do other things.

(3) If this paragraph applies, the regulator must serve a notice which complies with sub-paragraph (4) on every person appearing to it to fall within sub-paragraph (5).

(4) The notice must specify—

(a) the proposed condition,

(b) the works or other things which the condition would require, and

(c) the address to which and the period within which representations on the proposed condition are to be made (which period must not expire less than 20 working days after the day the notice is served).

(5) A person falls within this sub-paragraph if—

(a) the person is the owner, lessee or occupier of land, and

(b) regulation 15(2) would require the person to grant the rights mentioned there if the proposed condition were included in the environmental permit.

(6) In sub-paragraph (5)(a), “owner” means the person who—

(a) is receiving the rack-rent of the land, whether on the person's own account or as agent or trustee for another person, or

(b) would receive the rack-rent if the land were let at a rack-rent,

but does not include a mortgagee not in possession.

Consultation with other member States E+W

10.—(1) This paragraph applies if—

(a) an appropriate authority is aware that the grant of a relevant application or regulator-initiated variation is likely to have significant negative effects on the environment of another member State, or

(b) another member State requests information about a relevant application or about a proposal for a regulator-initiated variation.

(2) As soon as is reasonably practicable the appropriate authority must—

(a) send the particulars of the relevant application or regulator-initiated variation to that member State to serve as the basis for bilateral consultations of the type referred to in the relevant Article,

(b) inform that member State of the relevant information, and

(c) notify the operator and the regulator that it has complied with paragraphs (b) and (c).

(3) If a regulator receives notification under sub-paragraph (2)(c), it must not determine the application or make the regulator-initiated variation until the appropriate authority has—

(a) notified it that the bilateral consultations have been completed, and

(b) sent it any representations made by the member State.

(4) In this paragraph—

“member State” includes Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway but only to the extent that there is a relevant application or regulator-initiated variation which relates to the carrying on at an installation of an activity listed in Annex I to the Industrial Emissions Directive;

“relevant application” means an application for the grant or variation of an environmental permit in relation to an installation described in sub-paragraph (5) or a Category A mining waste facility;

“relevant Article” means—

(a)

in the case of an application in relation to an installation described in sub-paragraph (5), Article 26 of the Industrial Emissions Directive;

(b)

in the case of an application in relation to a Category A mining waste facility, Article 16 of the Mining Waste Directive;

“relevant information” means—

(a)

where the relevant application or regulator-initiated variation relates to an installation described in sub-paragraph (5), a matter in paragraph 1 of Annex IV to the Industrial Emissions Directive;

(b)

where it relates to a Category A mining waste facility, the information required under Article 16 of the Mining Waste Directive.

(5) The description in this sub-paragraph is an installation where an activity listed in Annex 1 to the Industrial Emissions Directive is carried on.

Duty to consider representations E+W

11.  Before it determines an application or makes a regulator-initiated variation, the regulator must consider any representation—

(a) made pursuant to paragraph 6(1)(b), 8(2)(b) or 9(4)(c), or

(b) sent to it under paragraph 10(3)(b).

Duty to determine an application E+W

12.—(1) The regulator must grant or refuse a duly-made application.

(2) Except in the case of an application for the surrender of an environmental permit in whole, the regulator may grant an application subject to such conditions as it sees fit.

(3) But—

(a) variations of an environmental permit in relation to the grant of an application for variation, transfer in whole or in part, or partial surrender must be in consequence of the variation, transfer or partial surrender, as the case may be and

(b) if granting an application for partial transfer, the regulator must grant a new environmental permit to the transferee subject to the same conditions as the original permit, varied in consequence of the partial transfer.

Identity and competence of the operator E+W

13.—(1) Subject to sub-paragraph (3), the regulator must refuse an application for the grant of an environmental permit or for the transfer in whole or in part of an environmental permit if it considers that, if the permit is granted or transferred, the requirements in sub-paragraph (2) will not be satisfied.

(2) The requirements are that the applicant for the grant of an environmental permit, or the proposed transferee, on the transfer of an environmental permit (in whole or in part), must—

(a) be the operator of the regulated facility, and

(b) operate the regulated facility in accordance with the environmental permit.

(3) The requirement in sub-paragraph (2)(b) does not apply to an applicant for the grant of an environmental permit authorising the carrying on of only a stand-alone water discharge activity, stand-alone groundwater activity or stand-alone flood risk activity.

Surrender applications E+W

14.—(1) The regulator must accept an application for the surrender of an environmental permit in whole or in part under regulation 25(2) if it is satisfied that the necessary measures have been taken—

(a) to avoid a pollution risk resulting from the operation of the regulated facility and, in the case of a permit authorising the carrying on of a flood risk activity (in whole or in part), to avoid any of the risks specified in sub-paragraph (3), and

(b) to return the site of the regulated facility to a satisfactory state, having regard to the state of the site before the facility was put into operation.

(2) Sub-paragraph (1) does not apply to an application for the surrender of any part of an environmental permit (or if applicable, the whole permit) that authorises the carrying on of a radioactive substances activity at a nuclear site.

(3) The risks specified in this sub-paragraph are—

(a) risk of flooding;

(b) risk of harm to the environment;

(c) risk of detrimental impact on drainage.

Time limits for determination E+W

15.—(1) If—

(a) the regulator has not determined an application within the relevant period, and

(b) the applicant serves a notice on the regulator which refers to this paragraph,

the application is deemed to have been refused on the day on which the notice is served.

(2) Sub-paragraph (1) does not apply—

(a) to an application for the grant of an environmental permit that, if granted, would authorise the carrying on of a radioactive substances activity at a nuclear site, or

(b) to an application for the transfer of an environmental permit where the permit authorises the carrying on of a radioactive substances activity at a nuclear site.

(3) In sub-paragraph (1) “the relevant period” means a period, calculated in accordance with paragraph 16, of—

(a) in the case of an application for the transfer of an environmental permit in whole or in part, 2 months,

(b) in the case of an application for the grant or variation, in whole or in part, of an environmental permit relating to a stand-alone flood risk activity only, 2 months,

(c) in a case where paragraph 6 applies, 4 months, or

(d) in any other case, 3 months,

or in any case, a longer period than the period in paragraphs (a) to (d), if it is agreed by the regulator and the applicant.

Calculation of the relevant period E+W

16.—(1) This paragraph provides for the calculation of a period referred to in paragraph 15(3).

(2) The period starts—

(a) in the case of an application for the grant or variation of an environmental permit in relation to a Category A mining waste facility—

(i) on the day the regulator is notified by the fire and rescue authority of the matters referred to in paragraph 14(1) of Schedule 20, and for these purposes “fire and rescue authority” has the meaning given in paragraph 2 of that Schedule, or

(ii) if paragraph 10 of this Schedule applies, on the day mentioned in sub-paragraph (i) of this paragraph or, if the day on which the appropriate authority complies with paragraph 10(3) of this Schedule is later, on that day;

(b) if paragraph 10 of this Schedule applies and the application is not one covered by paragraph (a), on the day the appropriate authority complies with paragraph 10(3) of this Schedule;

(c) in all other cases, on the day the regulator receives a duly-made application.

(3) In calculating the period the following periods must be ignored—

(a) a period beginning with the service of a notice requiring further information under paragraph 4(1) to the receipt by the regulator of that information;

(b) a period for representations mentioned in paragraph 9(4)(c) to the extent that it does not overlap with a period for representations mentioned in paragraph 6(1)(c);

(c) a period of 20 days after the service of a notice under regulation 15(5);

(d) where regulation 15(6) applies, a period beginning with the day on which the regulator informs the applicant of the proposed condition and ending when the regulator is satisfied that the landowner has consented to that condition;

(e) a period during which national security or confidentiality is being considered in relation to the application, that is to say—

(i) any period during which a determination under regulation 47(3) or (7) or 50 is being considered (including any appeal), or

(ii) a period of 15 working days after the service of a notice under regulation 49(1);

(f) if the regulator informs the public in relation to a draft decision in accordance with paragraph 1(d) of Annex IV to the Industrial Emissions Directive, a period of 20 working days.

Notification of a determination or decision E+W

17.—(1) As soon as is reasonably practicable after it determines an application or decides to make a regulator-initiated variation, the regulator must comply with sub-paragraph (2).

(2) The regulator must—

(a) notify the applicant or, for a regulator-initiated variation, the operator of—

(i) its determination or decision,

(ii) the rights of appeal the applicant or operator has under regulation 31, and

(iii) the requirements relating to the exercise of those rights in paragraphs 2 and 3 of Schedule 6, and

(b) if paragraph 10 applies, notify the appropriate authority of the determination or decision.

(3) In this paragraph, “determination” and “decision” include the reasons for the determination or decision.

Date of effect of certain determinations and decisions E+W

18.—(1) This paragraph applies to—

(a) a determination by which the regulator grants an application which—

(i) varies an environmental permit in consequence of an application for variation, transfer in whole or in part, or partial surrender, or

(ii) grants a new environmental permit in consequence of an application for partial transfer, and

(b) a decision to make a regulator-initiated variation.

(2) The determination or decision must specify any variation and the date it is to take effect.

(3) If the regulator grants an application for the transfer of an environmental permit in whole or in part, the determination must specify the date agreed between the regulator and the applicant that the transfer is to take effect.

Form of certain determinations and decisions: consolidation of permits E+W

19.—(1) This paragraph applies to every determination and decision to which paragraph 18 applies.

(2) A determination or decision may comprise—

(a) a consolidated permit reflecting the variations, and

(b) a notice specifying the variations included in that consolidated permit.

(3) Only the variations specified are subject to the right of appeal in regulation 31(1)(b) or (c).

Incidents and accidents: deemed condition of a permit E+W

20.  Every environmental permit in relation to a regulated facility to which Schedule 7, 13 or 14 applies is deemed to contain the following conditions, unless such conditions are included in the permit—

(a) in the event that the operation of a regulated facility gives rise to an incident or accident which significantly affects the environment, the operator of that regulated facility must immediately—

(i) inform the regulator,

(ii) take the measures necessary to limit the environmental consequences of such an incident or accident, and

(iii) take the measures necessary to prevent further possible incidents or accidents;

(b) in the event of a breach of any condition of a permit, the operator of a regulated facility must immediately—

(i) inform the regulator, and

(ii) take the measures necessary to ensure that compliance is restored within the shortest possible time;

(c) in the event of a breach of any condition of a permit which poses an immediate danger to human health or threatens to cause an immediate significant adverse effect on the environment, the operator of a regulated facility must immediately suspend the operation of the regulated facility or the relevant part of it until compliance with the condition of the permit has been restored.

PART 2 E+W Compensation in relation to conditions affecting certain interests in land

Interpretation E+W

1.  In this Part—

“grantor” means a person who grants the operator rights pursuant to regulation 15(2);

“relevant interest” means an interest in land out of which rights have been granted pursuant to regulation 15(2);

“rights” means the rights granted by the grantor.

Entitlement to compensation E+W

2.  A grantor is entitled to be paid compensation under this Part by the operator.

Loss and damage for which compensation is payable E+W

3.—(1) Subject to paragraph 6(3) and (5)(b), compensation is payable for loss and damage of the following descriptions—

(a) depreciation in the value of any relevant interest to which the grantor is entitled which results from the grant of the rights;

(b) depreciation in the value of any other interest in land to which the grantor is entitled which results from the exercise of the rights;

(c) loss or damage, in relation to any relevant interest to which the grantor is entitled, which—

(i) is attributable to the grant of the rights or the exercise of them,

(ii) does not consist of depreciation in the value of that interest, and

(iii) is loss or damage for which the grantor would have been entitled to compensation by way of compensation for disturbance if the circumstances specified in sub-paragraph (2) applied;

(d) damage to, or injurious affection of, any interest in land to which the grantor is entitled which—

(i) is not a relevant interest, and

(ii) results from the grant of the rights or the exercise of them;

(e) loss in respect of work carried out by or on behalf of the grantor which is rendered abortive by the grant of the rights or the exercise of them.

(2) For the purpose of sub-paragraph (1)(c)(iii), the circumstances are that the relevant interest was acquired compulsorily—

(a) under the Acquisition of Land Act 1981 M57 , and

(b) in pursuance of a notice to treat served on the date on which the rights were granted.

Marginal Citations

M57 1981 c. 67.

Date when entitlement to compensation arises E+W

4.—(1) An entitlement to compensation under this Part arises on the date of the grant of the rights.

(2) But if an appeal against the conditions of the environmental permit which rendered the grant of rights necessary is refused, the entitlement to compensation arises on the date the appeal is determined.

Application for compensation E+W

5.—(1) An application for compensation under this Part must be made by the grantor—

(a) within 12 months after the date on which the entitlement to compensation arises, or

(b) within 6 months after the date on which the rights are first exercised.

(2) An application must be—

(a) made in writing,

(b) made to the operator to whom the rights were granted, and

(c) delivered at or sent by pre-paid post to the last known address for correspondence of that operator.

(3) The application must contain, or be accompanied by—

(a) a copy of the grant of rights in respect of which the grantor's entitlement arises and any plans attached to that grant,

(b) a description of the exact nature of any interest in land in respect of which compensation is applied for,

(c) a statement of the amount of compensation applied for—

(i) distinguishing the amounts applied for under each of paragraph 3(1)(a) to (e), and

(ii) showing how the amount applied for under each paragraph has been calculated, and

(d) if the date on which the entitlement to compensation arises is ascertained in accordance with paragraph 4(2), a copy of the notice of the final determination of the appeal.

Assessment of the amount to be paid by way of compensation E+W

6.—(1) The amount to be paid by way of compensation under this Part must be assessed in accordance with this paragraph.

(2) The rules set out in section 5 of the Land Compensation Act 1961 M58 have effect for the purposes of this paragraph as they have effect for the purpose of assessing compensation for the compulsory acquisition of an interest in land, so far as applicable and subject to any necessary modifications.

(3) No account is to be taken of any enhancement of the value of an interest in land by reason of any building erected, work done, or improvement or alteration made on land in which the grantor is, or was at the time the building or other work was carried out, directly or indirectly concerned, if the work carried out—

(a) was not reasonably necessary, and

(b) was undertaken with a view to obtaining compensation or increased compensation.

(4) In calculating the amount of a loss under paragraph 3(1)(e), expenditure incurred in the preparation of plans or on other similar preparatory matters is to be taken into account.

(5) Where the interest in respect of which compensation is to be assessed is subject to a mortgage—

(a) the compensation must be assessed as if the interest were not subject to the mortgage, and

(b) no compensation is payable in respect of the interest of the mortgagee (as distinct from the interest which is subject to the mortgage).

(6) Compensation must include an amount equal to the grantor's reasonable valuation and legal expenses incurred as a result of making the application under paragraph 5 to which the compensation relates.

Marginal Citations

M58 1961 c. 33; section 5 was amended by paragraph 1 of Schedule 15, and Part 3 of Schedule 19, to the Planning and Compensation Act 1991 (c. 34), and by S.I. 2009/1307.

Payment of compensation E+W

7.—(1) Compensation in respect of an interest which is subject to a mortgage must be paid—

(a) to the mortgagee, or

(b) if there is more than one mortgagee, to the first mortgagee,

and must, in either case, be applied by the mortgagee as if it were proceeds of sale.

(2) Amounts of compensation determined under this Part are payable—

(a) where the operator and either the grantor or mortgagee agree that a single payment is to be made on a specified date, on that date;

(b) where the operator and either the grantor or mortgagee agree that payment is to be made in instalments at different dates, on the date agreed as regards each instalment;

(c) in any other case, subject to any direction of the Upper Tribunal or the court, as soon as reasonably practicable after the amount of the compensation has been determined.

(3) Any question of the application of paragraph 6(3) or dispute as to the amount of compensation must be referred to and determined by the Upper Tribunal.

(4) In relation to the determination of such a question, section 4 of the Land Compensation Act 1961 M59 applies as if the reference in section 4(A1) of that Act to section 1 of that Act M60 were a reference to sub-paragraph (3) of this paragraph.

Marginal Citations

M59 Section 4 was amended by S.I. 2009/1307.

M60 Section 1 was amended by S.I. 2009/1307.

Interest payable on compensation E+W

8.—(1) Compensation payable under this Part carries interest at the rate for the time being prescribed under section 32 of the Land Compensation Act 1961 from the date specified in sub-paragraph (2) to payment.

(2) The date is—

(a) in the case of compensation payable under paragraph 3(1)(a) or (b), the date of depreciation;

(b) in the case of compensation payable under paragraph 3(1)(c), (d) or (e), the date on which the loss is sustained, the damage is done, or the injurious affection occurs, as the case may be;

(c) in the case of compensation payable under paragraph 6(6), the date on which the expenses become payable.

(3) If it appears to a person (“A”) that A may become liable to pay to another person (“B”) compensation under this Schedule or interest under this paragraph, on the written request of B, A may make one or more payments on account of such compensation or interest.

(4) A may recover the payment or excess if, after A makes a payment under sub-paragraph (3)—

(a) it is agreed or determined that A is not liable to pay compensation or interest, or

(b) by reason of any agreement or determination, the payment is shown to be excessive.

Regulation 31(12)

SCHEDULE 6 E+W Appeals to the appropriate authority

Interpretation E+W

1.  In this Schedule—

“appeal” means an appeal to the appropriate authority;

“appointed person” means the person appointed under paragraph 5;

“determination” includes the reasons for the determination.

Making an appeal E+W

2.—(1) A person making an appeal must—

(a) send the appropriate authority written notice of the appeal and the documents specified in sub-paragraph (2), and

(b) at the same time send the regulator copies of the notice and documents.

(2) The documents are—

(a) a statement of the grounds of appeal,

(b) a copy of any relevant application,

(c) a copy of any relevant environmental permit,

(d) a copy of any relevant correspondence between the appellant and the regulator,

(e) a copy of any decision or notice which is the subject matter of the appeal, and

(f) a statement indicating whether the appellant wishes the appeal to be in the form of a hearing or to be dealt with by way of written representations.

(3) An appellant may withdraw an appeal by notifying the appropriate authority in writing and must send a copy of that notification to the regulator.

Time limit for making an appeal E+W

3.—(1) A notice of appeal must be given—

(a) in relation to an appeal against a revocation notice, before the revocation notice takes effect;

(b) in relation to the withdrawal of a duly-made application under paragraph 4(2) of Part 1 of Schedule 5, not later than 15 working days after the date of the further notice served under that paragraph;

(c) in relation to an enforcement notice, a regulator-initiated variation, suspension notice, mining waste facility closure notice, landfill closure notice, flood risk activity emergency works notice, flood risk activity notice of intent or flood risk activity remediation notice, not later than 2 months after the date of the variation or notice;

(d) in relation to a prohibition notice, not later than 21 days after the date of the notice;

(e) in any other case, not later than 6 months after the date of the decision or deemed decision.

(2) The appropriate authority may in a particular case allow notice of appeal to be given after the periods mentioned in sub-paragraph (1)(b) to (e) have expired.

Notice to affected and interested persons E+W

4.—(1) The regulator must, within 10 working days after receipt of a copy of a notice of appeal, give notice of it to any person whom the regulator considers is affected by, is likely to be affected by, or has an interest in, the subject matter of the appeal.

(2) A notice must include—

(a) a description of the subject matter of the appeal, and

(b) a statement that representations in writing may be made to the appropriate authority within a period of 15 working days after the date of the notice.

(3) The regulator must notify the appropriate authority of the persons to whom, and the date on which, such a notice was sent, within 10 working days after sending it.

(4) The regulator must give notice of the withdrawal of an appeal to every person given such a notice.

Hearing before an appointed person E+W

5.—(1) Before determining an appeal the appropriate authority may give the appellant and the regulator an opportunity of appearing before and being heard by a person appointed by the appropriate authority, and must do so in a case where a request is duly made by the appellant or the regulator to be so heard.

(2) If the appointed person so decides, a hearing may be held wholly or to any extent in private.

(3) The persons entitled to be heard at a hearing are—

(a) the appellant,

(b) the regulator, and

(c) a person who has made representations to the regulator in respect of the subject matter of the appeal within the period mentioned in paragraph 4(2)(b).

(4) The appointed person may permit other persons to be heard and such permission must not be unreasonably withheld.

(5) After the hearing, the appointed person must make a report in writing to the appropriate authority which must include the appointed person's—

(a) conclusions, and

(b) recommendations or reasons for not making recommendations.

(6) Subsections (2) to (5) of section 250 of the Local Government Act 1972 M61 apply to hearings held under this paragraph by an appointed person as they apply to inquiries caused to be held under that section by a Minister with the following modifications—

(a) the substitution in subsection (2) for the reference to the person appointed to hold the inquiry with a reference to the appointed person;

(b) the substitution in subsection (4) for the references to the Minister causing the inquiry to be held with references to the appropriate authority;

(c) the substitution of the reference in that subsection to a local authority with a reference to the regulator;

(d) the substitution in subsection (5) for the reference to the Minister causing the inquiry to be held with a reference to the appropriate authority.

Marginal Citations

M61 1972 c. 70; section 250 was amended by sections 37, 38 and 46 of the Criminal Justice Act 1982 (c. 48), Part 3 of Schedule 12 to the Housing and Planning Act 1986 (c. 63) and the Statute Law Repeals Act 1989 (c. 43).

Notice of determination of an appeal E+W

6.—(1) The appropriate authority must give notice to the appellant of its determination and provide the appellant with a copy of the report mentioned in paragraph 5(5).

(2) At the same time the appropriate authority must send—

(a) a copy of the documents mentioned in sub-paragraph (1) to the regulator, and

(b) a copy of its determination to any person who made representations in respect of the subject matter of the appeal to the authority, or at any hearing.

Procedure following the quashing of a determination of an appropriate authority E+W

7.—(1) If a determination is quashed in proceedings before a court, the appropriate authority—

(a) must send to the persons notified of its determination under paragraph 6 a statement of the matters in relation to which further representations are invited,

(b) must give those persons the opportunity of making written representations in respect of those matters within 20 working days after the date of the statement, and

(c) may cause a hearing to be held or reopened.

(2) If a hearing is held or reopened under sub-paragraph (1)(c), paragraphs 5(2) to 5(6) apply as they apply to a hearing held under paragraph 5(1).

(3) Paragraph 6 applies to the redetermination of an appeal as it applies to the determination of that appeal.

Regulation 35(1)

SCHEDULE 7 E+W Part A installations: Industrial Emissions Directive

Application E+W

1.  This Schedule applies to every Part A installation.

Interpretation E+W

2.  When interpreting the Industrial Emissions Directive for the purposes of this Schedule—

(a) except where defined in this paragraph, an expression that is defined in Part 1 of these Regulations has the meaning given in that Part;

(b) “installation” means Part A installation;

(c) “permit” means environmental permit;

(d) the competent authority is the regulator;

(e) “substance” is to be read as including, after the words “its compounds” in Article 3(1) of the Industrial Emissions Directive, the words “and any biological entity or micro-organism”;

(f) “general binding rule” means a standard rule published under regulation 26.

Exercise of regulator's functions: general E+W

3.  The regulator must exercise its functions under these Regulations for the purpose of achieving a high level of protection of the environment taken as a whole by, in particular, preventing or, where that is not practicable, reducing emissions into the air, water and land.

Applications for the grant of an environmental permit E+W

4.  The regulator must ensure that every application for the grant of an environmental permit includes the information specified in Article 12 of the Industrial Emissions Directive.

Exercise of relevant functions E+W

5.  The regulator must exercise its relevant functions so as to ensure compliance with the following provisions of the Industrial Emissions Directive—

(a) Article 5(1) and (3);

(b) Article 7;

(c) Article 8(2);

(d) Article 9;

(e) Article 11;

(f) Article 13(7);

(g) Article 14;

(h) Article 15 (excluding the penultimate sub-paragraph of Article 15(4));

(i) Article 16;

(j) Article 17;

(k) Article 18;

(l) Article 20(1) and (2);

(m) Article 22 (excluding the last sub-paragraph of Article 22(2));

(n) Article 26(4).

Developments in best available techniques E+W

6.—(1) The regulator must ensure that it is informed of developments in best available techniques and of the publication of any new or updated BAT conclusions and where appropriate must exercise its functions so as to encourage the application of emerging techniques, in particular those identified in BAT reference documents.

(2) In this paragraph—

“BAT conclusions” has the meaning given in Article 3(12) of the Industrial Emissions Directive;

“BAT reference document” has the meaning given in Article 3(11) of the Industrial Emissions Directive;

“best available techniques” has the meaning given in Article 3(10) of the Industrial Emissions Directive;

“emerging technique” has the meaning given in Article 3(14) of the Industrial Emissions Directive.

Review of environmental permits E+W

7.  The regulator must review an environmental permit in accordance with Article 21 of the Industrial Emissions Directive if any of the circumstances in that Article applies in relation to the Part A installation whose operation the permit authorises.

Public participation E+W

8.  The regulator must exercise its functions so as to meet the requirements of Article 24 of the Industrial Emissions Directive.

Inspections E+W

9.  When inspecting a regulated facility in accordance with regulation 34(2) the regulator must comply with Article 23 of the Industrial Emissions Directive.

Regulation 35(1)

SCHEDULE 8 E+W Part B installations and Part B mobile plant etc.

Application E+W

1.—(1) Subject to sub-paragraph (2), in England and Wales, this Schedule applies in relation to every Part B installation.

(2) Where installations are Part B installations solely because of the aggregation of the net rated thermal input of two or more appliances in accordance with paragraph 2 under the heading “Interpretation and application of Part B” in Section 1.1 of Part 2 of Schedule 1, only paragraph 4(1)(a) of this Schedule applies to those installations (in addition to the provisions in Schedule 24).

(3) In Wales only, this Schedule also applies in relation to every small waste incineration plant (in addition to the provisions in Schedule 13) and in relation to every solvent emission activity (in addition to the provisions in Schedule 14).

Interpretation E+W

2.  For the purposes of this Schedule—

“best available techniques” means the most effective and advanced stage in the development of activities and their methods of operation which indicates the practical suitability of particular techniques for providing in principle the basis for emission limit values relevant to air pollution designed to prevent and, where that is not practicable, generally to reduce emissions and the impact on the environment as a whole, where—

(a)

“techniques” includes both the technology used and the way in which the installation is designed, built, maintained, operated and decommissioned;

(b)

“available techniques” means those techniques developed on a scale which allows implementation in the relevant industrial sector, under economically and technically viable conditions, taking into consideration the costs and advantages, and which are reasonably accessible to the operator;

(c)

“best” means most effective in achieving a high general level of protection of the environment as a whole;

“installation” means a Part B installation, Part B mobile plant, small waste incineration plant or solvent emission activity.

Exercise of regulator's functions: general E+W

3.  The regulator must exercise its functions under these Regulations for the purpose of preventing or, where that is not practicable, reducing emissions into the air.

Applications for the grant of an environmental permit E+W

4.—(1) The regulator must ensure that every application for the grant of an environmental permit includes the following information—

(a) the installation and its activities;

(b) the sources of emissions to air from the installation;

(c) the nature and quantities of foreseeable emissions into the air from the installation as well as identification of significant effects of those emissions on the environment;

(d) the proposed technology or other techniques for preventing, or where that is not possible, reducing emissions to air from the installation;

(e) further measures planned to ensure that the installation is operated in such a way that—

(i) all appropriate preventive measures are taken against pollution, in particular through the application of best available techniques, and

(ii) no significant pollution is caused;

(f) measures planned to monitor emissions into the air;

(g) the main alternatives, if any, to the techniques or measures required in paragraphs (d) to (f);

(h) a non-technical summary of the details referred to in paragraphs (a) to (g).

(2) Sub-paragraph (1)(d) does not apply to the extent that the application relates to the burning of waste oil in an appliance with a net rated thermal input of less than 0.4 megawatts at a Part B installation.

(3) In the case of a new installation or a substantial change where Article 4 of Directive 2011/92/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council on the assessment of the effects of certain public and private projects on the environment M62 applies, any relevant information obtained or conclusion arrived at pursuant to Articles 5, 6 or 7 of that Directive shall be taken into consideration by the regulator for the purposes of granting the environmental permit.

Marginal Citations

M62 OJ No L 26, 28.1.2012, p 1, as last amended by Directive 2014/52/EU (OJ No L 124, 25.4.2014, p 1).

Exercise of relevant functions E+W

5.—(1) The regulator must, for the purpose of preventing or, where that is not practicable, reducing emissions into the air, exercise its relevant functions in relation to the installations to which this Schedule applies—

(a) so as to ensure that they are operated in such a way that—

(i) appropriate preventive measures are taken against air pollution, in particular through the application of best available techniques;

(ii) no significant air pollution is caused;

(b) where an environmental quality standard requires stricter conditions than those achievable by the use of best available techniques, additional measures are required by the permit, without prejudice to other measures which might be taken to comply with environmental quality standards;

(c) permits include emission limit values, which may if appropriate be supplemented or replaced by equivalent parameters or technical measures, for polluting substances likely to be emitted into the air from the installation concerned in significant quantities;

(d) where emissions of a greenhouse gas from an installation are specified in Annex 1 to Directive 2003/87/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council establishing a scheme for greenhouse gas emission allowance trading within the Community M63 in relation to an activity carried out in that installation, the permit does not include an emission limit value for direct emissions of that gas unless it is necessary to ensure that no significant local pollution is caused.

(2) The regulator must ensure that emission limit values or equivalent parameters or technical measures are based on best available techniques without prescribing the use of any technique or specific technology, but taking into account the technical characteristics of the installation, including (except in the case of mobile plant) its geographical location and the local environmental conditions.

(3) In this paragraph “substance” means any chemical element and its compounds and any biological entity or micro-organism, with the exception of the following substances—

(a) radioactive substances as defined in [F6 Article 4] of the Basic Safety Standards Directive;

(b) genetically modified micro-organisms as defined in Article 2(b) of Directive 2009/41/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council on the contained use of genetically modified micro-organisms M64 ;

(c) genetically modified organisms as defined in point 2 of Article 2 of Directive 2001/18/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council on the deliberate release into the environment of genetically modified organisms M65 .

Textual Amendments

F6 Words in Sch. 8 para. 5(3)(a) substituted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), regs. 1, 6

Marginal Citations

M63 OJ No L 275, 25.10.2003, p 32, as last amended by Decision (EU) 2015/1814 (OJ No L 264, 9.10.2015, p 1).

M64 OJ No L 125, 21.5.2009, p 75.

M65 OJ No L 106, 17.4.2001, p 1, as last amended by Directive (EU) 2015/412 (OJ No L 68, 13.3.2015, p 1).

Change in operation E+W

6.—(1) Operators holding environmental permits for installations to which this Schedule applies must notify the regulator of any substantial change in the operation of that installation.

(2) Where there is a substantial change in the operation of an installation, the regulator must ensure that the environmental permit is reviewed and, if necessary, updated.

Review of permits E+W

7.  The regulator must review an environmental permit where—

(a) the air pollution caused by the installation is of such significance that the existing emission limit values of the permit need to be revised or new values need to be included in the permit,

(b) substantial changes in best available techniques make it possible to reduce emissions significantly without imposing excessive costs,

(c) the operational safety of the process or activity requires other techniques to be used, or

(d) new legislation necessitates a review.

Developments in best available techniques E+W

8.  The regulator must ensure that it is informed of developments in best available techniques.

Regulation 35(1)

SCHEDULE 9 E+W Waste operations and materials facilities

PART 1 E+W Waste operations

Application E+W

1.  This Schedule applies in relation to every waste operation.

Interpretation E+W

2.  In this Schedule—

“disposal” has the same meaning as in the Waste Framework Directive and related terms are to be construed accordingly;

“recovery” has the same meaning as in the Waste Framework Directive and related terms are to be construed accordingly.

Exercise of relevant functions E+W

3.—(1) The regulator must exercise its relevant functions—

(a) for the purposes of ensuring that—

(i) the waste hierarchy referred to in Article 4 of the Waste Framework Directive is applied to the generation of waste by a waste operation;

(ii) waste generated by a waste operation is treated in accordance with Article 4 of the Waste Framework Directive;

(b) for the purposes of implementing Article 13 of the Waste Framework Directive, but not in respect of nuisances and hazards arising from traffic beyond the site of a waste operation;

(c) so as to ensure that the requirements in the second paragraph of Article 23(1) of the Waste Framework Directive are met;

(d) so as to ensure compliance with the following Articles of the Waste Framework Directive—

(i) Article 18(2)(b) and (c);

(ii) Article 23(3);

(iii) Article 23(4);

(iv) Article 35(1).

(2) But the following duties take effect in relation to an environmental permit which was in force on the date of coming into force of the Waste (England and Wales) Regulations 2011 M66 on the first review of the permit by the regulator (under regulation 34(1)) after that date—

(a) the duty in sub-paragraph (1)(a), (d)(i) and (d)(iii);

(b) the duty in sub-paragraph (1)(c), to the extent that it is imposed in relation to Article 23(1)(e) and (f).

Marginal Citations

M66 S.I. 2011/988, amended by S.I. 2011/600 (W. 88), 2043, 2012/767, 1889, 2013/141, 755 (W. 90), 2014/656, 2015/483, 1360, 1417 (W. 141), 1640, 2016/58 (W. 28), 691 (W. 189) and 738.

PART 2 E+W Materials facilities

CHAPTER 1 E+W Introductory provisions, conditions and functions

Assessment and notification E+W

1.—(1) At the start of each reporting period, the operator of a materials facility must assess the amount of mixed waste material that facility is likely to receive during the relevant year by having regard to— 

(a) the amount of mixed waste material received at that facility during the period of 12 months immediately preceding the start of that reporting period, and

(b) the anticipated amount of mixed waste material that will be received by that facility during the relevant year.

(2) The operator must notify the regulator before the end of the reporting period if the assessment undertaken at the start of that period indicates that the materials facility is likely to receive a minimum of 1,000 tonnes of mixed waste material during the relevant year.

(3) Where the operator has given a notification under sub-paragraph (2), no further notification is required under that sub-paragraph in relation to any subsequent assessment, for so long as that notification is not withdrawn.

(4) The operator may withdraw, in writing, a notification given under sub-paragraph (2) at any time if the operator considers that the materials facility is not likely to receive a minimum of 1,000 tonnes of mixed waste material during the relevant year.

(5) In this paragraph, “relevant year” means the period of 12 months that commences on the first day of a reporting period.

Interpretation E+W

2.—(1) In this Schedule—

“material particles” means—

(a)

for specified output material that is made up in largest proportion of glass material, particles of that material that measure less than 13 millimetres along their longest dimension, and

(b)

in relation to all other types of specified output material and for mixed waste material, particles of material measuring less than 55 millimetres along their longest dimension;

“materials facility” means, subject to sub-paragraph (2), a regulated facility or part of a regulated facility that receives mixed waste material in order to separate it into specified output material for the purpose of selling it, or transferring it to other facilities or persons to enable that material to be recycled by those facilities or persons;

“mixed waste material” means waste that—

(a)

originates—

(i)

from households, or

(ii)

from other sources but is similar to household waste in terms of its nature or composition, and

(b)

consists in largest proportion of two or more of the following kinds of target material mixed together—

(i)

glass;

(ii)

metal;

(iii)

paper;

(iv)

plastic;

“non-recyclable material” means waste material that is not capable of being recycled;

“non-target material” means material that is capable of being recycled but is not a target material;

“paper” includes cardboard and beverage cartons that include cardboard as a composite material;

“reporting period” means any of the following periods—

(a)

1st January to 31st March;

(b)

1st April to 30th June;

(c)

1st July to 30th September;

(d)

1st October to 31st December;

“specified output material” means a batch of material (whether or not waste) that is—

(a)

produced from a separating process for mixed waste material, and

(b)

made up of one of the following kinds of target material, in largest proportion—

(i)

glass;

(ii)

metal;

(iii)

paper;

(iv)

plastic;

“target material” means a material that is identified by the operator of a materials facility as destined to be separated out from mixed waste material in order to produce bulk quantities of that identified material.

(2) In this Schedule—

(a) any reference to a “materials facility” excludes a facility or a part of a facility that undertakes the processing or sorting of WEEE, waste batteries or accumulators;

(b) references to “recycled” or “recyclable” are to be construed in accordance with the meaning of “recycling” given in Article 3(17) of the Waste Framework Directive.

Specification of conditions of environmental permits and exercise of relevant functions E+W

3.—(1) An environmental permit relating to a materials facility is subject to the condition that the operator of that facility must comply with paragraph 1(1) and (2) of this Part.

(2) Where the operator of a materials facility has given notification under paragraph 1(2) of this Part, an environmental permit relating to that facility is subject to the condition that the operator must comply with Chapter 2 of this Part for so long as that notification has not been withdrawn under paragraph 1(4) of this Part.

(3) The regulator must exercise its relevant functions in relation to a materials facility to ensure compliance with Chapter 2 of this Part.

(4) In the event of any inconsistency between the requirements imposed by virtue of Chapter 2 of this Part and any other condition contained in any environmental permit relating to a materials facility, the requirements imposed by Chapter 2 of this Part prevail.

CHAPTER 2 E+W Measurement and reporting requirements for materials facilities

Input material E+W

4.—(1) The operator of a materials facility must measure the total weight in tonnes of mixed waste material received at that facility, from each supplier, during each reporting period.

(2) The operator of a materials facility must take samples of the mixed waste material received at that facility, from each supplier, during each reporting period, except where that material is to be transferred to another materials facility for the purpose of separating it into specified output material, and measure the composition of those samples.

(3) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2), one sample must be taken for every 125 tonnes of mixed waste material received at the materials facility from each supplier.

(4) The total weight of all the samples taken for the purposes of sub-paragraph (3) must provide an average weight of 60kg or more per sample, and each sample taken must not weigh less than 55kg.

(5) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2), measuring the composition of a sample taken means identifying the materials comprising that sample by reference to—

(a) the types of target material, non-target material and non-recyclable material that is contained in the sample, and

(b) the weight in kilograms of each type of target material, non-target material and non-recyclable material that is so identified.

(6) Target material that is identified in a sample taken for the purposes of sub-paragraph (2) must, as a minimum, be separately identified by reference to the following materials—

(a) glass;

(b) metal;

(c) paper;

(d) plastic.

(7) If the sample taken under sub-paragraph (2) contains material particles, they are deemed to comprise the proportions of target materials, non-target materials and non-recyclable materials already identified as making up the other contents of that sample, and the weight of the material particles must be apportioned according to those proportions for that particular sample.

(8) For the purposes of this paragraph, in relation to a batch of mixed waste material received at a materials facility—

(a) where that batch comprises material collected pursuant to arrangements made by a waste collection authority under section 45(1)(a) or (b) of the 1990 Act, that authority is the supplier;

(b) where that batch has been transferred from another materials facility, the material facility from which that material was transferred is the supplier;

(c) in a case not falling within paragraph (a) or (b), the person who collected the material or, if that person is not known, the person responsible for delivering it to the materials facility is the supplier;

(d) where the batch comprises material from more than one supplier, and the proportion of that batch attributable to a particular supplier cannot reasonably be ascertained, an estimate of the proportion is sufficient.

Output material E+W

5.—(1) Apart from the mixed waste material mentioned in sub-paragraph (2) and the specified output material mentioned in sub-paragraph (3), the operator of a materials facility must measure the total weight in tonnes of all other waste material that leaves the facility in each reporting period.

(2) The operator of a materials facility must measure the total weight in tonnes of all mixed waste material that leaves the facility in each reporting period to be transferred to another materials facility for the purpose of separating that material into specified output material.

(3) The operator of a materials facility must measure the total weight in tonnes of specified output material that leaves the facility in each reporting period.

(4) The operator of a materials facility must take samples of the specified output material produced at that facility in a reporting period and measure the composition of those samples.

(5) For the purpose of fulfilling the requirements in sub-paragraphs (3) and (4), the specified output material must, as a minimum, be identified by reference to the grade of glass, metal, paper or plastic material making up each batch of specified output material.

(6) For the purpose of sub-paragraph (4), measuring the composition of a sample taken by the operator means identifying the materials comprising that sample, by reference to—

(a) the type of target material, non-target material and non-recyclable material that is contained in the sample, and

(b) the weight in kilograms of each type of target material, non-target material and non-recyclable material that is so identified.

(7) The samples mentioned in sub-paragraph (4) must be taken at a minimum frequency of once per the amount in tonnes that is specified in the second column of the following table, in relation to the type of target material that is mentioned in the first column—

Target material	Amount
Glass	50 tonnes
Paper	60 tonnes
Metal	20 tonnes
Plastic	15 tonnes

(8) The minimum weight of any sample taken for the purposes of sub-paragraph (4) is—

(a) 10kg in relation to glass target material,

(b) 50kg in relation to paper target material,

(c) 20kg in relation to plastic target material, and

(d) 10kg in relation to metal target material.

(9) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (5), the grade of a material means a description of that kind of material by reference to its particular material specification.

(10) If the sample taken under sub-paragraph (4) contains material particles, they are deemed to comprise the proportions of target materials, non-target materials and non-recyclable materials already identified as making up the other contents of that sample, and the weight of the material particles must be apportioned according to those proportions for that particular sample.

Records E+W

6.—(1) The operator of a materials facility must record the following information—

(a) the measurements taken under paragraph 4(1);

(b) details of all the samples taken under paragraph 4(2) including the weight of each sample and its composition;

(c) the measurements taken under paragraph 5(1) and details of where the other waste material that leaves the facility in each reporting period is sent;

(d) the measurements taken under paragraph 5(2) and details of where the mixed waste material that leaves the facility in each reporting period is sent;

(e) the measurements taken under paragraph 5(3) and details of where the specified output material that leaves the facility in each reporting period is sent;

(f) details of all the samples taken under paragraph 5(4) including the weight of each sample and its composition;

(g) details of the amount in tonnes of specified output material that is produced by the materials facility in a reporting period, by reference to the grade of glass, metal, paper and plastic target material that makes up that batch of material.

(2) The information recorded under sub-paragraph (1) must—

(a) be retained by the operator of a materials facility for a minimum of 4 years from the date that it is first recorded, and

(b) be produced for inspection by the regulator if required during those 4 years.

Reports to the regulator E+W

7.—(1) The operator of a materials facility must provide a report to the regulator that includes the information set out in sub-paragraphs (3) and (4).

(2) The report mentioned in sub-paragraph (1) must be—

(a) produced in electronic format, and

(b) submitted to the regulator in respect of a reporting period within 1 month of the expiry of that period.

(3) The following information must be provided for all mixed waste material that is received by the materials facility during a reporting period—

(a) the measurements taken under paragraph 4(1);

(b) the total number of all samples taken for each supplier under paragraph 4(2);

(c) the total weight in kilograms of all the samples taken for each supplier under paragraph 4(2);

(d) the average percentage composition levels of all of the samples taken under paragraph 4(2) for each supplier, by reference to the following target materials—

(i) glass;

(ii) metal;

(iii) paper;

(iv) plastic;

(e) the average percentage composition levels of each of the following categories of material found in all the samples taken for each supplier under paragraph 4(2)—

(i) target materials;

(ii) non-target materials, and

(iii) non-recyclable materials;

(f) the standard deviation of the average percentage composition levels for the target materials found in all the samples taken for each supplier under paragraph 4(2).

(4) The following information must be provided in respect of specified output material that leaves the materials facility during a reporting period—

(a) the measurements taken under paragraph 5(1) and details of where the other waste material is sent in a reporting period;

(b) the measurements taken under paragraph 5(2) and details of where the mixed waste material is sent in a reporting period;

(c) the measurements taken under paragraph 5(3);

(d) the total number of all samples taken under paragraph 5(4);

(e) the total weight in kilograms of all the samples that are taken under paragraph 5(4);

(f) the average percentage composition levels of all of the samples taken under paragraph 5(4), by reference to the grades of glass, metal, paper and plastic identified within those samples;

(g) the average percentage composition levels of each of the following categories of material found in all the samples taken under paragraph 5(4)—

(i) target materials;

(ii) non-target materials, and

(iii) non-recyclable materials;

(h) the standard deviation of the average percentage composition levels for the target materials found in all the samples taken under paragraph 5(4).

(5) In this paragraph, “average” means the arithmetic mean.

Regulation 35(1)

SCHEDULE 10 E+W Landfill

Application E+W

1.  This Schedule applies in relation to every landfill except a landfill which finally ceased to accept waste for disposal before 16th July 2001.

Interpretation: general E+W

2.—(1) In this Schedule—

(a) unless otherwise provided, an expression that is defined in the Landfill Directive has the meaning given in that Directive,

(b) “the Decision” means Council Decision 2003/33/EC M67 ,

(c) “the Decision Annex” means the Annex to the Decision, and

(d) “landfill” has the meaning given in Article 2(g) of the Landfill Directive, but does not include any operation excluded from the scope of that Directive by Article 3(2).

(2) When interpreting the Landfill Directive and the Decision for the purposes of this Schedule—

(a) an expression that is defined in Part 1 of these Regulations has the meaning given in that Part,

(b) “landfill permit” means environmental permit,

(c) “nature protection zone” means any—

(i) European site (which has the meaning given in regulation 8 of [F7 the Conservation of Habitats and Species Regulations 2017]), or

(ii) site of special scientific interest (which has the meaning given in section 52(1) of the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 M68 ),

(d) “PAHs (polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons)” means Naphthalene, Acenaphthylene, Acenaphthene, Anthracene, Benzo(a)anthracene, Benzo(b)fluoranthene, Benzo(k)fluoranthene, Benzo(g,h,i)perylene, Benzo(a)pyrene, Chrysene, Coronene, Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene, Fluorene, Fluoranthene, Indeno(1,2,3-c,d)pyrene, Phenanthrene and Pyrene,

(e) “permit” means environmental permit,

(f) “SIC code” means the UK Standard Industrial Classification of Economic Activities 2007 (SIC 2007) published by the Office for National Statistics on 14th December 2007 and implemented on 1st January 2008 M69 , and

(g) the competent authority is the regulator.

Textual Amendments

F7 Words in Sch. 10 para. 2 substituted (30.11.2017) by The Conservation of Habitats and Species Regulations 2017 (S.I. 2017/1012), reg. 1(2), Sch. 6 para. 73(3)

Marginal Citations

M67 OJ No L 11, 16.1.2003, p 27.

M68 1981 c. 69; the definition was inserted by paragraph 5(2) of Schedule 9 to the Countryside and Rights of Way Act 2000 (c. 37).

M69 See http://www.ons.gov.uk/ons/guide-method/classifications/current-standard-classifications/standard-industrial-classification/index.html. A copy may be obtained from the Waste Regulation Team, the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs, Area 2B, Nobel House, 17 Smith Square, London SW1P 3JR.

Applications for the grant of an environmental permit E+W

3.  The regulator must require that every application for the grant of an environmental permit includes the information specified in Article 7 of the Landfill Directive.

Inspection prior to operation E+W

4.  The regulator must inspect every landfill site so as to comply with the requirements in Article 8(c) of the Landfill Directive.

Exercise of relevant functions E+W

5.—(1) The regulator must exercise its relevant functions so as to ensure compliance with the following provisions of the Landfill Directive—

(a) Article 4;

(b) Article 5(3) and (4);

(c) Article 6;

(d) Article 8, but not in respect of nuisances and hazards arising from traffic beyond the site of a landfill;

(e) Article 9;

(f) Article 10;

(g) Article 11(1);

(h) Article 12;

(i) Article 13;

(j) Article 14.

(2) The regulator must exercise those relevant functions having regard to Article 1 of the Landfill Directive.

(3) The regulator must exercise those relevant functions so as to ensure compliance with the requirements imposed on the member State by the following provisions of the Decision—

(a) Article 2;

(b) Article 3;

(c) Article 4.

(4) The regulator may exercise those relevant functions so as to permit the storage of metallic mercury in accordance with [F8 Regulation (EU) 2017/852 of the European Parliament and of the Council on mercury].

F9 (5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Textual Amendments

F8 Words in Sch. 10 para. 5(4) substituted (E.) (1.6.2018) by The Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (Miscellaneous Amendments) (England) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/575), art. 1(2), reg. 12(3)(a)

F9 Sch. 10 para. 5(5) omitted (E.) (1.6.2018) by virtue of The Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (Miscellaneous Amendments) (England) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/575), art. 1(2), reg. 12(3)(b)

Interpretation of the Landfill Directive for the exercise of relevant functions E+W

6.  When interpreting the Landfill Directive for the purposes of paragraph 5(1)—

(a) in Article 6(a), the words “This provision may not apply to” is to be read as “This provision does not apply to”,

(b) in Article 8(a)(iv), ignore the last sentence,

(c) the last sentence of paragraph 2 of Annex I is to be read as “The above provisions do not apply to inert landfills.”, and

(d) in paragraph 3(3) of Annex I, ignore the sentence immediately following the table headed “Leachate collection and bottom sealing”.

Interpretation of the Decision Annex for the exercise of relevant functions: general E+W

7.  When interpreting the Decision Annex for the purposes of paragraph 5(3)—

(a) in points 1.1.1 and 1.2, the periods referred to as to be defined or determined by the member State are in each case 2 years,

(b) point 1.1.2(b) is to be read as requiring the SIC code of the process producing the waste to be part of the information referred to,

(c) in point 1.1.2(g), ignore the words “in case of mirror entries”,

(d) ignore the third sentence of section 2,

(e) in points 2.1.2.1, 2.2.2, 2.3.1 and 2.4.1 the table columns headed “L/S = 10 l/kg” must be used to determine limit values,

(f) in the table in point 2.1.2.2, the limit value for PAHs (polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons) is set at 100mg/kg,

(g) in point 2.2.3, the first reference to “gypsum-based materials” is to be read as “gypsum-based and other high sulphate-bearing materials”,

(h) in point 2.3.3, the first reference to “suitable asbestos waste” is to be read as “suitable materials”, and

(i) in the table in point 2.4.1, the limit values are subject to the qualification that the regulator may include conditions in an environmental permit authorising limit values for specific parameters (other than Dissolved Organic Carbon) up to 3 times higher than those listed for specified wastes accepted at a landfill, taking into account the characteristics of the landfill and its surroundings and provided a risk assessment demonstrates that emissions (including leachate) from the landfill will present no additional risk to the environment.

Interpretation of the Decision Annex for the exercise of relevant functions: additional acceptance criteria relating to physical stability and bearing capacity of granular waste E+W

8.  When interpreting the Decision Annex for the purposes of paragraph 5(3)—

(a) in point 2.3.2, the criteria to ensure that granular waste will have sufficient physical stability and bearing capacity are that it has either—

(i) if it is cohesive waste, a mean in situ shear strength of at least 50kPa, or

(ii) if it is non-cohesive waste, an in situ bearing ratio of at least 5%;

(b) point 2.4.2 is to be read as if, in addition to the criteria listed, it requires the satisfaction of the criteria in paragraph (a)(i) and (a)(ii).

Interpretation of the Decision Annex for the exercise of relevant functions: additional acceptance criteria in relating to monolithic waste E+W

9.  When interpreting the Decision Annex for the purposes of paragraph 5(3)—

(a) point 2.3.1 is to be read as if, in addition to the criteria listed, it requires the satisfaction of the following criteria in relation to stable, non-reactive monolithic hazardous waste and non-hazardous waste which is to be landfilled in the same cell with such waste—

(i) it meets either—

(aa) the limit values for leaching set out in the table in point 2.3.1, or

(bb) the limit values for leaching set out in the following table—

Component	Symbol	mg/m2
Arsenic	As	1.3
Barium	Ba	45
Cadmium	Cd	0.2
Total Chromium	Crtotal	5
Copper	Cu	45
Mercury	Hg	0.1
Molybdenum	Mo	7
Nickel	Ni	6
Lead	Pb	6
Antimony	Sb	0.3
Selenium	Se	0.4
Zinc	Zn	30
Chloride	Cl-	10,000
Fluoride	F-	60
Sulphate	SO42-	10,000
Dissolved Organic Carbon	DOC	Must be evaluated

(ii) it meets the additional criteria set out in the following table—

Parameter	Value
pH of the eluate from the monolith or crushed monolith	Must be evaluated
Electrical conductivity (µ S.cm-1m-2) of the eluate from the monolith or crushed monolith	Must be evaluated
Acid Neutralisation Capacity (ANC) of the crushed monolith	Must be evaluated

(iii) it has a mean unconfined compressive strength of at least 1Mpa after 28 days' curing,

(iv) it has either—

(aa) dimensions of greater than 40cm along each side, or

(bb) a depth and fracture spacing when hardened of greater than 40cm, and

(v) where the waste was subjected to treatment to render it monolithic, prior to such treatment it met the following limit value—

(aa) loss on ignition of 10%, or

(bb) total organic carbon of 6%;

(b) point 2.4.1 in the Decision Annex is to be read as if, in addition to the criteria listed, it requires the satisfaction of the following criteria in relation to monolithic waste to be accepted at a landfill for hazardous waste—

(i) it complies with paragraphs (a)(ii) to (a)(v), and

(ii) it meets either—

(aa) the limit values for leaching set out in the table in point 2.4.1, or

(bb) the limit values for leaching set out in the following table—

1 The regulator may include conditions in an environmental permit authorising limit values for specific parameters (other than Dissolved Organic Carbon) up to 3 times higher for specified wastes accepted in a landfill, taking into account the characteristics of the landfill and its surroundings and provided a risk assessment demonstrates that emissions (including leachate) from the landfill will present no additional risk to the environment.
Component	Symbol	mg/m21
Arsenic	As	20
Barium	Ba	150
Cadmium	Cd	1
Total Chromium	Crtotal	25
Copper	Cu	60
Mercury	Hg	0.4
Molybdenum	Mo	20
Nickel	Ni	15
Lead	Pb	20
Antimony	Sb	2.5
Selenium	Se	5
Zinc	Zn	100
Chloride	Cl-	20,000
Fluoride	F-	200
Sulphate	SO42-	20,000
Dissolved Organic Carbon	DOC	Must be evaluated

Closure of a landfill E+W

10.—(1) The regulator must set out any reasoned decision under Article 13(a)(iii) of the Landfill Directive in a closure notice served on the operator.

(2) A closure notice must, in addition to stating the regulator's reasons for requiring initiation of the closure procedure, specify—

(a) the steps the operator is required to take to initiate the procedure, and

(b) the period within which they must be taken.

(3) The regulator may withdraw a closure notice at any time by further notice served on the operator.

(4) Closure of a landfill does not relieve the operator of liability under the conditions of the environmental permit.

Surrender applications E+W

11.  When determining an application for the surrender, in whole or in part, of an environmental permit, the regulator must exercise its functions so as to ensure the operator complies with the requirements in Article 13(d) of the Landfill Directive.

Regulation 35(1)

SCHEDULE 11 E+W Waste motor vehicles

Application E+W

1.  This Schedule applies in relation to waste motor vehicles.

Interpretation E+W

2.—(1) In this Schedule—

“waste” means waste within the meaning of Article 3(1) of the Waste Framework Directive;

“waste motor vehicle” means a motor vehicle that is waste.

(2) When interpreting the End-of-Life Vehicles Directive for the purposes of this Schedule—

(a) except where otherwise defined in this paragraph, an expression that is defined in Part 1 of these Regulations has the meaning given in that Part;

(b) “end-of-life vehicle” means waste motor vehicle;

(c) “vehicle” means any motor vehicle;

(d) “waste” means waste within the meaning of Article 3(1) of the Waste Framework Directive.

Exercise of relevant functions E+W

3.—(1) The regulator must exercise its relevant functions so as to ensure compliance with Article 6(1) and (3) of the End-of-Life Vehicles Directive.

(2) When interpreting the End-of-Life Vehicles Directive for the purposes of this paragraph, “establishment or undertaking” is to be read as “operator”.

Regulation 35(1)

SCHEDULE 12 E+W Waste electrical and electronic equipment

Application E+W

1.  This Schedule applies in relation to WEEE which is within the scope of the WEEE Directive by virtue of Article 2 of that Directive.

Interpretation E+W

2.  When interpreting the WEEE Directive for the purposes of this Schedule—

(a) an expression that is defined in Part 1 of these Regulations has the meaning given in that Part,

(b) “permit” means environmental permit, and

(c) “waste” means waste within the meaning of Article 3(1) of the Waste Framework Directive.

Exercise of relevant functions E+W

3.—(1) The regulator must exercise its relevant functions so as to ensure compliance with Articles 8(1) to (3) and 9(3) of the WEEE Directive.

(2) But when interpreting the WEEE Directive for the purposes of this paragraph, ignore the following words in Article 9(3)—

(a) “or the registration referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2”, and

(b) “and for the achievement of the recovery targets set out in Article 11”.

Regulation 35(1)

SCHEDULE 13 E+W Waste incineration: Industrial Emissions Directive

Application E+W

1.  This Schedule applies in relation to—

(a) every small waste incineration plant, and

(b) every waste incineration plant or waste co-incineration plant,

to which Chapter IV of the Industrial Emissions Directive applies, except those which are operated as a domestic activity in connection with a private dwelling.

Interpretation E+W

2.  When interpreting Chapter IV of the Industrial Emissions Directive for the purposes of this Schedule—

(a) an expression that is defined in Part 1 of these Regulations has the meaning given in that Part;

(b) the competent authority is the regulator;

(c) “permit” means environmental permit;

(d) “general binding rule” means a standard rule published under regulation 26.

Applications for the grant of an environmental permit E+W

3.  The regulator must ensure that every application for the grant of an environmental permit includes the information specified in Article 44 of the Industrial Emissions Directive.

Exercise of relevant functions E+W

4.—(1) The regulator must exercise its relevant functions so as to ensure compliance with the following provisions of the Industrial Emissions Directive—

(a) Article 5(1) and (3);

(b) Article 7;

(c) Article 8(2);

(d) Article 9;

(e) Article 42(1)

(f) Article 43;

(g) Article 45(1), (2) and (4);

(h) Article 46;

(i) Article 47;

(j) Article 48(1) to (4);

(k) Article 49;

(l) Article 50;

(m) Article 51(1) to (3);

(n) Article 52;

(o) Article 53;

(p) Article 54;

(q) Article 55;

(r) Article 82(5) and (6).

(2) But when interpreting the Industrial Emissions Directive for the purposes of this Schedule—

(a) in Article 51(1) ignore the words “Member states may lay down rules governing these authorisations”;

(b) paragraph 2.1(c) of Part 6 of Annex VI is to be read as if the words “and dioxin-like polychlorinated biphenyls and polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons” appeared after the word “furans”, but only in the case of particular plants where the regulator can demonstrate that emissions of those additional substances are, or are likely to be, significant.

Regulation 35(1)

SCHEDULE 14 E+W Solvent emission activities

Application E+W

1.  This Schedule applies in relation to every solvent emission activity, but it does not apply to installations used solely for research activities, development activities or the testing of new products or processes.

Interpretation E+W

2.  When interpreting Chapter V of the Industrial Emissions Directive for the purposes of this Schedule—

(a) except where defined in this paragraph, an expression that is defined in Part 1 of these Regulations has the meaning given in that Part;

(b) the competent authority is the regulator;

(c) “installation” means a stationary technical unit within which a solvent emission activity is carried out, and any other directly associated activities on the same site which have a technical connection with the solvent emission activity and which could have an effect on emission of volatile organic compounds;

(d) “permit” means environmental permit;

(e) “general binding rule” means a standard rule published under regulation 26.

Exercise of relevant functions E+W

3.  The regulator must exercise its relevant functions so as to ensure compliance with the following provisions of the Industrial Emissions Directive—

(a) Article 5(1) and (3);

(b) Article 7;

(c) Article 8(2);

(d) Article 9;

(e) Article 57;

(f) Article 58;

(g) Article 59 (except article 59(4));

(h) Article 60;

(i) Article 61;

(j) Article 62;

(k) Article 63;

(l) Article 65;

(m) Article 82(7), (8) and (9).

Regulation 35(1)

SCHEDULE 15 E+W Large combustion plants: Industrial Emissions Directive

Application E+W

1.  This Schedule applies in relation to every large combustion plant.

Interpretation E+W

2.—(1) In this Schedule—

F10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

“large combustion plant” means a combustion plant with a total rated thermal input of 50 or more megawatts to which Chapter III of the Industrial Emissions Directive applies.

(2) When interpreting the Industrial Emissions Directive for the purposes of this Schedule—

(a) except where defined in this paragraph, an expression that is defined in Part 1 of these Regulations has the meaning given in that Part;

(b) the competent authority is—

(i) for the purposes of exercising a judgement as to whether there is an overriding need to maintain energy supplies under Articles 30(6) and 37 of the Industrial Emissions Directive, the appropriate authority;

(ii) otherwise, the regulator;

(c) “permit” means environmental permit.

Textual Amendments

F10 Words in Sch. 15 para. 2(1) omitted (30.1.2018) by virtue of The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/110), regs. 1, 14

Exercise of relevant functions E+W

3.  The regulator must exercise its relevant functions so as to ensure compliance with the following provisions of the Industrial Emissions Directive—

(a) Article 29;

(b) Article 30(1) to (8), except the second sub-paragraph of Article 30(5) and the last sub-paragraph of Article 30(6);

(c) Article 31(1) and (2);

(d) Article 32(2) and (3);

(e) Article 33 except 33(2);

(f) Article 34(1) and (2);

(g) Article 35(1);

(h) Article 37;

(i) Article 38;

(j) Article 39;

(k) Article 40.

Interruption in supply of fuel E+W

4.  The regulator must—

(a) immediately inform the appropriate authority of any derogation under Article 30(5) of the Industrial Emissions Directive;

(b) immediately inform the appropriate authority if it considers that a derogation in accordance with Articles 30(6) or 37(2) of the Industrial Emissions Directive is or might be appropriate.

Regulation 35(1)

SCHEDULE 16 E+W Asbestos

Application E+W

1.  This Schedule applies in relation to every regulated facility.

Interpretation E+W

2.  When interpreting the Asbestos Directive for the purposes of this Schedule—

(a) except where otherwise defined in this paragraph, an expression that is defined in Part 1 of these Regulations has the meaning given in that Part;

(b) the competent authority is the regulator;

(c) “waste” has the meaning given in the Asbestos Directive.

Exercise of relevant functions E+W

3.—(1) The regulator must exercise its relevant functions so as to ensure compliance with the following provisions of the Asbestos Directive—

(a) Article 3;

(b) Article 4(1);

(c) Article 5;

(d) Article 6(1) and (2);

(e) Article 8.

(2) When interpreting the Asbestos Directive for the purposes of this paragraph, in Article 6(1), “regular intervals” means, for the purposes of a regulated facility to which Article 4 applies, intervals of not more than 6 months.

Regulation 35(1)

SCHEDULE 17 E+W Titanium dioxide: Industrial Emissions Directive

Application E+W

1.  This Schedule applies in relation to every installation in which titanium dioxide is produced.

Interpretation E+W

2.  When interpreting Chapter VI of the Industrial Emissions Directive for the purposes of this Schedule—

(a) an expression that is defined in Part 1 of these Regulations has the meaning given in that Part;

(b) the competent authority is the regulator;

(c) “permit” means environmental permit.

Exercise of relevant functions E+W

3.  The regulator must exercise its relevant functions so as to ensure compliance with the following provisions of the Industrial Emissions Directive—

(a) Article 67;

(b) Article 68;

(c) Article 69;

(d) Article 70.

Regulation 35(1)

SCHEDULE 18 E+W Petrol vapour recovery

PART 1 E+W PVR I

Application E+W

1.  This Part applies in relation to every Part B activity falling within paragraphs (b) and (c) of Part B of Section 1.2 of Part 2 of Schedule 1.

Exercise of relevant functions E+W

2.—(1) The regulator must exercise its relevant functions so as to ensure compliance with the following provisions of PVR I—

(a) Article 3(1), first paragraph;

(b) Article 4(1), first and last paragraphs, and 4(3);

(c) Article 6(1), first paragraph.

(2) When interpreting PVR I for the purposes of this paragraph—

(a) in point 1 of Annex I, “special landscape areas which have been designated by national authority” includes the Broads, the New Forest and any National Park or Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty, and

(b) ignore points 2.3, 3.2, and 3.5 of Annex IV.

PART 2 E+W PVR II

Application E+W

1.  This Part applies in relation to every Part B activity falling within paragraphs (d) to (f) of Part B of Section 1.2 of Part 2 of Schedule 1.

Exercise of relevant functions E+W

2.—(1) The regulator must exercise its relevant functions so as to ensure compliance with the following provisions of PVR II—

(a) Article 3;

(b) Article 4;

(c) Article 5.

(2) But when interpreting PVR II for the purposes of this paragraph—

(a) in Articles 3, 4 and 5, ignore the words “member states shall ensure that” where they occur;

(b) in Article 4, ignore the words “with effect from the date on which Stage II petrol vapour recovery systems become mandatory pursuant to Article 3”.

Regulation 35(1)

SCHEDULE 19 E+W Waste batteries and accumulators

Application E+W

1.  This Schedule applies in relation to waste batteries and accumulators.

Exercise of relevant functions E+W

2.—(1) The regulator must exercise its relevant functions so as to ensure compliance with Article 12(2) of the Batteries Directive.

(2) The regulator must exercise its relevant functions so as to ensure compliance with Article 3 of Regulation (EU) No 493/2012, and for the purposes of Article 3(4) of that Regulation the regulator is the competent authority.

(3) In sub-paragraph (2), “Regulation (EU) No 493/2012” means Commission Regulation (EU) No 493/2012 laying down, pursuant to Directive 2006/66/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, detailed rules regarding the calculation of recycling efficiencies of the recycling processes of waste batteries and accumulators M70 .

Marginal Citations

M70 OJ No L 151, 12.6.2012, p 9.

Regulation 35(1)

SCHEDULE 20 E+W Mining waste operations

Application E+W

1.  This Schedule applies in relation to every mining waste operation.

Interpretation E+W

2.—(1) In this Schedule—

“fire and rescue authority” means the fire and rescue authority under the Fire and Rescue Services Act 2004 M71 for the area in which the mining waste facility is located;

“mining waste facility” means a “waste facility” as defined in Article 3(15) of the Mining Waste Directive but excludes those facilities mentioned in Article 24(2) or in the first paragraph of Article 24(4) of that Directive;

“mining waste operation” means the management of extractive waste, whether or not involving a mining waste facility, but does not include the activities in Article 2(2)(c) of the Mining Waste Directive;

“waste management plan” means a plan of the type described in Article 5(1) of the Mining Waste Directive which has the objectives in Article 5(2) and contains the elements and information set out in Article 5(3) of that Directive.

(2) When interpreting the Mining Waste Directive for the purposes of this Schedule—

(a) except where otherwise defined in this paragraph, an expression that is defined in Part 1 of these Regulations has the meaning given in that Part,

(b) “permit” means an environmental permit, and

(c) the competent authority is the regulator.

Marginal Citations

M71 2004. c. 21; section 1 was amended by paragraph 10(1) and (2) of Part 1 of Schedule 2 to the Civil Contingencies Act 2004 (c. 36).

Applications for grant or variation of an environmental permit E+W

3.—(1) The regulator must require that every application for the grant or variation of an environmental permit in relation to a mining waste operation involving a mining waste facility to which Article 7 of the Mining Waste Directive applies includes—

(a) the information specified in Article 7(2) of that Directive, and

(b) where Article 6 of the Directive applies, the information mentioned in the second sentence of the third paragraph of Article 6(3).

(2) Where the regulator receives an application for the grant or variation of an environmental permit and that application includes the information required under sub-paragraph (1)(b), the regulator must immediately forward the information to the fire and rescue authority.

(3) The regulator must require that every application for the grant or variation of an environmental permit in relation to any other mining waste operation includes a waste management plan.

(4) For the purposes of this paragraph, the regulator may accept a waste management plan produced pursuant to other legislation which complies with Article 5(1) to (4) of the Mining Waste Directive if it has been reviewed and amended in accordance with Article 5(4) of that Directive.

Review of environmental permits E+W

4.  The regulator must periodically review an environmental permit relating to a mining waste facility if Article 7 of the Mining Waste Directive applies in respect of that facility and any of the circumstances in Article 7(4) of the Directive apply in relation to it.

Classification of mining waste facilities E+W

5.  The regulator must exercise its functions so as to ensure compliance with Article 9 of the Mining Waste Directive in respect of any mining waste facility to which Article 7 of that Directive does not apply.

Inspections E+W

6.  The regulator must inspect every mining waste facility to which Article 7 of the Mining Waste Directive applies so as to comply with the requirements of Article 17(1) of that Directive.

Exercise of relevant functions E+W

7.  The regulator must exercise its relevant functions so as to ensure compliance with the following requirements of the Mining Waste Directive—

(a) Article 2(4);

(b) Article 4;

(c) Article 5(4) and (6);

(d) Article 6(2), the first and second paragraphs of Article 6(3), the first paragraph of Article 6(4) to the extent that it relates to plans prepared under the first paragraph of Article 6(3) and the second paragraph of Article 6(4) to the extent that it relates to the regulator's functions;

(e) Article 7(1) and (3)(a);

(f) Article 10;

(g) Article 11;

(h) Article 12;

(i) Article 13;

(j) Article 14(1) to (3);

(k) Article 17(2);

(l) Article 24(1).

Public participation E+W

8.  The regulator must exercise its functions under the public participation provisions in relation to mining waste facilities to which Article 7 of the Mining Waste Directive applies so as to meet the requirements of Article 8 of that Directive.

Derogation from requirements E+W

9.—(1) The regulator must exercise its functions to ensure that the requirements mentioned in the first paragraph of Article 2(3) of the Mining Waste Directive do not apply to the substances mentioned in that paragraph where they result from an operation mentioned in that paragraph, to the extent allowed by that paragraph.

(2) The regulator must waive the requirements of the Mining Waste Directive in relation to the deposit of the substances mentioned in the second paragraph of Article 2(3) of that Directive if the regulator is satisfied that the requirements of Article 4 of that Directive are met.

(3) The regulator must waive the requirements mentioned in the third paragraph of Article 2(3) of the Mining Waste Directive in relation to the waste mentioned in that paragraph to the extent allowed by that paragraph.

Closure of a mining waste facility E+W

10.—(1) The regulator must set out any reasoned decision under Article 12(2)(c) of the Mining Waste Directive in a closure notice served on the operator.

(2) A closure notice must, in addition to stating the regulator's reasons for requiring initiation of the closure procedure, specify—

(a) the steps the operator is required to take to initiate the procedure, and

(b) the period within which they must be taken.

(3) The regulator may withdraw a closure notice at any time by further notice served on the operator.

(4) Closure of a mining waste facility does not relieve the operator of liability under the environmental permit conditions that relate to the facility.

(5) The regulator must exercise its functions so as to ensure compliance with Article 14(4) of the Mining Waste Directive.

Inventory of closed mining waste facilities E+W

11.  The regulator must maintain and make available to the public an inventory of closed mining waste facilities so as to ensure compliance with Article 20 of the Mining Waste Directive.

Developments in best available techniques E+W

12.—(1) The regulator must ensure that it is informed of developments in best available techniques.

(2) In this paragraph, “best available techniques” has the meaning given in Article 3(10) of the Industrial Emissions Directive.

Planning permission conditions E+W

13.—(1) Where—

(a) a mining waste operation is the subject of an environmental permit,

(b) that operation has been granted planning permission subject to conditions (“planning conditions”), and

(c) there is an inconsistency between the environmental permit conditions and the planning conditions,

the environmental permit conditions prevail.

(2) In this paragraph, “planning permission” means planning permission under the Town and Country Planning Act 1990 M72 and includes—

(a) a certificate under section 191 of that Act M73 , and

(b) an established use certificate under section 192 of that Act M74 , as originally enacted, which continues to have effect for the purposes of subsection (4) of that section.

Marginal Citations

M72 1990 c. 8.

M73 Section 191 was substituted by section 10(1) of the Planning and Compensation Act 1991 (c. 34) and amended by section 124(3) of the Localism Act 2011 (c. 20) and paragraph 6(1) and (3) of Schedule 4 to the Mobile Homes (Wales) Act 2013 (anaw. 6).

M74 Section 192 was substituted by section 10(1) of the Planning and Compensation Act 1991.

Applications for grant or variation of an environmental permit for a Category A mining waste facility E+W

14.—(1) The regulator must not grant an application for the grant or variation of an environmental permit relating to a Category A mining waste facility until it has been notified by the fire and rescue authority that it has the information necessary to enable it to draw up an external emergency plan.

(2) The regulator must refuse an application relating to a Category A mining waste facility that is an existing mining waste facility upon receipt of a notice by the fire and rescue authority stating that the operator has not provided the information necessary to enable the fire and rescue authority to draw up an external emergency plan.

(3) In this paragraph, “external emergency plan” means a plan as required under the third paragraph of Article 6(3) of the Mining Waste Directive that has the objectives specified in the first paragraph of Article 6(4) of that Directive.

Regulation 35(1)

SCHEDULE 21 E+W Water discharge activities

Application E+W

1.  This Schedule applies in relation to every water discharge activity.

Interpretation E+W

2.  In this Schedule—

“discharging sewer” means the sewer or works from which sewage effluent is discharged;

“discharging undertaker” means the sewerage undertaker in which a discharging sewer is vested;

“main connection” has the same meaning as in section 110A of the Water Industry Act 1991 M75 ;

“pipe” has the same meaning as in the 1991 Act;

“sending undertaker” means a sewerage undertaker which discharges sewage effluent into the discharging sewer or other sewer or works vested in the discharging undertaker;

“waste” in the term “waste matter” includes—

(a)

anything that is waste for the purposes of the Waste Framework Directive and is not excluded from the scope of that Directive by Article 2(1), (2) or (3) of that Directive;

(b)

anything that is waste for the purposes of the Mining Waste Directive and is not excluded from the scope of that Directive by Article 2(2) of that Directive.

Marginal Citations

M75 1991 c. 56; section 110A was inserted by section 45 of the Competition and Service (Utilities) Act 1992 (c. 43) and substituted by section 9(1) of the Water Act 2014 (c. 21).

Meaning of “water discharge activity” E+W

3.—(1) A “ water discharge activity” means any of the following—

(a) the discharge or entry to inland freshwaters, coastal waters or relevant territorial waters of any—

(i) poisonous, noxious or polluting matter,

(ii) waste matter, or

(iii) trade effluent or sewage effluent;

(b) the discharge from land through a pipe into the sea outside the seaward limits of relevant territorial waters of any trade effluent or sewage effluent;

(c) the removal from any part of the bottom, channel or bed of any inland freshwaters of a deposit accumulated by reason of any dam, weir or sluice holding back the waters, by causing it to be carried away in suspension in the waters, unless the activity is carried on in the exercise of a power conferred by or under any enactment relating to land drainage, flood prevention or navigation;

(d) the cutting or uprooting of a substantial amount of vegetation in any inland freshwaters or so near to any such waters that it falls into them, where it is not reasonable to take steps to remove the vegetation from these waters;

(e) an activity in respect of which a notice under paragraph 4 or 5 has been served and has taken effect.

(2) A discharge or an activity that might lead to a discharge is not a “water discharge activity”—

(a) if the discharge is made, or authorised to be made, by or under any prescribed statutory provision, or

(b) if the discharge is of trade effluent or sewage effluent from a vessel.

(3) In determining whether a discharge or an activity is a water discharge activity, no account must be taken of any radioactivity possessed by any substance or article or by any part of any premises.

Highway drains – notice requiring environmental permit E+W

4.—(1) This paragraph applies where—

(a) a person is operating a highway drain, and

(b) that activity might lead to a discharge mentioned in paragraph 3(1)(a) or (b).

(2) The regulator may serve a notice on the person operating the highway drain requiring the person, from the date the notice takes effect, to hold an environmental permit authorising the carrying on of that activity.

(3) A notice under this paragraph takes effect on the date specified in it, which must be at least 6 months after it is served.

Discharge of trade effluent or sewage effluent into lake or pond – notice requiring environmental permit E+W

5.—(1) The regulator may serve a notice on a person who discharges trade effluent or sewage effluent into the waters of any lake or pond which are not inland freshwaters requiring the person, from the date the notice takes effect, to hold an environmental permit authorising the carrying on of that activity.

(2) A notice under this paragraph takes effect on the date specified in it, which must be at least 3 months after it is served.

Liability resulting from discharge of sewage effluent from public sewer E+W

6.—(1) This paragraph applies for the purpose of determining liability for a water discharge activity that consists of a discharge of sewage effluent from a discharging sewer vested in a discharging undertaker.

(2) A discharging undertaker causes a discharge of sewage effluent if—

(a) matter included in the discharge is received by the discharging undertaker into the discharging sewer or into any other sewer or works vested in it,

(b) the discharging undertaker was bound (either unconditionally or subject to conditions which were observed) to receive the matter into the discharging sewer or other sewer or works, and

(c) sub-paragraph (3) does not apply.

(3) This sub-paragraph applies if, before the discharging undertaker discharges the sewage effluent from the discharging sewer, the sending undertaker, under an agreement with the discharging undertaker under section 110A of the Water Industry Act 1991, discharges the sewage effluent through a main connection into—

(a) the discharging sewer, or

(b) any other sewer or works vested in the discharging undertaker.

(4) If sub-paragraph (3) applies, the sending undertaker causes the discharge if—

(a) matter included in the discharge is received by the sending undertaker into a sewer or works vested in it, and

(b) it was bound (either conditionally or subject to conditions which were observed) to receive that matter into that sewer or works.

(5) A sewerage undertaker is not guilty of an offence under regulation 38(1) in relation to a water discharge activity that consists of a discharge of sewage effluent from a sewer or works vested in it if—

(a) the contravention is attributable to a discharge which another person caused or knowingly permitted to be made into the sewer or works,

(b) the undertaker either was not bound to receive the discharge into the sewer or works or was bound to receive it there subject to conditions which were not observed, and

(c) the undertaker could not reasonably have been expected to prevent the discharge into the sewer or works.

(6) A person is not guilty of an offence under regulation 38(1) in relation to a discharge which the person caused or knowingly permitted to be made into a sewer or works vested in a sewerage undertaker if that undertaker was bound to receive the discharge, either unconditionally or subject to conditions which were observed.

Regulation 35(1)

SCHEDULE 22 E+W Groundwater activities

Application E+W

1.  This Schedule applies in relation to every groundwater activity.

Interpretation E+W

2.  In this Schedule—

“body of groundwater” has the same meaning as in the Water Framework Directive;

“direct input” in relation to groundwater means the introduction of a pollutant to groundwater without percolation through soil or subsoil;

“indirect input” in relation to groundwater means the introduction of a pollutant to groundwater after percolation through soil or subsoil;

“surface waters” has the same meaning as in the Water Framework Directive.

Meaning of “groundwater activity” E+W

3.—(1) Subject to sub-paragraphs (2) and (3), “ groundwater activity” means any of the following—

(a) the discharge of a pollutant that results in the direct input of that pollutant to groundwater;

(b) the discharge of a pollutant in circumstances that might lead to an indirect input of that pollutant to groundwater;

(c) any other discharge that might lead to the direct or indirect input of a pollutant to groundwater;

(d) an activity in respect of which a notice under paragraph 10 has been served and has taken effect;

(e) an activity that might lead to a discharge mentioned in paragraph (a), (b) or (c), where that activity is carried on as part of the operation of a regulated facility of another class.

(2) A discharge or an activity that might lead to a discharge is not a “groundwater activity” if the discharge is—

(a) made, or authorised to be made, by or under any prescribed statutory provision, or

(b) of trade effluent or sewage effluent from a vessel.

(3) The regulator may determine that a discharge, or an activity that might lead to a discharge, is not a groundwater activity if the input of the pollutant—

(a) is the consequence of an accident or exceptional circumstances of natural cause that could not reasonably have been foreseen, avoided or mitigated,

(b) is or would be of a quantity and concentration so small as to obviate any present or future danger of deterioration in the quality of the receiving groundwater, or

(c) is or would be incapable, for technical reasons, of being prevented or limited without using—

(i) measures that would increase risks to human health or to the quality of the environment as a whole, or

(ii) disproportionately costly measures to remove quantities of pollutants from, or otherwise control their percolation in, contaminated ground or subsoil.

(4) The regulator must keep a record of all determinations under sub-paragraph (3).

Meaning of “hazardous substance” E+W

4.—(1) A hazardous substance is any substance or group of substances that are toxic, persistent and liable to bio-accumulate, or that give rise to an equivalent level of concern.

(2) This includes in particular the following when they meet the criteria in sub-paragraph (1)—

(a) organohalogen compounds and substances which may form such compounds in the aquatic environment;

(b) organophosphorous compounds;

(c) organotin compounds;

(d) substances and preparations, or the breakdown products of such, which have been proved to possess carcinogenic or mutagenic properties or properties which may affect steroidogenic, thyroid, reproduction or other endocrine-related functions in or via the aquatic environment;

(e) hydrocarbons and organic substances;

(f) cyanides;

(g) metals (in particular, cadmium and mercury) and their compounds;

(h) arsenic and its compounds;

(i) biocides and plant protection products.

(3) The regulator must publish a list of substances that it considers to be hazardous substances.

Meaning of “non-hazardous pollutant” E+W

5.  A non-hazardous pollutant is any pollutant other than a hazardous substance.

Exercise of relevant functions E+W

6.  For the purposes of implementing the Water Framework Directive and the Groundwater Directive, the regulator must, in exercising its relevant functions, take all necessary measures—

(a) to prevent the input of any hazardous substance to groundwater, and

(b) to limit the input of non-hazardous pollutants to groundwater so as to ensure that such inputs do not cause pollution of groundwater.

Applications for grant of environmental permit E+W

7.—(1) This paragraph applies to an application for the grant of an environmental permit relating to—

(a) a discharge mentioned in paragraph 3(1)(a), (b) or (c), or

(b) an activity that might lead to such a discharge.

(2) When the regulator receives an application, it must ensure that all necessary investigations have been carried out to ensure that it grants any permit in accordance with paragraph 6.

(3) If it grants the permit, it must include conditions requiring all necessary technical precautions to be observed to ensure the objectives of paragraph 6 are achieved.

(4) A permit may not be granted—

(a) without examination of—

(i) the hydrogeological conditions of the area concerned,

(ii) the possible purifying powers of the soil and subsoil, and

(iii) the risk of pollution and alteration of the quality of the groundwater from the discharge, and

(b) without establishing whether the input of pollutants to groundwater is a satisfactory solution from the point of view of the environment.

(5) A permit may only be granted if the regulator has checked that the groundwater (and, in particular, its quality) will undergo the requisite surveillance.

Groundwater activities for which a permit may be granted E+W

8.  Despite paragraph 6, provided it does not compromise the achievement of any of the environmental objectives relating to groundwater in Article 4 of the Water Framework Directive, the regulator may grant an environmental permit for—

(a) the injection of water containing substances resulting from the operations for exploration and extraction of hydrocarbons or mining activities, and injection of water for technical reasons, into geological formations from which hydrocarbons or other substances have been extracted or into geological formations which for natural reasons are permanently unsuitable for other purposes, provided that the injection does not contain substances other than those resulting from the above operations;

(b) the reinjection of pumped groundwater from mines and quarries or associated with the construction or maintenance of civil engineering works;

(c) the injection of natural gas or liquefied petroleum gas for storage purposes into geological formations which for natural reasons are permanently unsuitable for other purposes;

(d) the injection of carbon dioxide streams for storage purposes into geological formations which for natural reasons are permanently unsuitable for other purposes, provided that such injection is made in accordance with Directive 2009/31/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council on the geological storage of carbon dioxide M76 , or excluded from the scope of that Directive pursuant to Article 2(2) of that Directive;

(e) the injection of natural gas or liquefied petroleum gas for storage purposes into other geological formations where there is an overriding need for security of gas supply, and where the injection is such as to prevent any present or future danger of deterioration in the quality of any receiving groundwater;

(f) construction, civil engineering and building works and similar activities on or in the ground which come into contact with groundwater;

(g) discharges of small quantities of substances for scientific purposes for characterisation, protection or remediation of bodies of water limited to the amount strictly necessary for the purposes concerned;

(h) interventions in surface waters for the purposes, amongst others, of mitigating the effects of floods and droughts, and for the management of waters and waterways;

(i) the artificial recharge or augmentation of a body of groundwater for the purposes of groundwater management;

(j) reinjection into the same aquifer of water used for geothermal purposes.

Marginal Citations

M76 OJ No L 140, 5.6.2009, p 114, as last amended by Directive 2011/92/EU (OJ No L 26, 28.1.2012, p 1).

Prohibition notice E+W

9.—(1) This paragraph applies where—

(a) any person is carrying on, or proposing to carry on, any activity on or in the ground, and

(b) that activity might lead to a discharge mentioned in paragraph 3(1)(a), (b) or (c).

(2) The regulator may serve a notice on the person prohibiting the carrying on of the activity.

(3) The regulator may withdraw a prohibition notice at any time by further notice served on the person.

Notice requiring environmental permit E+W

10.—(1) This paragraph applies where—

(a) any person is carrying on, or proposing to carry on, any activity on or in the ground, and

(b) that activity might lead to a discharge mentioned in paragraph 3(1)(a), (b) or (c).

(2) The regulator may serve a notice on the person requiring the person, from the date the notice takes effect, to hold an environmental permit authorising the carrying on of the activity.

(3) A notice under sub-paragraph (2) takes effect on the date specified in it, but—

(a) a notice served for the purpose of paragraph 11 must not take effect until at least 6 months after it is served, and

(b) a notice served for the purpose of paragraph 12, or for any other purpose, must not take effect until at least 3 months after it is served.

Notice in relation to a highway drain E+W

11.  A highway authority or other person entitled to keep open a highway drain by virtue of section 100 of the 1980 Act M77 who operates a highway drain other than under and in accordance with an environmental permit is not guilty of an offence under regulation 38(1) unless—

(a) the regulator has served a notice on that person under paragraph 10 of this Schedule, and

(b) the notice has taken effect.

Marginal Citations

M77 Section 100 was amended by paragraph 21 of Schedule 4 to the Local Government Act 1985 (c. 51), paragraph 62 of Schedule 25 to the Water Act 1989 (c. 15), paragraph 36(1) of Schedule 1 to the Water Consolidation (Consequential Provisions) Act 1991 (c. 60) and paragraph 9 of Schedule 7 to the Local Government (Wales) Act 1994 (c. 19).

Guidance E+W

12.—(1) The appropriate authority may issue guidance to persons causing or liable to cause inputs of pollutants to groundwater with respect to the steps they must take to prevent or limit those pollutants from entering groundwater.

(2) The regulator must take into account whether or not such guidance is or is likely to be complied with before taking any enforcement action under these Regulations.

(3) Guidance must be publicised as the appropriate authority sees fit.

Liability resulting from discharge of sewage effluent from public sewer E+W

13.—(1) This paragraph applies for the purpose of determining liability for a groundwater activity that consists of a discharge of sewage effluent from a discharging sewer vested in a discharging undertaker.

(2) A discharging undertaker causes a discharge of sewage effluent if—

(a) matter included in the discharge is received by the discharging undertaker into the discharging sewer or into any other sewer or works vested in it,

(b) the discharging undertaker was bound (either unconditionally or subject to conditions which were observed) to receive the matter into the discharging sewer or other sewer or works, and

(c) sub-paragraph (3) does not apply.

(3) This sub-paragraph applies if, before the discharging undertaker discharges the sewage effluent from the discharging sewer, the sending undertaker, under an agreement with the discharging undertaker under section 110A of the Water Industry Act 1991 M78 , discharges the sewage effluent through a main connection into—

(a) the discharging sewer, or

(b) any other sewer or works vested in the discharging undertaker.

(4) If sub-paragraph (3) applies, the sending undertaker causes the discharge if—

(a) matter included in the discharge was received by the sending undertaker into a sewer or works vested in it, and

(b) it was bound (either conditionally or subject to conditions which were observed) to receive that matter into that sewer or works.

(5) A sewerage undertaker is not guilty of an offence under regulation 38(1) in relation to a groundwater activity that consists of a discharge of sewage effluent from a sewer or works vested in it if—

(a) the contravention is attributable to a discharge which another person caused or knowingly permitted to be made into the sewer or works,

(b) the undertaker either was not bound to receive the discharge into the sewer or works or was bound to receive it there subject to conditions which were not observed, and

(c) the undertaker could not reasonably have been expected to prevent the discharge into the sewer or works.

(6) A person is not guilty of an offence under regulation 38(1) in relation to a discharge which the person caused or knowingly permitted to be made into a sewer or works vested in a sewerage undertaker if that undertaker was bound to receive the discharge, either unconditionally or subject to conditions which were observed.

Marginal Citations

M78 1991 c. 56; section 110A was inserted by section 45 of the Competition and Service (Utilities) Act 1992 (c. 43) and substituted by section 9(1) of the Water Act 2014 (c. 21).

Regulation 35(1)

SCHEDULE 23 E+W Radioactive substances activities

PART 1 E+W Application

Application E+W

1.  This Schedule applies in relation to every radioactive substances activity.

PART 2 E+W Interpretation

Interpretation E+W

1.—(1) In this Schedule—

“article” includes a part of an article;

“Bq” means becquerels;

“contamination” occurs where a substance or article is so affected by—

(a)

absorption, admixture or adhesion of radioactive material or radioactive waste, or

(b)

the emission of neutrons or ionising radiation,

as to become radioactive or to possess increased radioactivity;

“disposal” in relation to waste includes its removal, deposit, destruction, discharge (whether into water or into the air or into a sewer or drain or otherwise) or burial (whether underground or otherwise) and “dispose of” is to be construed accordingly;

“m”, where it appears after a radionuclide, means a radionuclide in a metastable state of radioactive decay in which gamma photons are emitted;

“mobile radioactive apparatus” means any apparatus, equipment, appliance or other thing which is radioactive material and—

(a)

is constructed or adapted for being transported from place to place, or

(b)

is portable and designed or intended to be used for releasing radioactive material into the environment or introducing it into organisms;

“nuclear site” means—

(a)

any site in respect of which a nuclear site licence is for the time being in force, or

(b)

any site in respect of which, after the revocation or surrender of a nuclear site licence, the period of responsibility of the licensee has not yet come to an end,

and “licensee”, when used in relation to a nuclear site, and “period of responsibility” have the same meaning as in the Nuclear Installations Act 1965 M79 ;

“premises” includes any land, whether covered by buildings or not, including any place underground and any land covered by water;

“relevant liquid” means a liquid which—

(a)

is non-aqueous, or

(b)

is classified (or would be so classified in the absence of its radioactivity) under Regulation (EC) No 1272/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council on classification, labelling and packaging of substances and mixtures M80 as having any of the following hazard classes and hazard categories (as defined in that Regulation)—

(i)

acute toxicity: categories 1, 2 or 3,

(ii)

skin corrosion/irritation: category 1 corrosive, sub-categories: 1A, 1B or 1C, or

(iii)

hazardous to the aquatic environment: acute category 1 or chronic categories 1 or 2;

“substance” means any natural or artificial substance, whether in solid or liquid form or in the form of a gas or vapour;

“Table 1”, “Table 2”, “Table 3” mean the tables with those numbers in Part 3 of this Schedule;

“undertaking” includes any trade, business or profession and—

(a)

in relation to a public or local authority, includes any of the powers or duties of that authority;

(b)

in relation to any other body of persons (whether corporate or unincorporate), includes any of the activities of that body;

“waste” should be construed in accordance with paragraph 3(2).

(2) In this Schedule, where any reference is made to a substance or article possessing a concentration or quantity of radioactivity which exceeds the value specified in a column in either of Tables 1 and 2, [F11 or any of Tables 4A, 5 or 7] in Part 6 of this Schedule, that value is exceeded if—

(a) where only one radionuclide which is listed or described in the relevant table is present in the substance or article, the concentration or quantity of that radionuclide exceeds the concentration or quantity specified in the appropriate entry of that column in that table, or

(b) where more than one radionuclide which is listed or described in the relevant table is present, the sum of the quotient values of all such radionuclides in the substance or article, as determined by the summation rule following the table (as it applies to that column), is greater than one,

and any reference to a concentration or quantity of radioactivity not exceeding such a value shall be construed accordingly.

Textual Amendments

F11 Words in Sch. 23 Pt. 2 para. 1(2) substituted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 2

Marginal Citations

M79 1965 c. 57; the definition of “period of responsibility” was substituted by paragraph 20 of Part 2 of Schedule 12 to the Energy Act 2013 (c. 32).

M80 OJ No L 353, 31.12.2008, p 1, as last amended by Commission Regulation (EU) No 1297/2014 (OJ No L 350, 6.12.2014, p 1).

Interpretation: NORM industrial activity E+W

2.—(1) Subject to sub-paragraph (2), in this Schedule—

“type 1 NORM industrial activity” means—

(a)

the production and use of thorium, or thorium compounds, and the production of products where thorium is deliberately added, or

(b)

the production and use of uranium or uranium compounds, and the production of products where uranium is deliberately added;

“type 2 NORM industrial activity” means—

(a)

the extraction and production of rare earth elements and rare earth element alloys,

(b)

the mining and processing of ores other than uranium ore,

(c)

the production of oil and gas,

(d)

the removal and management of radioactive scales and precipitates from equipment associated with industrial activities,

(e)

any industrial activity utilising phosphate ore,

(f)

the manufacture of titanium dioxide pigments,

(g)

the extraction and refining of zircon and manufacture of zirconium compounds,

(h)

the production of tin, copper, aluminium, zinc, lead and iron and steel,

(i)

any activity related to coal mine de-watering plants,

(j)

china clay extraction,

(k)

water treatment associated with provision of drinking water, F12 ...

(ka)

[F13 geothermal energy production, or]

(l)

the remediation of contamination from any type 1 NORM industrial activity or any of the activities listed above.

(2) An activity which involves the processing of radionuclides of natural terrestrial or cosmic origin for their radioactive, fissile or fertile properties is not a type 1 NORM industrial activity or a type 2 NORM industrial activity.

Textual Amendments

F12 Word in Sch. 23 Pt. 2 para. 2(1) omitted (2.5.2018) by virtue of The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 3

F13 Words in Sch. 23 Pt. 2 para. 2(1) inserted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 3

Interpretation: “radioactive material”, “radioactive waste” and “waste” E+W

3.—(1) In this Schedule, except as provided by paragraph 7, 8, 9 [F14 , 9A] or 10—

“radioactive material” means a substance or article which is not waste, and which satisfies the requirements of paragraph 4, 5 or 6 as they apply to such a substance or article;

“radioactive waste” means a substance or article which is waste, and which satisfies the requirements of paragraph 4, 5 or 6.

(2) In this Schedule—

(a) “waste” includes—

(i) any substance which constitutes scrap material or an effluent or other unwanted surplus substance arising from the application of any process, and

(ii) any substance or article which requires to be disposed of as being broken, worn out, contaminated or otherwise spoilt, and

(b) any substance or article which, in the course of carrying on any undertaking, is discharged, discarded or otherwise dealt with as if it were waste is presumed to be waste unless the contrary is proved.

Textual Amendments

F14 Word in Sch. 23 Pt. 2 para. 3(1) inserted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 4

NORM industrial activities E+W

4.—(1) Sub-paragraph (2) applies to a substance or article which—

(a) arises from or is used in a type 1 NORM industrial activity,

(b) is waste which arises from a type 2 NORM industrial activity, or

(c) is contaminated by a substance or article described in paragraph (a) or (b), including where such contamination occurs indirectly through another contaminated substance or article.

(2) A substance or article to which this sub-paragraph applies is radioactive material or radioactive waste where it has a concentration of radioactivity which exceeds the following values in Table 1—

(a) for a substance or article which is a solid or a substance which is a relevant liquid, the value specified in column 2,

(b) for a substance which is any other liquid, the value specified in column 3, or

(c) for a substance which is a gas, the value specified in column 4.

Processed radionuclides of natural terrestrial or cosmic origin E+W

5.  A substance or article is radioactive material or radioactive waste where—

(a) the substance or article contains one or more of the radionuclides of natural terrestrial or cosmic origin which are listed in column 1 of Table 2,

(b) the substance or article—

(i) is processed or is intended to be processed for the radioactive, fissile or fertile properties of those radionuclides, or

(ii) is contaminated by a substance or article to which paragraph (i) applies, including where such contamination occurs indirectly through another contaminated substance or article, and

(c) the substance or article is—

(i) a solid or a relevant liquid and it has a concentration of radioactivity which exceeds the value specified in column 2 of Table 2, or

(ii) any other liquid or a gas.

Radionuclides not of natural terrestrial or cosmic origin E+W

6.  A substance or article which contains one or more radionuclides that are not of natural terrestrial or cosmic origin is radioactive material or radioactive waste where—

(a) the substance or article is a solid or a relevant liquid and it has a concentration of radioactivity which exceeds the value specified in column 2 of Table 2, or

(b) the substance is any other liquid or a gas.

[F15 Dilution to reduce concentration of radioactivity E+W

6A.   For the purposes of paragraphs 4, 5 and 6, a substance or article is to be treated as having a concentration of radioactivity which exceeds the value referred to in paragraph 4(2), 5(c)(i) or 6(a), if a person has diluted the substance or article with the intention of ensuring that its concentration of radioactivity does not exceed that value.]

Textual Amendments

F15 Sch. 23 Pt. 2 para. 6A inserted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 5

Radionuclides with a short half-life E+W

7.  A substance or article is not radioactive material or radioactive waste where none of the radionuclides which it contains or which it consists of has a half-life exceeding 100 seconds.

Radionuclides not of natural terrestrial or cosmic origin in background radioactivity E+W

8.—(1) A substance or article is not radioactive material or radioactive waste where—

(a) the substance or article is contaminated as a result of a climatic process, or a combination of such processes, by radionuclides which—

(i) are not of natural terrestrial or cosmic origin, and

(ii) are not present in the substance or article at a concentration that exceeds that found normally in such a substance or article in the United Kingdom, and

(b) in the absence of such contamination, the substance or article would not otherwise be radioactive material or radioactive waste under this Schedule.

(2) In this paragraph, a “climatic process” includes wind, precipitation and the general circulation of the atmosphere and oceans.

Contaminated substances or articles E+W

9.—(1) Subject to sub-paragraph (2), a substance or article is not radioactive material where—

(a) the substance or article is contaminated, but has not been so contaminated with the intention of utilising its radioactive, fissile or fertile properties, and

(b) in the absence of such contamination, the substance or article would not otherwise be radioactive material under this Schedule.

(2) Sub-paragraph (1) only applies while the substance or article is kept on the premises on which the contamination occurred.

[F16 Historic radium contamination E+W

9A.   A substance or article is not radioactive material or radioactive waste where the substance or article arises from the remediation of land contaminated by radium and—

(a) the substance or article contains Ra-226 or its progeny;

(b) in the absence of Ra-226 or its progeny, the substance or article would not otherwise be radioactive material or radioactive waste under this Schedule;

(c) the contamination occurred prior to 13th May 2000; and

(d) the concentration of Ra-226 or any of its progeny does not exceed the following values—

(i) for a substance or article which is a solid or a substance which is a relevant liquid, 1 Bq/g;

(ii) for a substance which is any other liquid, 1 Bq/1; or

(iii) for a substance which is a gas, 0.01 Bq/m³.]

Textual Amendments

F16 Sch. 23 Pt. 2 para. 9A inserted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 6

Substances or articles after disposal E+W

10.—(1) A substance or article is not radioactive material or radioactive waste during the excluded period where—

(a) the substance or article has been disposed of lawfully, and at the time of the disposal no further act of disposal is intended in respect of it, or

(b) the substance or article—

(i) is contaminated by a substance or article to which paragraph (a) applies, including where such contamination occurs indirectly through another contaminated substance or article,

(ii) in the absence of such contamination, would not otherwise be radioactive material or radioactive waste under this Schedule, and

(iii) is not contaminated with the intention of using its radioactive, fissile or fertile properties.

(2) In sub-paragraph (1), “the excluded period” means the period—

(a) beginning at the relevant start time, and

(b) ending at the time that there is an increase in the radiation exposure of the public or of any plant or animal which is caused by the substance or article being subject to a process after the relevant start time.

(3) Sub-paragraph (4) applies to a substance or article which—

(a) is disposed of by burial (whether underground or otherwise) on premises in respect of which an environmental permit in respect of the radioactive substances activity in paragraph 11(2)(b) is held at the time of disposal,

(b) is disposed of in accordance with that permit, and

(c) is solid at the time of the disposal.

(4) Where this sub-paragraph applies, the relevant start time is—

(a) where the environmental permit in sub-paragraph (3)(a) is surrendered, the time at which the surrender takes effect, or

(b) where that permit is revoked and—

(i) regulation 23 applies to that permit, the time at which the regulator issues the certificate described in paragraph (4) or (6) of that regulation, or

(ii) regulation 23 does not apply to that permit, the time at which the revocation takes effect.

(5) Sub-paragraph (6) applies to a substance or article (“A”) described in sub-paragraph (1)(b), where the substance or article (“B”) which contaminates it (directly or indirectly) is described in sub-paragraph (3).

(6) Where this sub-paragraph applies, the relevant start time for A is the later of—

(a) the time at which A becomes contaminated, and

(b) the relevant start time for B.

(7) In respect of a substance or article (“C”) to which sub-paragraphs (4) and (6) do not apply, the relevant start time is—

(a) where sub-paragraph (1)(a) applies to C, the time at which C is disposed of;

(b) where sub-paragraph (1)(b) applies to C, the time at which C becomes contaminated.

Interpretation: radioactive substances activity E+W

11.—(1) Subject to paragraphs 13 and 14, “ radioactive substances activity” means an activity described in sub-paragraph (2), (4), (5) or (6).

(2) A radioactive substances activity is carried on where a person uses premises for the purposes of an undertaking and that person—

(a) except where sub-paragraph (5) applies, keeps or uses radioactive material on those premises,

(b) disposes of radioactive waste on or from those premises, or

(c) accumulates radioactive waste on those premises,

knowing or having reasonable grounds for believing the material or waste to be radioactive material or radioactive waste.

(3) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2)(c), where—

(a) radioactive material is produced, kept or used on any premises,

(b) any substance arising from the production, keeping or use of that material is accumulated in a part of the premises appropriated for the purpose, and

(c) that substance is retained there for a period of not less than 3 months,

that substance, unless the contrary is proved, is presumed to be radioactive waste.

(4) A radioactive substances activity is carried on where, in the course of a person carrying on an undertaking, that person—

(a) receives radioactive waste for the purposes of disposing of that waste, and

(b) knows or has reasonable grounds for believing the waste to be radioactive waste.

(5) A radioactive substances activity is carried on where a person keeps or uses mobile radioactive apparatus for—

(a) testing, measuring or otherwise investigating any of the characteristics of substances or articles, or

(b) releasing quantities of radioactive material into the environment or introducing such material into organisms.

(6) A radioactive substances activity is carried on where a person carries out intrusive investigation work or other excavation, construction or building work—

(a) to determine the suitability of any premises, or

(b) to enable the use of any premises,

as a place that may be used wholly or substantially for underground disposal.

(7) In sub-paragraph (6)—

“intrusive investigation work” means the drilling of boreholes into, or excavation of, sub-soil or rock to determine geological or hydrogeological conditions;

“underground disposal” means—

(a)

the disposal of solid radioactive waste in an engineered facility, or in part of an engineered facility, which is beneath the surface of the ground, and

(b)

where the natural environment which surrounds the facility acts, in combination with any engineered measures, to inhibit the transit of radionuclides from the facility to the surface,

and does not include the disposal of radioactive waste in a facility which is beneath the surface of the ground only by virtue of the placing of rocks or soil above it.

Discharge of functions: mobile radioactive apparatus E+W

12.—(1) In the case of an activity described in paragraph 11(5), if the principal place where the apparatus mentioned in that sub-paragraph is kept when not in use is in England or Wales, functions in relation to the activity are exercisable by the appropriate agency in whose area the principal place of keeping is.

(2) But sub-paragraph (1) does not apply to functions under regulations 36, 37, 38 and 42 (which are exercisable in relation to the activity in accordance with regulation 32(1)).

Nuclear sites E+W

13.—(1) Paragraph 11(2)(a) does not apply to the activity carried on by a licensee of a nuclear site on any premises situated on that site at any time—

(a) while a nuclear site licence is in force in respect of that site, and

(b) after the revocation or surrender of such a licence but before the period of responsibility of the licensee has come to an end.

(2) In respect of any premises which—

(a) are situated on a nuclear site, but

(b) have ceased to be used for the purposes of an undertaking carried on by the licensee,

paragraph 11(2)(b) applies to those premises as if the premises were used for the purposes of an undertaking carried on by the licensee.

(3) Paragraph 11(2)(c) does not apply to the accumulation of radioactive waste on any premises situated on a nuclear site.

Vehicles, vessels and aircraft E+W

14.  In determining whether any radioactive material is kept or used on any premises, no account must be taken of any radioactive material kept or used in or on any railway vehicle, road vehicle, vessel or aircraft if—

(a) the vehicle, vessel or aircraft is on the premises in the course of a journey, or

(b) in the case of a vessel which is on those premises otherwise than in the normal course of a journey, the material is used in propelling the vessel or is kept in or on the vessel for use in propelling it.

PART 3 E+W Tables of radionuclides and summation rules

Table 1 E+W

1.—(1) The Table 1 referred to in paragraph 4 of Part 2 (NORM industrial activities) is—

Table 1

Concentration of radionuclides: NORM industrial activities

Radionuclide	Solid or relevant liquid concentration in becquerels per gram (Bq/g)	Any other liquid concentration in becquerels per litre (Bq/l)	Gaseous concentration in becquerels per cubic metre (Bq/m3)
U-238sec M81	[F17 1]	0.1	0.001
U-238+	5	10	0.01
U-234	5	10	0.01
Th-230	10	10	0.001
Ra-226+	[F17 1]	1	0.01
Pb-210+	5	0.1	0.01
Po-210	5	0.1	0.01
U-235sec	1	0.1	0.0001
U-235+	5	10	0.01
Pa-231	5	1	0.001
Ac-227+	1	0.1	0.001
Th-232sec	[F17 1]	0.1	0.001
Th-232	5	10	0.001
Ra-228+	1	0.1	0.01
Th-228+	[F17 1]	1	0.001

(2) The Table 1 summation rule in respect of column 2, 3 or 4 means the sum of the quotients A/B where—

(a) “A” means the concentration of each radionuclide listed in column 1 of Table 1 that is present in the substance or article, and

(b) “B” means the concentration of that radionuclide specified in column 2, 3 or 4 (as appropriate) of Table 1.

Textual Amendments

F17 Figures in Sch. 23 Pt. 3 para. 1(1) Table 1 substituted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 8

Marginal Citations

M81 For the meaning of ‘sec’ and ‘+’ in this Part, see paragraph 3.

Table 2 E+W

2.—(1) The Table 2 referred to in paragraph 5 of Part 2 (processed radionuclides of natural terrestrial or cosmic origin) and paragraph 6 of that Part (radionuclides not of natural terrestrial or cosmic origin) is—

Table 2

Concentration of radionuclides

[F18 Radionuclide	Concentration in becquerels per gram (Bq/g)
H-3	102
Be-7	10
C-14	10
F-18	10
Na-22	0.1
Na-24	1
Si-31	103
P-32	103
P-33	103
S-35	102
Cl-36	1
Cl-38	10
K-42	102
K-43	10
Ca-45	102
Ca-47	10
Sc-46	0.1
Sc-47	102
Sc-48	1
V-48	1
Cr-51	102
Mn-51	10
Mn-52	1
Mn-52m	10
Mn-53	102
Mn-54	0.1
Mn-56	10
Fe-52+	10
Fe-55	103
Fe-59	1
Co-55	10
Co-56	0.1
Co-57	1
Co-58	1
Co-58m	104
Co-60	0.1
Co-60m	103
Co-61	102
Co-62m	10
Ni-59	102
Ni-63	102
Ni-65	10
Cu-64	102
Zn-65	0.1
Zn-69	103
Zn-69m+	10
Ga-72	10
Ge-71	104
As-73	103
As-74	10
As-76	10
As-77	103
Se-75	1
Br-82	1
Rb-86	102
Sr-85	1
Sr-85m	102
Sr-87m	102
Sr-89	103
Sr-90+	1
Sr-91+	10
Sr-92	10
Y-90	103
Y-91	102
Y-91m	102
Y-92	102
Y-93	102
Zr-93	10
Zr-95+	1
Zr-97+	10
Nb-93m	10
Nb-94	0.1
Nb-95	1
Nb-97+	10
Nb-98	10
Mo-90	10
Mo-93	10
Mo-99+	10
Mo-101+	10
Tc-96	1
Tc-96m	103
Tc-97	10
Tc-97m	102
Tc-99	1
Tc-99m	102
Ru-97	10
Ru-103+	1
Ru-105+	10
Ru-106+	0.1
Rh-103m	104
Rh-105	102
Pd-103+	103
Pd-109+	102
Ag-105	1
Ag-108m+	0.1
Ag-110m+	0.1
Ag-111	102
Cd-109+	1
Cd-115+	10
Cd-115m+	102
In-111	10
In-113m	102
In-114m+	10
In-115m	102
Sn-113+	1
Sn-125	10
Sb-122	10
Sb-124	1
Sb-125+	0.1
Te-123m	1
Te-125m	103
Te-127	103
Te-127m+	10
Te-129	102
Te-129m+	10
Te-131	102
Te-131m+	10
Te-132+	1
Te-133+	1
Te-133m+	1
Te-134	10
I-123	102
I-125	102
I-126	10
I-129	0.01
I-130	10
I-131+	1
I-132	10
I-133	10
I-134	10
I-135	10
Cs-129	10
Cs-131	103
Cs-132	10
Cs-134	0.1
Cs-134m	103
Cs-135	102
Cs-136	1
Cs-137+	1
Cs-138	10
Ba-131	10
Ba-140	1
La-140	1
Ce-139	1
Ce-141	102
Ce-143	10
Ce-144+	10
Pr-142	102
Pr-143	103
Nd-147	102
Nd-149	102
Pm-147	103
Pm-149	103
Sm-151	103
Sm-153	102
Eu-152	0.1
Eu-152m	102
Eu-154	0.1
Eu-155	1
Gd-153	10
Gd-159	102
Tb-160	1
Dy-165	103
Dy-166	102
Ho-166	102
Er-169	103
Er-171	102
Tm-170	102
Tm-171	103
Yb-175	102
Lu-177	102
Hf-181	1
Ta-182	0.1
W-181	10
W-185	103
W-187	10
Re-186	103
Re-188	102
Os-185	1
Os-191	102
Os-191m	103
Os-193	102
Ir-190	1
Ir-192	1
Ir-194	102
Pt-191	10
Pt-193m	103
Pt-197	103
Pt-197m	102
Au-198	10
Au-199	102
Hg-197	102
Hg-197m	102
Hg-203	10
Tl-200	10
Tl-201	102
Tl-202	10
Tl-204	1
Pb-203	10
Pb-210+	0.01
Pb-212+	1
Bi-206	1
Bi-207	0.1
Bi-210	10
Bi-212+	1
Po-203	10
Po-205	10
Po-207	10
Po-210	0.01
At-211	103
Ra-223+	1
Ra-224+	1
Ra-225	10
Ra-226+	0.01
Ra-227	102
Ra-228+	0.01
Ac-227+	0.01
Ac-228	1
Th-226+	102
Th-227	1
Th-228+	0.1
Th-229+	0.1
Th-230	0.1
Th-231	102
Th-232	0.01
Th-232+	0.01
Th-232sec	0.01
Th-234+	10
Pa-230	10
Pa-231	0.01
Pa-233	10
U-230+	1
U-231	102
U-232+	0.1
U-233	1
U-234	1
U-235+	1
U-235sec	0.01
U-236	10
U-237	102
U-238+	1
U-238sec	0.01
U-239	102
U-240+	102
Np-237+	1
Np-239	102
Np-240	10
Pu-234	102
Pu-235	102
Pu-236	1
Pu-237	102
Pu-238	0.1
Pu-239	0.1
Pu-240	0.1
Pu-241	10
Pu-242	0.1
Pu-243	103
Pu-244+	0.1
Am-241	0.1
Am-242	103
Am-242m+	0.1
Am-243+	0.1
Cm-242	10
Cm-243	1
Cm-244	1
Cm-245	0.1
Cm-246	0.1
Cm-247+	0.1
Cm-248	0.1
Bk-249	102
Cf-246	103
Cf-248	1
Cf-249	0.1
Cf-250	1
Cf-251	0.1
Cf-252	1
Cf-253	102
Cf-253+	1
Cf-254	1
Es-253	102
Es-254+	0.1
Es-254m+	10
Fm-254	10 4
Fm-255	102
	0.01
Any other solid or relevant liquid radionuclide that is not of natural terrestrial or cosmic origin	or that concentration which gives rise to a dose to a member of the public of 10 microsieverts per year calculated by reference to the International Atomic Energy Agency publication “Application of the Concepts of Exclusion, Exemption and Clearance”, IAEA Safety Standards Series No. RS-G-1.7.]

(2) The Table 2 column 2 summation rule means the sum of the quotients A/B where—

(a) “A” means the concentration of each radionuclide listed in column 1 of Table 2 that is present in the substance or article, and

(b) “B” means the concentration of that radionuclide specified in column 2 of Table 2.

Textual Amendments

F18 Sch. 23 Pt. 3 para. 2(1) Table 2 substituted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 9

References in Table 1 and Table 2 to + and sec E+W

3.  Where any radionuclide carries the suffix “+” or “sec” in Table 1 or Table 2—

(a) that radionuclide represents the parent radionuclide in secular equilibrium with the corresponding daughter radionuclides which are identified in column 2 of Table 3 in respect of that parent radionuclide, and

(b) a concentration value given in a table in this Part in respect of such a parent radionuclide is the value for the parent radionuclide alone, but already takes into account the daughter radionuclides present.

Table 3 E+W

4.  The Table 3 referred to in paragraph 3 is—

Table 3

Radionuclides in secular equilibrium

Parent radionuclide	Daughter radionuclides
Fe-52+	Mn-52m
Zn-69m+	Zn-69
Sr-90+	Y-90
Sr-91+	Y-91m
Zr-95+	Nb-95m
Zr-97+	Nb-97m, Nb-97
Nb-97+	Nb-97m
Mo-99+	Tc-99m
Mo-101+	Tc-101
Ru-103+	Rh-103m
Ru-105+	Rh-105m
Ru-106+	Rh-106
Pd-103+	Rh-103m
Pd-109+	Ag-109m
Ag-108m+	Ag-108
Ag-110m+	Ag-110
Cd-109+	Ag-109m
Cd-115+	In-115m
Cd-115m+	In-115m
In-114m+	In-114
Sn-113+	In-113m
Sb-125+	Te-125m
Te-127m+	Te-127
Te-129m+	Te-129
Te-131m+	Te-131
Te-132+	I-132
Te-133+	I-133, Xe-133m, Xe-133
Te-133m+	Te-133, I-133, Xe-133m, Xe-133
I-131+	Xe-131m
Cs-137+	Ba-137m
Ce-144+	Pr-144, Pr-144m
Pb-210+	Bi-210, Po-210
Pb-212+	Bi-212, Tl-208
Bi-212+	Tl-208
Ra-223+	Rn-219, Po-215, Pb-211, Bi-211, Tl-207
Ra-224+	Rn-220, Po-216, Pb-212, Bi-212, Tl-208
Ra-226+	Rn-222, Po-218, Pb-214, Bi-214, Po-214
Ra-228+	Ac-228
Ac-227+	Th-227, Fr-223, Ra-223, Rn-219, Po-215, Pb-211, Bi-211, Tl-207, Po-211
Th-226+	Ra-222, Rn-218, Po-214
Th-228+	Ra-224, Rn-220, Po-216, Pb-212, Bi-212, Tl-208
Th-229+	Ra-225, Ac-225, Fr-221, At-217, Bi-213, Tl-209, Pb-209
Th-232+	Ra-228, Ac-228, Th-228, Ra-224, Rn-220, Po-216, Pb-212, Bi-212, Tl-208
Th-232sec	Ra-228, Ac-228, Th-228, Ra-224, Rn-220, Po-216, Pb-212, Bi-212, Po-212, Tl-208
Th-234+	Pa-234m, Pa-234
U-230+	Th-226, Ra-222, Rn-218, Po-214
U-232+	Th-228, Ra-224, Rn-220, Po-216, Pb-212, Bi-212, Tl-208
U-235+	Th-231
U-235sec	Th-231, Pa-231, Ac-227, Th-227, Fr-223, Ra-223, Rn-219, Po-215, Pb-211, Bi-211, Tl-207, Po-211
U-238+	Th-234, Pa-234m, Pa-234
U-238sec	Th-234, Pa-234m, Pa-234, U-234, Th-230, Ra-226, Rn-222, Po-218, Pb-214, Bi-214, Po-214, Pb-210, Bi-210, Po-210
U-240+	Np-240m, Np-240
Np-237+	Pa-233
Pu-244+	U-240, Np-240m, Np-240
Am-242m+	Np-238
Am-243+	Np-239
Cm-247+	Pu-243
Cf-253+	Cm-249
Es-254+	Bk-250
Es-254m+	Fm-254

PART 4 E+W The Basic Safety Standards Directive

SECTION 1 E+W Exposures and doses

Optimisation and dose limits E+W

1.  In respect of a radioactive substances activity that relates to radioactive waste, the regulator must exercise its relevant functions to ensure that—

(a) all exposures to ionising radiation of any member of the public and of the population as a whole resulting from the disposal of radioactive waste are kept as low as reasonably achievable, taking into account economic and social factors, and

(b) the sum of the doses resulting from the exposure of any member of the public to ionising radiation does not exceed the dose limits set out in [F19 Article 12] of the Basic Safety Standards Directive subject to the exclusions set out in [F20 Article 5(c)] of that Directive.

Textual Amendments

F19 Words in Sch. 23 Pt. 4 para. 1(b) substituted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 11(a)

F20 Words in Sch. 23 Pt. 4 para. 1(b) substituted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 11(b)

Specific dose limits and calculation E+W

2.—(1) In exercising those relevant functions in relation to the planning stage of radiation protection, the regulator must have regard to the following maximum doses to individuals which may result from a defined source—

(a) 0.3 millisieverts per year from any sourceF21 ..., or

(b) 0.5 millisieverts per year from the discharges from any single site.

[F22 (2) In exercising those relevant functions, the regulator must observe the requirements of the following provisions—

(a) when estimating effective dose and equivalent dose—

(i) from external exposure, chapters 4 and 5 of International Commission on Radiological Protection Publication 116; and

(ii) from internal exposure, chapter 1 of International Commission on Radiological Protection Publication 119; and

(b) in estimating population doses, Article 66 of the Basic Safety Standards Directive.]

Textual Amendments

F21 Words in Sch. 23 Pt. 4 para. 2(1)(a) omitted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 12(a)

F22 Sch. 23 Pt. 4 para. 2(2) substituted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 12(b)

SECTION 2 E+W Interventions

Radioactive waste: power of the Secretary of State to provide facilities for disposal or accumulation E+W

3.—(1) If it appears to the Secretary of State that adequate facilities are not available for the safe disposal or accumulation of radioactive waste, the Secretary of State may—

(a) provide such facilities, or

(b) make arrangements for their provision by such persons as the Secretary of State may think fit.

(2) Before exercising the power under sub-paragraph (1), the Secretary of State must consult with—

(a) any local authority in whose area the facilities would be situated, and

(b) such other public or local authorities (if any) as appear to the Secretary of State to be proper to be consulted.

(3) Reasonable charges for the use of any facilities provided under sub-paragraph (1) may be made by—

(a) the Secretary of State, or

(b) the person providing such facilities, unless the arrangements made by the Secretary of State with that person provide to the contrary.

Radioactive waste: power of disposal by the regulator E+W

4.—(1) Sub-paragraph (2) applies if there is radioactive waste on any premises and the regulator is satisfied that the waste ought to be disposed of but that it is unlikely that the waste will be lawfully disposed of—

(a) because the premises are unoccupied,

(b) because the occupier is absent or insolvent, or

(c) for any other reason.

(2) The regulator may dispose of the waste and recover any expenses it reasonably incurs in that disposal from—

(a) the occupier of the premises;

(b) if the premises are unoccupied, the owner of the premises.

(3) In sub-paragraph (2)—

(a) “owner” has the same meaning as in section 343 of the Public Health Act 1936 M82 , and

(b) the provisions of section 294 of that Act M83 (which limits the liability of owners who are only agents or trustees) apply but as if reference in that section to a council recovering expenses under that Act were to the regulator recovering expenses under sub-paragraph (2).

Marginal Citations

M82 1936 c. 49.

M83 Section 294 was modified, in relation to steps required to be taken by certain notices, by S.I. 1990/1519, 1992/656 and 1492.

[F23 SECTION 3 E+W Miscellaneous duties of the regulator

Textual Amendments

F23 Sch. 23 Pt. 4 Section 3 inserted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 13

Inspection programmes E+W

5.   When establishing an inspection programme for the purposes of regulation 34(2) (periodic inspections of regulated facilities) in relation to radioactive substance activities, the regulator must take into account the potential magnitude and nature of the hazard associated with such activities, a general assessment of radiation protection issues in the activities, and the state of compliance with the requirements of these Regulations.

Inspection findings E+W

6.   Where a regulator makes an inspection of a regulated facility that is a radioactive substances activity, the regulator must—

(a) record the findings of that inspection; and

(b) communicate those findings to the operator of the regulated facility.

Radioactive waste: requirements to be imposed on permit holders E+W

7.— (1) The regulator must require a person who holds an environmental permit to carry on the radioactive substances activity described in paragraph 11(2)(b) (disposing of waste) or (c) (accumulating waste) of Part 2 of this Schedule to—

(a) achieve and maintain an optimal level of protection of members of the public;

(b) accept into service adequate equipment and procedures for measuring and assessing exposure of members of the public and radioactive contamination of the environment;

(c) check the effectiveness and maintenance of equipment as referred to in paragraph (b) and ensure the regular calibration of measuring instruments; and

(d) seek advice from a radioactive waste adviser in the performance of the tasks referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c).

(2) In this paragraph “radioactive waste adviser” means an individual, or group of individuals, with the knowledge, training and experience needed to give radioactive waste management and environmental radiation protection advice in relation to radioactive waste in order to ensure the effective protection of members of the public, and whose competence in that respect is recognised by the regulator.

Dilution of radioactive material and radioactive waste E+W

8.   In exercising its relevant functions in relation to a radioactive substances activity, the regulator must observe the requirements of Article 30(4) of the Basic Safety Standards Directive.

Monitoring of discharges E+W

9.— (1) This paragraph applies where the regulator is exercising relevant functions in relation to a radioactive substances activity where there are radioactive discharges authorised by an environmental permit.

(2) The regulator must impose appropriate environmental permit conditions concerning—

(a) the monitoring, or the evaluation, of radioactive airborne or aqueous discharges into the environment; and

(b) the reporting to the regulator of the results of such monitoring or evaluation.

(3) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2), where the regulator is exercising relevant functions in relation to a nuclear power station or nuclear reprocessing plant, the environmental permit conditions imposed must require the monitoring of radioactive discharges and reporting to the regulator of such information on radioactive discharges as the appropriate authority directs.]

PART 5 E+W [F24 The control of high-activity and other sources]

Textual Amendments

F24 Sch. 23 Pt. 5 heading substituted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 15

SECTION 1 E+W Security of sources

Interpretation E+W

1.  In this Part—

“high-activity or similar source” means—

(a)

a high-activity source, or

(b)

such other sealed source which, in the opinion of the regulator, is of a similar level of potential hazard to a high-activity source;

[F25 “ high-activity source” means a sealed source for which the activity of the contained radionuclide is equal to or exceeds the relevant activity value laid down in Annex III of the Basic Safety Standards Directive;]

“orphan source” has the same meaning as in the [F26 Basic Safety Standards Directive];

“sealed source” has the same meaning as in the [F26 Basic Safety Standards Directive].

Textual Amendments

F25 Words in Sch. 23 Pt. 5 para. 1 substituted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 16(a)

F26 Words in Sch. 23 Pt. 5 para. 1 substituted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 16(b)

Site security: inspection E+W

2.—(1) In exercising relevant functions in relation to a radioactive substances activity, the regulator must comply with sub-paragraph (3) where a high-activity or similar source is, or will be, kept, used, disposed of or accumulated on any premises.

(2) Sub-paragraph (1) does not apply where the premises are, or are part of, a nuclear site.

(3) In considering if the measures taken, or to be taken, by the operator ensure the adequate security of any premises, the regulator must where appropriate inspect those premises.

(4) Where the regulator inspects any premises under sub-paragraph (3), it may be accompanied by such other persons as are appropriate to assist it in assessing the measures.

(5) An operator must permit the regulator (and any person accompanying it) reasonable access to any premises the regulator wishes to inspect under sub-paragraph (3).

(6) If the operator fails to comply with sub-paragraph (5), the regulator may refuse the application or revoke the permit insofar as it relates to the sources referred to in sub-paragraph (1).

Site security: security measures and advice E+W

3.—(1) In exercising relevant functions in relation to a radioactive substances activity, the regulator must comply with sub-paragraph (2) where a high-activity or similar source is, or will be, kept, used, disposed of or accumulated on any premises.

(2) The regulator—

(a) must satisfy itself that there are in place measures concerning site security, including the security measures in sub-paragraph (3), as are appropriate to the source and premises in question,

(b) where it considers it appropriate to do so, must consult the police, security services or other appropriate persons on site security,

(c) must have regard to any advice given by them, if it is issued within such time as the regulator believes is reasonable before it exercises a relevant function, and

(d) must impose appropriate environmental permit conditions concerning site security.

(3) The security measures referred to in sub-paragraph (2)(a) are—

(a) measures to ensure the physical security of the premises, including the installation of alarm and detection systems, and the retaining of documentary evidence of those measures,

(b) measures, which are evidenced in writing—

(i) to prevent unauthorised access to, or loss or theft of, a high-activity or similar source,

(ii) to detect such matters, and

(iii) to review and enhance the physical security of the premises in response to any increased risk of unauthorised access, loss or theft,

(c) written procedures to ensure that before a person is authorised to have access to a high-activity or similar source—

(i) that person has passed checks to verify their identity, and

(ii) satisfactory written references have been obtained which confirm, as far as reasonably practicable, that there is no information to indicate that the person presents any security risk to the sources, and

(d) measures to keep secure, and prevent unauthorised access to, information relating to—

(i) a high-activity or similar source, and

(ii) the measures referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c).

SECTION 2 E+W Advice and assistance in relation to orphan sources

Advice and assistance in respect of orphan sources E+W

4.—(1) The relevant person must ensure that specialised technical advice and assistance is promptly made available to persons who—

(a) are not normally involved in operations subject to radiation protection requirements, and

(b) suspect the presence of an orphan source.

(2) The relevant person must ensure that the primary aim of such advice and assistance is—

(a) the safety of the source, and

(b) protecting the public and workers from radiation.

(3) The relevant person means—

(a) in relation to the protection of workers, the Secretary of State;

(b) in relation to the protection of the public (other than workers)—

(i) in England, the Secretary of State;

(ii) in Wales, the Welsh Ministers.

SECTION 3 E+W Exercise of relevant functions and matters in relation to F27 ... sources

Textual Amendments

F27 Word in Sch. 23 Pt. 5 Section 3 heading omitted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 17

General E+W

[F28 5.   In exercising relevant functions in relation to a radioactive substances activity, the regulator must comply with Articles 85 to 89 and 91 of the Basic Safety Standards Directive.]

Textual Amendments

F28 Sch. 23 Pt. 5 para. 5 substituted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 18

Records and inspections E+W

[F29 6.   In relation to a high-activity source, the regulator must keep records of those matters—

(a) required by Article 90 of the Basic Safety Standards Directive, and

(b) notified to it under Article 91(1) of that Directive.]

Textual Amendments

F29 Sch. 23 Pt. 5 para. 6 substituted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 19

Training and information E+W

F30 7.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Textual Amendments

F30 Sch. 23 Pt. 5 para. 7 omitted (1.1.2018) by The Ionising Radiations Regulations 2017 (S.I. 2017/1075), reg. 1, Sch. 9 para. 17 (with regs. 2(5), 3, Sch. 8)

Orphan sources E+W

8.—(1) The regulator must—

(a) be prepared, or have made provision (including the assignment of responsibilities), to [F31 control and] recover any orphan source, and

(b) have drawn up appropriate response plans and measures.

(2) The regulator may recover any expenses reasonably incurred by it in the recovery and disposal of an orphan source from—

(a) the person carrying on the radioactive substances activity involving that source, or

(b) the occupier or owner of the premises where the source is located.

(3) In relation to sub-paragraph (2)—

(a) “owner” has the same meaning as in section 343 of the Public Health Act 1936, and

(b) the provisions of section 294 of that Act (which limits the liability of owners who are only agents or trustees) apply but as if reference in that section to a council recovering expenses under that Act were to the regulator recovering expenses under sub-paragraph (2).

Textual Amendments

F31 Words in Sch. 23 Pt. 5 para. 8(1)(a) inserted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 20

PART 6 E+W Radioactive substances activity exemptions

SECTION 1 E+W General

Interpretation E+W

1.  In this Part—

“Ba-137m eluting source” means a source which consists of Cs-137 in a sealed container which is designed and constructed to allow the elution of Ba-137m, and which is radioactive material or radioactive waste solely because of that Cs-137;

“Class A gaseous tritium light device” means a gaseous tritium light device where the activity of the device does not exceed 2 x 10¹⁰ Bq of tritium;

“Class B gaseous tritium light device” means a gaseous tritium light device which is installed or intended to be installed on premises and where the activity—

(a)

in each sealed container in the device does not exceed 8 x 10¹⁰ Bq of tritium, and

(b)

of the device does not exceed 1 x 10¹² Bq of tritium;

“Class C gaseous tritium light device” means a gaseous tritium light device installed or intended to be installed—

(a)

in a vessel or aircraft, or

(b)

in a vehicle or other equipment used or intended to be used by the armed forces of the Crown;

“disposal permit” means—

(a)

an environmental permit to carry on the radioactive substances activity described in paragraph 11(2)(b) of Part 2 of this Schedule, or

(b)

an authorisation under the 1993 Act to dispose of radioactive waste held in respect of premises situated in Northern Ireland or Scotland;

“electrodeposited source” means an article where radionuclides are electrodeposited onto a metal substrate and which is radioactive material or radioactive waste solely because it contains Ni-63 or Fe-55;

“gaseous tritium light device” means a sealed source in a device which is an illuminant, instrument, sign or indicator which—

(a)

incorporates tritium in one or more sealed containers constructed to prevent dispersion of that tritium in normal use, and

(b)

is radioactive material solely because it contains that tritium;

[F32 “high-activity or similar source” means—

(a)

a high-activity source, or

(b)

such other sealed source which, in the opinion of the regulator, is of a similar level of potential hazard to a high-activity source;

“high-activity source” means a sealed source for which the activity of the contained radionuclide is equal to or exceeds the relevant activity value laid down in Annex III of the Basic Safety Standards Directive;]

“luminised article” means an article which is made wholly or partly from a luminescent substance in the form of a film or a paint and which—

(a)

is radioactive material or radioactive waste solely because it contains Pm-147 or H-3, and

(b)

is not a sealed source;

“management”, in respect of waste, means—

(a)

the preparation by checking, cleaning or repairing that waste for its re-use without further processing,

(b)

the recovery of that waste,

(c)

the disposal of that waste, or

(d)

the application of any treatment process to that waste which is preparatory to the recovery or disposal of it,

and cognate expressions shall be construed accordingly;

“relevant river” means a river or a part of a river which—

(a)

is not a part of the sea, and

(b)

at the place and time of any disposal into it of aqueous radioactive waste from a sewage disposal works or directly from premises, has a flow-rate which is not less than 1m³s^-1;

“relevant sewer” means—

(a)

a public sewer, or

(b)

a disposal main which leads to a sewage disposal works that—

(i)

has the capacity to handle a minimum of 100m³ of effluent per day, and

(ii)

discharges treated effluent only to the sea or to a relevant river,

and “public sewer”, “disposal main”, “sewage disposal works” and “effluent” have the same meaning as in the Water Industry Act 1991 M84 ;

“relevant standard conditions” has the meaning given in paragraph 10;

“sea” includes any area submerged at mean high water springs and also includes, so far as the tide flows at mean high water springs, an estuary or arm of the sea and the waters of any channel, creek, bay or river;

[F33 “sealed source” has the same meaning as in the Basic Safety Standards Directive, excluding such a source where it is an electrodeposited source or a tritium foil source;]

“stored in transit” means the storage in the course of transit of radioactive material or radioactive waste but does not include any storage of such material or waste where it is removed from its container;

“Table 4”, [F34 “Table 4A”,] “Table 5”, “Table 6”, “Table 7” or “Table 8” means the table with that number in this Part;

“a tritium foil source” means an article which—

(a)

has a mechanically tough surface into which tritium is incorporated, and

(b)

is radioactive material or radioactive waste solely because of that tritium;

“uranium or thorium compound” means a substance or article which is radioactive material or radioactive waste solely because it is or contains metallic uranium or thorium or prepared compounds of uranium or thorium, and in respect of which metal or compound the proportion of—

(a)

U-235 in the uranium it contains is no more than 0.72% by mass, and

(b)

any isotope of thorium it contains is present in the isotopic proportions found in nature;

“waste permitted person” means, in relation to the radioactive waste where the term appears, a person who holds—

(a)

an environmental permit to carry on the radioactive substances activity described in paragraph 11(2)(b) or (c) of Part 2 of this Schedule, or

(b)

in respect of premises in Scotland or Northern Ireland, an authorisation under section 13 or 14 of the 1993 Act;

“week” means any period of 7 consecutive days;

“year” means a calendar year.

Textual Amendments

F32 Words in Sch. 23 Pt. 6 para. 1 inserted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 22(a)

F33 Words in Sch. 23 Pt. 6 para. 1 substituted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 22(b)

F34 Words in Sch. 23 Pt. 6 para. 1 inserted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 22(c)

Marginal Citations

M84 1991 c. 56; the definition of “public sewer” was amended by section 99(6) of the Water Act 2003 (c. 37).

Interpretation: NORM E+W

[F35 2.— (1) In this Part “NORM waste” means a substance or article which—

(a) is solid radioactive waste under—

(i) paragraph 4 of Part 2 of this Schedule (NORM industrial activities); or

(ii) paragraph 5 of that Part (processed radionuclides of natural terrestrial or cosmic origin) where the waste arises from the remediation of land contaminated by radium and the contamination occurred prior to 13 May 2000;

(b) contains one or more of the radionuclides which are listed in column 1 of Table 4A;

(c) has a concentration of radioactivity that does not exceed the value specified in column 5 of Table 4A in respect of that radionuclide; and

(d) is not waste to which sub-paragraph (3) applies.

(2) In this Part—

“type 1 NORM waste” means NORM waste which—

(a)

has a concentration of radioactivity that does not exceed the value specified in column 2 of Table 4A; and

(b)

is not waste to which sub-paragraph (4) applies;

“type 2 NORM waste” means NORM waste which has a concentration of radioactivity that exceeds the value specified in column 2 of Table 4A.

(3) This sub-paragraph applies to waste where, prior to the disposal of that waste, a person has diluted it with the intention of ensuring that the concentration of radioactivity does not exceed the value specified in column 5 of Table 4A.

(4) This sub-paragraph applies to waste where, prior to the disposal of that waste, a person has diluted it with the intention of ensuring that the concentration of radioactivity does not exceed the value specified in column 2 of Table 4A.]

Textual Amendments

F35 Sch. 23 Pt. 6 para. 2 substituted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 23

SECTION 2 E+W Exemption for keeping and using radioactive material and accumulating radioactive waste

Exemption for keeping and using radioactive material E+W

3.—(1) A person (“A”) is exempt from the requirement for an environmental permit to carry on the radioactive substances activity described in paragraph 11(2)(a) of Part 2 of this Schedule in respect of—

(a) subject to sub-paragraph (2), the radioactive material described in paragraph 5, where A complies with the relevant standard conditions and—

(i) in respect of radioactive material described in paragraph 5(1)(a), the condition in paragraph 6(1), and

(ii) in respect of radioactive material described in paragraph 5(1)(b), the condition in paragraph 6(2), or

(b) radioactive material stored in transit.

(2) A is not exempt from the requirement for an environmental permit under sub-paragraph (1)(a) in respect of a high activity source where A takes possession of it.

Exemption for accumulating radioactive waste E+W

4.—(1) This paragraph applies to the following radioactive substances activities—

(a) the activity described in paragraph 11(2)(c) of Part 2 of this Schedule (“Activity A”), and

(b) the activity described in paragraph 11(4) of Part 2 of this Schedule (“Activity B”).

(2) In this paragraph, “paragraph 5 waste” means radioactive waste described in paragraph 5.

(3) A person (“A”) is exempt from the requirement for an environmental permit to carry on Activity A or B, in respect of radioactive waste which is stored in transit.

(4) Subject to sub-paragraph (5), a person (“B”) is exempt from the requirement for an environmental permit to carry on Activity A or B in respect of paragraph 5 waste where—

(a) B receives that waste for accumulation on premises (with a view to its subsequent management by B on those premises),

(b) in respect of those premises B manages substantial quantities of waste which is not radioactive waste, and

(c) the management of the radioactive waste will be completed by B as soon as is reasonably practicable, with the radioactive waste dispersed in non-radioactive waste.

(5) B is not exempt under sub-paragraph (4) from the requirement for an environmental permit to carry on Activity B where the waste received by B is or contains a high-activity source.

(6) A person (“C”) is exempt from the requirement for an environmental permit to carry on Activity A in respect of paragraph 5 waste, where C complies with the relevant standard conditions and—

(a) in respect of radioactive waste described in paragraph 5(1)(a), the condition in paragraph 6(1), and

(b) in respect of radioactive waste described in paragraph 5(1)(b), the condition in paragraph 6(2).

(7) A person (“D”) is exempt from the requirement for an environmental permit to carry on Activity A in respect of radioactive waste which is a sealed source, an electrodeposited source or a tritium foil source which—

(a) contains a quantity of radionuclides which exceeds the value specified in column 2 of Table 4 in respect of the relevant type of source,

(b) immediately before it became radioactive waste, was radioactive material in the form of a sealed source, an electrodeposited source or a tritium foil source (as appropriate), and

(c) has not been received by D for the purpose of D disposing of it,

where D complies with the relevant standard conditions.

[F36 (8) D is not exempt under sub-paragraph (7) from the requirement for an environmental permit where the waste accumulated is or contains a high-activity or similar source.]

Textual Amendments

F36 Sch. 23 Pt. 6 para. 4(8) inserted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 24

Radioactive substances exempted under paragraphs 3 and 4 E+W

5.—(1) Subject to sub-paragraph (2), paragraphs 3(1)(a) and 4(4) and (6) apply to—

(a) a substance or article described in an entry in column 1 of Table 4 which contains a quantity of radionuclides that does not exceed the value specified in column 2 of Table 4 in respect of that substance or article, or

(b) any substance or article which is not described in an entry in column 1 of Table 4.

(2) Sub-paragraph (1) does not apply to NORM wasteF37 ....

Textual Amendments

F37 Words in Sch. 23 Pt. 6 para. 5(2) omitted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 25

Conditions in respect of the total quantity or concentration of radioactive substances on any premises E+W

6.—(1) The condition referred to in paragraphs 3(1)(a)(i) and 4(6)(a) is that, in respect of the total amount of a substance or article described in paragraph 5(1)(a) (including any mobile radioactive apparatus) on the premises, the quantity of radionuclides must not exceed the value specified for that substance or article in column 3 of Table 4.

(2) The condition referred to in paragraphs 3(1)(a)(ii) and 4(6)(b) in respect of a substance or article described in paragraph 5(1)(b) is that—

(a) in respect of the total amount of such substances and articles on the premises, the quantity of radioactivity does not exceed the value specified in column 2 of Table 5, or

(b) no such substance or article on the premises contains a concentration of radioactivity that exceeds the value specified in column 3 of Table 5.

Exemption for accumulating NORM waste E+W

7.— [F38 (1) This paragraph applies to the following radioactive substances activities—

(a) the activity described in paragraph 11(2)(c) of Part 2 of this Schedule (“Activity A”);

(b) the activity described in paragraph 11(4) of Part 2 of this Schedule (“Activity B”)]

(2) F39 ...A person (“A”) is exempt from the requirement for an environmental permit to carry on Activity A or Activity B in respect of [F40 NORM waste], where another person (“B”) transfers that waste to A—

(a) in accordance with—

(i) a disposal permit held by B, or

(ii) an exemption from holding such a permit that applied to B in respect of the transfer to A, and

(b) for the purpose of its accumulation by A with a view to its subsequent management by A on the premises on which it is received by A.

(3) F41 ...A person (“C”) is exempt from the requirement for an environmental permit to carry on Activity A in respect of [F42 NORM waste] where C complies with the relevant standard conditions.

F43 (4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

F44 (5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Textual Amendments

F38 Sch. 23 Pt. 6 para. 7(1) substituted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 26(a)

F39 Words in Sch. 23 Pt. 6 para. 7(2) omitted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 26(b)(i)

F40 Words in Sch. 23 Pt. 6 para. 7(2) substituted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 26(b)(ii)

F41 Words in Sch. 23 Pt. 6 para. 7(3) omitted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 26(b)(i)

F42 Words in Sch. 23 Pt. 6 para. 7(3) substituted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 26(b)(ii)

F43 Sch. 23 Pt. 6 para. 7(4) omitted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 26(c)

F44 Sch. 23 Pt. 6 para. 7(5) omitted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 26(c)

SECTION 3 E+W Exemption for keeping or using mobile radioactive apparatus

Exemption for keeping or using mobile radioactive apparatus E+W

8.—(1) A person (“A”) is exempt from the requirement for an environmental permit to carry on the radioactive substances activity described in paragraph 11(5) of Part 2 of this Schedule in respect of—

(a) a mobile radioactive apparatus described in an entry in column 1 of Table 4 where—

(i) that apparatus contains a quantity of radionuclides that does not exceed the value specified in column 2 of Table 4 in respect of an apparatus of that description, and

(ii) A complies with the conditions in sub-paragraph (2), or

(b) mobile radioactive apparatus stored in transit.

(2) The conditions in this sub-paragraph are that A must—

(a) ensure that in relation to the total amount of all such mobile radioactive apparatus that A holds, the quantity of radionuclides does not exceed the value specified, in respect of an apparatus of that description, in column 3 of Table 4, and

(b) comply with the relevant standard conditions.

SECTION 4 E+W Relevant standard conditions

Interpretation of this Section E+W

9.  In this Section, “ radioactive substances” means radioactive material, mobile radioactive apparatus and radioactive waste, and “exempt radioactive substances” means radioactive substances in respect of which an exemption in Section 2 or 3 of this Part applies.

Relevant standard conditions E+W

10.—(1) Reference to the relevant standard conditions in Sections 1 to 3 of this Part, means in respect of the exemption provided for in—

(a) paragraph 3(1)(a), the conditions in paragraphs 11 and 12;

(b) paragraph 4(6), 4(7) or 7(3), the conditions in paragraphs 11, 12 and 14;

(c) paragraph 8(1)(a), the conditions in paragraphs 11 and 13.

(2) A condition in paragraph 11, 12 or 13 does not apply in respect of an exemption in Section 2 or 3 of this Part unless that condition is a relevant condition in respect of that exemption.

General conditions E+W

11.  A person (“A”) to whom the conditions in this paragraph apply must—

(a) keep an adequate record of any exempt radioactive substances which A holds, and—

(i) in respect of exempt radioactive substances which are mobile radioactive apparatus, the locations at which they are kept or used;

(ii) in respect of other exempt radioactive substances, the location within the premises where A holds them,

(b) ensure that where reasonably practicable exempt radioactive substances or the containers of such radioactive substances, are marked or labelled as radioactive,

(c) in respect of exempt radioactive substances which are sealed sources, electrodeposited sources or tritium foil sources, not modify or mutilate those sources or cause a loss of containment such that radioactive material or radioactive waste may be released outside the source,

(d) allow the regulator access to such records or such premises as the regulator may request in order to determine that all of the conditions in respect of the relevant exemption are complied with,

(e) hold the exempt radioactive substances safely and securely to prevent, so far as reasonably practicable—

(i) accidental removal, loss or theft from the premises where they are held, or

(ii) loss of containment, and

(f) in respect of exempt radioactive substances in a container—

(i) not modify or mutilate that container, and

(ii) prevent any uncontrolled or unintended release of radioactive material or radioactive waste from the container.

Loss or theft conditions E+W

12.—(1) Subject to sub-paragraph (2), in the event of an incident of loss or theft (or suspected loss or theft) of exempt radioactive substances (except mobile radioactive apparatus) from the premises where they are held, a person to whom the condition in this paragraph applies must—

(a) notify the incident to the regulator as soon as reasonably practicable, and

(b) include in that notification the details of any other incidents of loss or theft (or suspected loss or theft) of any radioactive substances from those premises over the 12 months preceding the incident being notified.

(2) In respect of an incident described in sub-paragraph (1), a notification to the regulator is not required where in respect of the aggregated total amount of exempt radioactive substances (excluding mobile radioactive apparatus) lost or stolen (or suspected to have been lost or stolen) from the premises in the incident and in all other such incidents in the 12 months preceding it, the total quantity of radioactivity does not exceed the value that is ten times the value in column 2 of Table 5.

Loss or theft conditions: mobile radioactive apparatus E+W

13.—(1) Subject to sub-paragraph (2), in the event of an incident of loss or theft (or suspected loss or theft) of mobile radioactive apparatus from a person (“A”) to whom the condition in this paragraph applies, A must—

(a) notify the incident to the regulator as soon as reasonably practicable, and

(b) include in that notification the details of any other incidents of loss or theft (or suspected loss or theft) of any mobile radioactive apparatus from A over the 12 months preceding the incident being notified.

(2) In respect of an incident described in sub-paragraph (1), a notification to the regulator is not required where in respect of the aggregated total amount of mobile radioactive apparatus lost or stolen (or suspected to have been lost or stolen) from A in the incident and in all other such incidents in the 12 months preceding it, the total quantity of radioactivity does not exceed the value that is ten times the value in column 2 of Table 5.

Condition to dispose of accumulated waste E+W

14.  A person to whom the condition in this paragraph applies must dispose of the radioactive waste which is the subject of the exemption to which this condition applies—

(a) as soon as reasonably practicable after it has become waste, and

(b) in the case of such waste where it is a sealed source, a tritium foil source or an electrodeposited source, in any event within 26 weeks after it has become waste unless the regulator advises in writing that a longer period of accumulation is allowed.

SECTION 5 E+W Exemption for disposing of solid radioactive waste

Exemption for receiving and disposing of solid radioactive waste E+W

15.—(1) This paragraph applies to the following radioactive substances activities—

(a) the activity described in paragraph 11(2)(b) of Part 2 of this Schedule (“Activity A”);

(b) the activity described in paragraph 11(4) of Part 2 of this Schedule (“Activity B”).

(2) A person (“A”) is exempt from the requirement for an environmental permit to carry on Activity A or Activity B in respect of solid radioactive waste described in paragraph 16(1)(a) where—

(a) A receives the waste on premises for the purpose of it being managed by A on those premises,

(b) in respect of those premises A manages substantial quantities of waste which is not radioactive waste, and

(c) the radioactive waste will be disposed of by A as soon as is reasonably practicable with the radioactive waste dispersed in non-radioactive waste.

(3) A person (“B”) is exempt from the requirement for an environmental permit to carry on Activity A in respect of solid radioactive waste described in paragraph 16(1) where—

(a) in respect of a sealed source, an electrodeposited source or a tritium foil source, B complies with the conditions in paragraph 17(2), and

(b) in respect of any other waste described in paragraph 16(1)(a), B complies with the conditions in paragraph 17(1) and (2).

Solid radioactive waste E+W

16.—(1) Solid radioactive waste referred to in paragraph 15 means—

[F45 (a) subject to sub-paragraph (2)—

(i) solid radioactive waste described in an entry in column 1 of Table 6 which does not contain a concentration of radionuclides that exceeds the value specified in column 2 of that table in respect of that kind of waste, or

(ii) a broken or damaged individual sealed source of the type described in the fourth entry in Table 6 (individual sealed sources which are solely radioactive waste because they contain tritium), which would not have exceeded the value specified in column 2 when the source was intact, or]

(b) a sealed source, an electrodeposited source or a tritium foil source which is not described in paragraph (a).

(2) Sub-paragraph (1)(a) does not apply to waste—

(a) where, prior to the disposal of that waste, a person has diluted it with the intention of ensuring that sub-paragraph (1)(a) is met, or

(b) which is NORM wasteF46 ....

Textual Amendments

F45 Sch. 23 Pt. 6 para. 16(1)(a) substituted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 27(a)

F46 Words in Sch. 23 Pt. 6 para. 16(2)(b) omitted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 27(b)

Conditions in respect of solid radioactive waste E+W

17.—(1) The condition referred to in paragraph 15(3)(b) is that B must ensure that, in respect of the total amount of a waste to which this condition applies that is disposed of on or from the premises, the quantity of radioactivity which that waste contains must not exceed the value specified in column 3 of Table 6 in respect of that waste during the period stated in that column.

(2) The conditions referred to in paragraph 15(3)(a) and (b) are that B must—

(a) keep an adequate record of the solid radioactive waste which B disposes of on or from any premises under that paragraph,

(b) dispose of the waste by any of the routes described in sub-paragraph (3),

(c) where the disposal route in sub-paragraph (3)(a) is used, ensure that where reasonably practicable any marking or labelling of the waste or its container is removed before the person disposes of that waste,

[F47 (d) where the waste is a high-activity or similar source, notify the details of the disposal to the regulator within 14 days of the disposal (including, for a high-activity source, the information required by Annex XIV of the Basic Safety Standards Directive), in such form as may be required by the regulator, and]

(e) allow the regulator access to such records or such premises as the regulator may request in order to determine that all of the conditions that apply in respect of the relevant exemption in paragraph 15(3) are complied with.

(3) The routes referred to in sub-paragraph (2)(b) are that the waste is transferred to—

(a) subject to sub-paragraph (4), a person who manages substantial quantities of non-radioactive waste and where the radioactive waste will be so managed with the radioactive waste dispersed in non-radioactive waste,

(b) a waste permitted person, or

(c) where the waste is a sealed source, an electrodeposited source or a tritium foil source, to a licensee of a nuclear site or to a person who is situated in another country and who is lawfully entitled to receive such waste.

(4) The route in sub-paragraph (3)(a) does not apply in respect of waste—

(a) described in paragraph 16(1)(b), or

(b) which is described in paragraph 16(1)(a) and which is a sealed source, an electrodeposited source or a tritium foil source, where in respect of the total amount of such a source which is disposed of on or from the premises under paragraph 15(3), the quantity of radioactivity which that waste contains exceeds the value specified in column 3 of Table 6 in respect of that source during the period stated in that column.

Textual Amendments

F47 Sch. 23 Pt. 6 para. 17(2)(d) substituted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 28

SECTION 6 E+W Exemption for disposing of NORM waste

Exemption for receiving and disposing of NORM waste E+W

18.— [F48 (1) This paragraph applies to the following radioactive substances activities carried on in respect of NORM waste—

(a) the activity described in paragraph 11(2)(b) of Part 2 of this Schedule (“Activity A”); and

(b) the activity described in paragraph 11(4) of Part 2 of this Schedule (“Activity B”).]

(2) F49 ...A person (“A”) is exempt from the requirement for an environmental permit to carry on Activity A or Activity B in respect of F50 ...NORM waste where another person (“B”) transfers that waste to A—

(a) in accordance with—

(i) a disposal permit held by B, or

(ii) an exemption from holding such a permit that applied to B in respect of the transfer to A, and

(b) for the purpose of its disposal by A on the premises on which A receives it.

(3) Where a person (“C”) disposes of—

(a) type 1 NORM waste on or from premises, sub-paragraph (4) applies to C, or

(b) type 2 NORM waste on or from premises, sub-paragraph (5) applies to C.

(4) C is exempt from the requirement for an environmental permit to carry on Activity A in respect of type 1 NORM waste where in relation to the total amount of such waste disposed of on or from the premises by C per year—

(a) the quantity of radionuclides does not exceed [F51 the value specified in column 3 of Table 4A], and C complies with the conditions in paragraph 19(1), or

(b) F52 ...The quantity of radionuclides exceeds [F51 the value specified in column 3 of Table 4A], and C complies with—

(i) the conditions in paragraph 19(1), and

(ii) where C intends to dispose of the waste by one of the methods in paragraph 19(2)(a), the conditions in paragraph 19(3).

(5) F53 ...C is exempt from the requirement for an environmental permit to carry on Activity A in respect of type 2 NORM waste where C complies with the conditions in paragraph 19(1) and (3).

F54 (6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

F55 (7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Textual Amendments

F48 Sch. 23 Pt. 6 para. 18(1) substituted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 29(a)

F49 Words in Sch. 23 Pt. 6 para. 18(2) omitted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 29(b)(i)

F50 Words in Sch. 23 Pt. 6 para. 18(2) omitted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 29(b)(ii)

F51 Words in Sch. 23 Pt. 6 para. 18(4) substituted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 29(c)(i)

F52 Words in Sch. 23 Pt. 6 para. 18(4) omitted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 29(c)(ii)

F53 Words in Sch. 23 Pt. 6 para. 18(5) omitted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 29(d)

F54 Sch. 23 Pt. 6 para. 18(6) omitted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 29(e)

F55 Sch. 23 Pt. 6 para. 18(7) omitted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 29(e)

[F56 Exemption for disposing of gaseous NORM waste from oil and gas production E+W

18A.   A person is exempt from the requirement for an environmental permit to carry on the radioactive substances activity described in paragraph 11(2)(b) (disposing of waste) of Part 2 of this Schedule where the only radioactive waste disposed of is gaseous NORM waste released in the production of oil and gas.]

Textual Amendments

F56 Sch. 23 Pt. 6 para. 18A inserted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 30

Conditions in respect of NORM waste E+W

19.—(1) The conditions referred to in the exemptions in paragraph 18(4)(a) and (b)(i) and (5) are that C must—

(a) keep an adequate record of the NORM waste which C disposes of under those exemptions,

(b) dispose of the waste by any of the methods described in sub-paragraph (2),

(c) where the disposal method in sub-paragraph (2)(a) or (b) is used, ensure that where reasonably practicable any marking or labelling of the waste or its container is removed before C disposes of that waste, and

(d) allow the regulator access to such records or such premises as the regulator may request in order to determine that all of the conditions that apply to C in respect of the relevant exemption in that paragraph are complied with.

(2) The methods referred to in sub-paragraph (1)(b) are that the waste is disposed of—

(a) subject to sub-paragraph (3) where it applies, by burial in landfill or by the transfer of the waste to a person for the purpose of—

(i) the burial in landfill of the waste, or

(ii) the application of a treatment process to the waste which is preparatory to the burial in landfill of that waste,

(b) by incineration (or transfer to a person for such incineration or treatment which is preparatory to the incineration of the waste), but not in respect of—

(i) type 1 NORM waste, where in respect of the total amount of that waste that is incinerated (or transferred to a person for preparation or incineration) per year the quantity of radionuclides in the total amount of that waste exceeds [F57 the value in column 4 of Table 4A], or

(ii) type 2 NORM waste, or

(c) by transfer to a waste permitted person.

(3) The conditions referred to in paragraph 18(4)(b)(ii) and (5) are that C must—

(a) make a written radiological assessment of the reasonably foreseeable pathways for the exposure of the public and workers to radiation in respect of—

(i) the application of any treatment process to the waste which is preparatory to its burial in landfill, at the place of that treatment, and

(ii) the burial in landfill of that waste, at the place of disposal,

(b) be satisfied that the assessment demonstrates that radiation doses are not expected to exceed—

(i) 1 millisievert per year to any worker at the place of treatment or disposal, and

(ii) 300 microsievert per year to any member of the public,

(c) provide that assessment to the regulator at least 28 days before the first disposal is made, and

(d) not dispose of that waste (or continue to do so) if the regulator objects in writing to that assessment.

Textual Amendments

F57 Words in Sch. 23 Pt. 6 para. 19(2)(b)(i) substituted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 31

SECTION 7 E+W Exemption for disposing of aqueous radioactive waste

Exemption for disposing of aqueous radioactive waste in Table 6 E+W

20.—(1) Subject to sub-paragraph (2), a person (“A”) is exempt from the requirement for an environmental permit to carry on the radioactive substances activity described in paragraph 11(2)(b) of Part 2 of this Schedule in respect of aqueous radioactive waste described in an entry in column 1 of Table 6, where A complies with the conditions in sub-paragraph (3).

(2) A is not exempt under sub-paragraph (1) where the person who generated that waste did not minimise the quantity of radionuclides generated as waste to the extent reasonably practicable.

(3) The conditions referred to in sub-paragraph (1) are that, in respect of the waste described in that sub-paragraph, A must—

(a) ensure that in respect of the total amount of that waste that is disposed of on or from the premises in a year, the quantity of radioactivity which that waste contains does not exceed the value specified in column 3 of Table 6 in respect of that waste,

(b) dispose of that waste to a relevant sewer or to a waste permitted person,

(c) keep an adequate record of that waste which A disposes of on or from the premises, and

(d) allow the regulator access to such records or such premises as the regulator may request in order to determine that the preceding conditions in this sub-paragraph are complied with.

Exemption for disposing of other aqueous radioactive waste E+W

21.—(1) Subject to sub-paragraph (2), a person (“A”) is exempt from the requirement for an environmental permit to carry on the radioactive substances activity described in paragraph 11(2)(b) of Part 2 of this Schedule in respect of aqueous radioactive waste described in sub-paragraph (3) where A disposes of that waste in accordance with the conditions in paragraph 22(1).

(2) A is not exempt under sub-paragraph (1) in respect of premises, where A holds an environmental permit to carry on the radioactive substances activity described in paragraph 11(2)(b) of Part 2 of this Schedule for the disposal of aqueous radioactive waste on or from those premises.

(3) Subject to sub-paragraph (4), the waste referred to in sub-paragraph (1) is aqueous radioactive waste—

(a) which is not described in an entry in column 1 of Table 6, and

(b) with a total concentration of radioactivity which does not exceed 100 Bq/ml.

(4) Sub-paragraph (3) does not apply to aqueous radioactive waste—

(a) which a person has diluted with the intention that—

(i) the waste has a concentration of radioactivity which is below the value in sub-paragraph (3)(b), or

(ii) the condition in paragraph 22(3)(a) or (4)(b) is complied with in respect of that waste, or

(b) where the person who generated that waste did not minimise the quantity of radionuclides generated as waste to the extent reasonably practicable.

Conditions in respect of aqueous radioactive waste in paragraph 21 E+W

22.—(1) The conditions referred to in paragraph 21(1) are that A must—

(a) subject to sub-paragraph (2), dispose of the waste to which that paragraph applies—

(i) directly into a relevant river or the sea,

(ii) to a relevant sewer, or

(iii) to a waste permitted person,

(b) keep an adequate record of the waste which A disposes of from the premises under that paragraph,

(c) in respect of the disposal of aqueous non-Table 6 waste, comply with sub-paragraph (3) or (4) as appropriate, and

(d) allow the regulator access to such records or such premises as the regulator may request in order to determine that all of the preceding conditions are complied with.

(2) In respect of aqueous non-Table 6 waste disposed of from the premises, A must not use both of the disposal routes described in sub-paragraph (1)(a)(i) and (ii) in a year and where—

(a) A uses the route in sub-paragraph (1)(a)(i), the conditions in sub-paragraph (3) apply to A, or

(b) A uses the route in sub-paragraph (1)(a)(ii), or A does not use the route in either sub-paragraph (1)(a)(i) or (ii), the conditions in sub-paragraph (4) apply to A.

(3) Where this sub-paragraph applies and A disposes of the aqueous non-Table 6 waste directly into a relevant river or the sea, A must—

(a) in respect of any aqueous non-Table 6 waste which A disposes of, ensure that the concentration of radioactivity does not exceed the value specified in column 2 of Table 7, and

(b) in respect of the total amount of aqueous non-Table 6 waste which A disposes of from the premises in a year, ensure that the quantity of radioactivity does not exceed the value specified in column 4 of Table 7.

(4) Where this sub-paragraph applies and A disposes of the aqueous non-Table 6 waste to a relevant sewer (or only to a waste permitted person), A must ensure that, in respect of the total amount of aqueous non-Table 6 waste which is disposed of from those premises in a year, the total quantity of radioactivity does not exceed—

(a) where any of that waste has a concentration of radioactivity which exceeds the value specified in column 2 of Table 7, the value in sub-paragraph (5), or

(b) where none of that waste has a concentration of radioactivity which exceeds the value specified in column 2 of Table 7, the value in sub-paragraph (5) or (6).

(5) The value referred to in sub-paragraph (4)(a) and (b) is—

(a) 1 x 10⁸ Bq for the sum of the following radionuclides: H-3, C-11, C-14, F-18, P-32, P-33, S-35, Ca-45, Cr-51, Fe-55, Ga-67, Sr-89, Y-90, Tc-99m, In-111, I-123, I-125, I-131, Sm-153, Tl-201, and

(b) 1 x 10⁶ Bq for the sum of all other radionuclides.

(6) The value referred to in sub-paragraph (4)(b) is the value specified in column 3 of Table 7.

(7) In this paragraph, “aqueous non-Table 6 waste” means aqueous radioactive waste which is not described in an entry in column 1 of Table 6.

SECTION 8 E+W Exemption for disposal of gaseous radioactive waste

Exemption for disposal of gaseous radioactive waste E+W

23.—(1) Subject to sub-paragraph (2), a person (“A”) is exempt from the requirement for an environmental permit to carry on the radioactive substances activity described in paragraph 11(2)(b) of Part 2 of this Schedule in respect of gaseous radioactive waste where—

(a) the only radionuclide contained in that waste is Kr-85 and A—

(i) ensures that in respect of the total amount of such waste which is disposed of from the premises in a year, the total quantity of radioactivity does not exceed 10¹¹ Bq, and

(ii) complies with the conditions in paragraph 24(1), or

(b) subject to sub-paragraph (3), that waste—

(i) is released from within a container at the time that the container is opened, and

(ii) is emitted by solid or liquid radioactive material within the container,

and A complies with the conditions in paragraph 24(1).

(2) Sub-paragraph (1) does not apply to waste where the person who generated that waste did not minimise the quantity of radionuclides generated as waste to the extent reasonably practicable.

(3) Sub-paragraph (1)(b) does not apply in respect of any gas which arises as a result of a process applied by a person to the contained radioactive material.

Conditions in respect of gaseous radioactive waste E+W

24.—(1) The conditions referred to in paragraph 23(1) are that A must—

(a) to the extent that is reasonably practicable—

(i) in respect of relevant gaseous waste which arises in a building, cause the waste to be disposed of by an extraction system which removes the waste from the area where it arose and which vents the waste into the atmosphere, and

(ii) prevent the entry or, where sub-paragraph (i) applies, the re-entry, of relevant gaseous waste into a building, and

(b) allow the regulator access to such records or such premises as the regulator may request in order to determine that all of the conditions that apply to A in respect of the relevant exemption in that paragraph are complied with.

(2) In this paragraph “relevant gaseous waste” means waste which is described in paragraph 23(1) and disposed of under the exemption in that paragraph.

SECTION 9 E+W Tables and summation rules in this Part

Table 4 E+W

25.  The Table 4 referred to in Sections 2 and 3 of this Part—

Table 4

Radioactive material and accumulated radioactive waste: values of maximum quantities

Substance or article	Maximum quantity of radionuclides for each substance or article	Maximum quantity of radionuclides:
		(a) on any premises in items which satisfy the limit in column 2, or
		(b) in mobile radioactive apparatus held by a person
A sealed source of a type not described in any other row of this Table	4 x 106 Bq	2 x 108 Bq
A Class A gaseous tritium light device	2 x 1010 Bq	5 x 1012 Bq
A Class B gaseous tritium light device	1 x 1012 Bq	3 x 1013 Bq
A Class C gaseous tritium light device	1 x 1012 Bq	No limit
Any sealed source which is solely radioactive material or radioactive waste because it contains tritium	2 x 1010 Bq	5 x 1012 Bq
A tritium foil source	2 x 1010 Bq	5 x 1012 Bq
A smoke detector affixed to premises	4 x 106 Bq	No limit
An electrodeposited source	6 x 108 Bq Ni-63 or 2 x 108 Bq Fe-55	6 x 1011 Bq
A luminised article	8 x 107 Bq Pm-147 or 4 x 109 Bq H-3	4 x 1010 Bq Pm-147 or 2 x 1011 Bq H-3
A Ba-137m eluting source	4 x 104 Bq Cs-137+	4 x 105 Bq Cs-137+
A substance or article which is or contains magnesium alloy or thoriated tungsten in which the thorium concentration does not exceed 4% by mass	No limit	No limit
A uranium or thorium compound	Up to a total of 5kg of uranium and thorium	Up to a total of 5kg of uranium and thorium
A substance or article (other than a sealed source) which is intended for use for, used for, or arises from medical or veterinary diagnosis or treatment or clinical or veterinary trials	1 x 109 Bq Tc-99m	1 x 109 Bq Tc-99m
	and	and
	[F58 2 x 108 Bq of all other radionuclides, (no more than 1 x 108 Bq of which is contained in radioactive material)]	2 x 108 Bq of all other radionuclides, (no more than 1 x 108 Bq of which is contained in radioactive material)

Textual Amendments

F58 Words in Sch. 23 Pt. 6 para. 25 Table 4 substituted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 32

[F59 Table 4A E+W

25A.— (1) The Table 4A referred to in Sections 2, 5 and 6 of this Part is—

Table 4A

NORM waste concentrations and maximum disposal quantities

Radionuclide	Type 1 NORM concentration (Bq/g)	Type 1 NORM total activity for landfill (GBq/year)	Type 1 NORM total activity for incineration (MBq/year)	Type 2 NORM concentration (Bq/g)
U-238sec	5	50	100	10
U238+	5	50	100	10
U-234	5	50	100	10
Th-230	5	50	100	10
Ra-226+	5	50	100	10
Pb-210+	100	1000	100	200
Po-210	100	1000	100	200
U-235sec	5	50	100	10
U-235+	5	50	100	10
Pa-231	5	50	100	10
Ac-227+	5	50	100	10
Th-232sec	5	50	100	10
Th-232	5	50	100	10
Ra-228+	5	50	100	10
Th-228+	5	50	100	10

(2) The summation rule in respect of columns 2 and 5 of Table 4A is the sum of the quotients A/B where—

(a) “A” means the concentration of each radionuclide listed in column 1 of Table 4A that is present in the substance or article; and

(b) “B” means the concentration of that radionuclide specified in column 2 or 5 (as appropriate) of Table 4A.

(3) The summation rule in respect of columns 3 and 4 of Table 4A is the sum of the quotients C/D where—

(a) “C” means the quantity of each radionuclide listed in column 1 of Table 4A that is present in the substance or article; and

(b) “D” means the quantity of that radionuclide specified in column 3 or 4 (as appropriate) of Table 4A.]

Textual Amendments

F59 Sch. 23 Pt. 6 para. 25A inserted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 33

Table 5 E+W

26.—(1) The Table 5 referred to in Sections 2 and 4 of this Part is—

Table 5

Radionuclides: values of quantities and concentrations

Radionuclides	Maximum quantity of radioactivity (Bq) on any premises	Maximum concentration (Bq/g)
H-3	109	106
Be-7	107	103
C-14	107	104
O-15	109	102
F-18	106	10
Na-22	106	10
Na-24	105	10
Si-31	106	103
P-32	105	103
P-33	108	105
S-35	108	105
Cl-36	106	104
Cl-38	105	10
Ar-37	108	106
Ar-41	109	102
K-42	106	102
K-43	106	10
Ca-45	107	104
Ca-47	106	10
Sc-46	106	10
Sc-47	106	102
Sc-48	105	10
V-48	105	10
Cr-51	107	103
Mn-51	105	10
Mn-52	105	10
Mn-52m	105	10
Mn-53	109	104
Mn-54	106	10
Mn-56	105	10
Fe-52	106	10
Fe-55	106	104
Fe-59	106	10
Co-55	106	10
Co-56	105	10
Co-57	106	102
Co-58	106	10
Co-58m	107	104
Co-60	105	10
Co-60m	106	103
Co-61	106	102
Co-62m	105	10
Ni-59	108	104
Ni-63	108	105
Ni-65	106	10
Cu-64	106	102
Zn-65	106	10
Zn-69	106	104
Zn-69m	106	102
Ga-72	105	10
Ge-71	108	104
As-73	107	103
As-74	106	10
As-76	105	102
As-77	106	103
Se-75	106	102
Br-82	106	10
Kr-74	109	102
Kr-76	109	102
Kr-77	109	102
Kr-79	105	103
Kr-81	107	104
Kr-83m	1012	105
Kr-85	104	105
Kr-85m	1010	103
Kr-87	109	102
Kr-88	109	102
Rb-86	105	102
Sr-85	106	102
Sr-85m	107	102
Sr-87m	106	102
Sr-89	106	103
Sr-90+	104	102
Sr-91	105	10
Sr-92	106	10
Y-90	105	103
Y-91	106	103
Y-91m	106	102
Y-92	105	102
Y-93	105	102
Zr-93+	107	103
Zr-95	106	10
Zr-97+	105	10
Nb-93m	107	104
Nb-94	106	10
Nb-95	106	10
Nb-97	106	10
Nb-98	105	10
Mo-90	106	10
Mo-93	108	103
Mo-99	106	102
Mo-101	106	10
Tc-96	106	10
Tc-96m	107	103
Tc-97	108	103
Tc-97m	107	103
Tc-99	107	104
Tc-99m	107	102
Ru-97	107	102
Ru-103	106	102
Ru-105	106	10
Ru-106+	105	102
Rh-103m	108	104
Rh-105	107	102
Pd-103	108	103
Pd-109	106	103
Ag-105	106	102
Ag-108m+	106	10
Ag-110m	106	10
Ag-111	106	103
Cd-109	106	104
Cd-115	106	102
Cd-115m	106	103
In-111	106	102
In-113m	106	102
In-114m	106	102
In-115m	106	102
Sn-113	107	103
Sn-125	105	102
Sb-122	104	102
Sb-124	106	10
Sb-125	106	102
Te-123m	107	102
Te-125m	107	103
Te-127	106	103
Te-127m	107	103
Te-129	106	102
Te-129m	106	103
Te-131	105	102
Te-131m	106	10
Te-132	107	102
Te-133	105	10
Te-133m	105	10
Te-134	106	10
I-123	107	102
I-125	106	103
I-126	106	102
I-129	105	102
I-130	106	10
I-131	106	102
I-132	105	10
I-133	106	10
I-134	105	10
I-135	106	10
Xe-131m	104	104
Xe-133	104	103
Xe-135	1010	103
Cs-129	105	102
Cs-131	106	103
Cs-132	105	10
Cs-134m	105	103
Cs-134	104	10
Cs-135	107	104
Cs-136	105	10
Cs-137+	104	10
Cs-138	104	10
Ba-131	106	102
Ba-140+	105	10
La-140	105	10
Ce-139	106	102
Ce-141	107	102
Ce-143	106	102
Ce-144+	105	102
Pr-142	105	102
Pr-143	106	104
Nd-147	106	102
Nd-149	106	102
Pm-147	107	104
Pm-149	106	103
Sm-151	108	104
Sm-153	106	102
Eu-152	106	10
Eu-152m	106	102
Eu-154	106	10
Eu-155	107	102
Gd-153	107	102
Gd-159	106	103
Tb-160	106	10
Dy-165	106	103
Dy-166	106	103
Ho-166	105	103
Er-169	107	104
Er-171	106	102
Tm-170	106	103
Tm-171	108	104
Yb-175	107	103
Lu-177	107	103
Hf-181	106	10
Ta-182	104	10
W-181	107	103
W-185	107	104
W-187	106	102
Re-186	106	103
Re-188	105	102
Os-185	106	10
Os-191	107	102
Os-191m	107	103
Os-193	106	102
Ir-190	106	10
Ir-192	104	10
Ir-194	105	102
Pt-191	106	102
Pt-193m	107	103
Pt-197	106	103
Pt-197m	106	102
Au-198	106	102
Au-199	106	102
Hg-197	107	102
Hg-197m	106	102
Hg-203	105	102
Tl-200	106	10
Tl-201	106	102
Tl-202	106	102
Tl-204	104	104
Pb-203	106	102
Pb-210+	104	10
Pb-212+	105	10
Bi-206	105	10
Bi-207	106	10
Bi-210	106	103
Bi-212+	105	10
Po-203	106	10
Po-205	106	10
Po-207	106	10
Po-210	104	10
At-211	107	103
Rn-220+	107	104
Rn-222+	108	10
Ra-223+	105	102
Ra-224+	105	10
Ra-225	105	102
Ra-226+	104	10
Ra-227	106	102
Ra-228+	105	10
Ac-228	106	10
Th-226+	107	103
Th-227	104	10
Th-228+	104	1
Th-229+	103	1
Th-230	104	1
Th-231	107	103
Th-232 sec	103	1
Th-234+	105	103
Pa-230	106	10
Pa-231	103	1
Pa-233	107	102
U-230+	105	10
U-231	107	102
U-232+	103	1
U-233	104	10
U-234	104	10
U-235+	104	10
U-236	104	10
U-237	106	102
U-238+	104	10
U-238 sec	103	1
U-239	106	102
U-240	107	103
U-240+	106	10
Np-237+	103	1
Np-239	107	102
Np-240	106	10
Pu-234	107	102
Pu-235	107	102
Pu-236	104	10
Pu-237	107	103
Pu-238	104	1
Pu-239	104	1
Pu-240	103	1
Pu-241	105	102
Pu-242	104	1
Pu-243	107	103
Pu-244	104	1
Am-241	104	1
Am-242	106	103
Am-242m+	104	1
Am-243+	103	1
Cm-242	105	102
Cm-243	104	1
Cm-244	104	10
Cm-245	103	1
Cm-246	103	1
Cm-247	104	1
Cm-248	103	1
Bk-249	106	103
Cf-246	106	103
Cf-248	104	10
Cf-249	103	1
Cf-250	104	10
Cf-251	103	1
Cf-252	104	10
Cf-253	105	102
Cf-254	103	1
Es-253	105	102
Es-254	104	10
Es-254m	106	102
Fm-254	107	104
Fm-255	106	103
Any other radionuclide that is:	103, or the quantity given in respect of that radionuclide in the [F60 Public Health England] publication ‘Exempt Concentrations and Quantities for Radionuclides not Included in the European Basic Safety Standards Directive’M85 .	1, or the concentration given in respect of that radionuclide in the publication referenced in column 2.
(a) not of natural terrestrial or cosmic origin, or
(b) listed in Table 2 in this Schedule.

(2) The summation rule in respect of column 2 of Table 5 is the sum of the quotients A/B where—

(a) “A” means the quantity of each radionuclide listed in column 1 of Table 5 that is present in the material and waste, and

(b) “B” means the quantity of that radionuclide specified in column 2 of Table 5.

(3) The summation rule in respect of [F61 column 3] of Table 5 is the sum of the quotients C/D where—

(a) “C” means the concentration of each radionuclide listed in column 1 of Table 5 that is present in the material and waste, and

(b) “D” means the concentration of that radionuclide specified in column 3 of Table 5.

Textual Amendments

F60 Words in Sch. 23 Pt. 6 para. 26(1) Table 5 substituted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 34(a)

F61 Words in Sch. 23 Pt. 6 para. 26(3) substituted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 34(b)

Marginal Citations

M85 Published by the National Radiological Protection Board, Chilton, Oxfordshire, 1999, NRPB-R306 (ISBN 978-0-85951-429-3). A copy may be obtained from the CRCE Directors' Office, Centre for Chemical, Radiation and Environmental Hazards, Public Health England, Chilton, Didcot, OX11 0RQ.

Table 6 E+W

27.  The Table 6 referred to in Sections 5 and 7 of this Part is—

Table 6

Radioactive waste: values of quantities and concentrations

Radioactive waste	Maximum concentration of radionuclides	Maximum quantity of radioactivity to be disposed of in the period stated
Solid radioactive waste, with no single item > 4 x 104 Bq	4 x 105 Bq for the sum of all radionuclides per 0.1m3	2 x 108 Bq/year
Solid radioactive waste containing tritium and C-14 only, with no single item > 4 x 105 Bq	4 x 106 Bq of tritium and C-14 per 0.1m3	2 x 109 Bq/year
Individual sealed sources	2 x 105 Bq for the sum of all radionuclides per 0.1m3	1 x 107 Bq/year
Individual sealed sources which are solely radioactive waste because they contain tritium	2 x 1010 Bq of tritium per 0.1m3	1 x 1013 Bq/year
Luminised articles with no single item containing > 8 x 107 Bq of Pm-147 or > 4 x 109 of tritium	8 x 107 Bq per 0.1m3 of Pm-147	2 x 109 Bq/year of Pm-147
	or 4 x 109 Bq per 0.1m3 for tritium	or 1 x 1011 Bq/year of tritium
Solid radioactive waste which consists of magnesium alloy, thoriated tungsten or dross from hardener alloy in which the thorium concentration does not exceed 4% by mass	No limit	No limit
Solid uranium or thorium compound	No limit	0.5kg of uranium or thorium per week
Aqueous liquid uranium or thorium compound	No limit	0.5kg of uranium or thorium per year
Aqueous liquid human excreta	No limit	1 x 1010 Bq/year of Tc-99m
		and
		5 x 109 Bq/year for the sum of all other radionuclides

Table 7 E+W

28.—(1) The Table 7 referred to in Section 7 of this Part is—

Table 7

Aqueous radioactive waste values

Radionuclide	Concentration in Bq/ litre	Maximum annual quantity of radionuclides to a relevant sewer (Bq/ year)	Maximum annual quantity of radionuclides directly into a relevant river or the sea (Bq/ year)
H-3	103	1010	1010
Be-7	1	107	107
C-14	0.1	106	106
F-18	0.1	106	106
Na-22	1	106	107
Na-24	1	107	107
Si-31	10	108	108
P-32	0.001	104	104
P-33	0.001	104	104
S-35	10	3 x 107	108
Cl-36	10	107	108
Cl-38	0.1	106	106
K-42	0.01	105	105
K-43	0.01	105	105
Ca-45	1	107	107
Ca-47	0.1	106	106
Sc-46	0.001	104	104
Sc-47	0.01	105	105
Sc-48	0.001	104	104
V-48	1	107	107
Cr-51	10	108	108
Mn-51	0.001	104	104
Mn-52	0.001	104	104
Mn-52m	0.001	104	104
Mn-53	1	107	107
Mn-54	0.01	105	105
Mn-56	0.001	104	104
Fe-52	0.01	105	105
Fe-55	1	107	107
Fe-59	0.01	105	105
Co-55	0.001	104	104
Co-56	0.001	104	104
Co-57	0.1	106	106
Co-58	0.1	106	106
Co-58m	1	107	107
Co-60	0.01	105	105
Co-60m	1	107	107
Co-61	0.1	106	106
Co-62m	0.001	104	104
Ni-59	1	107	107
Ni-63	102	109	109
Ni-65	0.01	105	105
Cu-64	0.1	106	106
Zn-65	0.1	3 x 105	106
Zn-69	10	108	108
Zn-69m	0.1	106	106
Ga-67	0.1	106	106
Ga-72	0.001	104	104
Ge-71	1	107	107
As-73	10	108	108
As-74	1	107	107
As-76	1	107	107
As-77	1	107	107
Se-75	0.1	3 x 105	106
Br-82	0.1	106	106
Rb-86	0.1	106	106
Sr-85	0.1	106	106
Sr-85m	0.1	106	106
Sr-87m	0.1	106	106
Sr-89	1	107	107
Sr-90+	0.1	3 x 105	106
Sr-91	0.01	105	105
Sr-92	0.01	105	105
Y-90	1	107	107
Y-91	1	107	107
Y-91m	0.01	105	105
Y-92	0.1	106	106
Y-93	0.1	106	106
Zr-93	10	108	108
Zr-95+	0.001	104	104
Zr-97	0.01	105	105
Nb-93m	10	108	108
Nb-94	0.1	106	106
Nb-95	1	107	107
Nb-97	1	107	107
Nb-98	0.1	106	106
Mo-90	0.1	106	106
Mo-93	1	107	107
Mo-99	0.1	106	106
Mo-101	0.01	105	105
Tc-96	1	107	107
Tc-96m	102	109	109
Tc-97	102	109	109
Tc-97m	10	108	108
Tc-99	10	107	108
Tc-99m	10	3 x 107	108
Ru-97	0.01	105	105
Ru-103	0.01	105	105
Ru-105	0.01	105	105
Ru-106+	0.1	106	106
Rh-103m	10	108	108
Rh-105	1	107	107
Pd-103	0.1	106	106
Pd-109	0.1	106	106
Ag-105	1	107	107
Ag-108m	0.1	106	106
Ag-110m	0.1	106	106
Ag-111	10	108	108
Cd-109	1	107	107
Cd-115	0.1	106	106
Cd-115m	1	107	107
In-111	0.01	105	105
In-113m	0.01	105	105
In-114m	0.01	105	105
In-115m	0.01	105	105
Sn-113	0.1	106	106
Sn-125	0.01	105	105
Sb-122	0.1	106	106
Sb-124	0.1	106	106
Sb-125	1	107	107
Te-123m	1	107	107
Te-125m	1	107	107
Te-127	10	108	108
Te-127m	1	107	107
Te-129	10	108	108
Te-129m	1	107	107
Te-131	1	107	107
Te-131m	1	107	107
Te-132	0.1	106	106
Te-133	1	107	107
Te-133m	1	107	107
Te-134	1	107	107
I-123	1	107	107
I-125	1	107	107
I-126	0.1	106	106
I-129	0.1	106	106
I-130	0.1	106	106
I-131	0.1	106	106
I-132	0.1	106	106
I-133	0.1	106	106
I-134	0.1	106	106
I-135	0.1	106	106
Cs-129	0.01	105	105
Cs-131	0.1	106	106
Cs-132	0.01	105	105
Cs-134	0.01	105	105
Cs-134m	0.1	106	106
Cs-135	0.1	106	106
Cs-136	0.001	104	104
Cs-137+	0.01	105	105
Cs-138	0.001	104	104
Ba-131	0.1	106	106
Ba-140	0.1	106	106
La-140	0.001	104	104
Ce-139	0.1	106	106
Ce-141	0.1	106	106
Ce-143	0.01	105	105
Ce-144	0.1	106	106
Pr-142	0.1	106	106
Pr-143	10	108	108
Nd-147	0.01	105	105
Nd-149	0.01	105	105
Pm-147	10	108	108
Pm-149	1	107	107
Sm-151	102	109	109
Sm-153	0.1	106	106
Eu-152	0.01	105	105
Eu-152m	0.01	105	105
Eu-154	0.01	105	105
Eu-155	0.1	106	106
Gd-153	0.1	106	106
Gd-159	0.1	106	106
Tb-160	0.01	105	105
Dy-165	0.1	106	106
Dy-166	0.1	106	106
Ho-166	0.1	106	106
Er-169	10	108	108
Er-171	0.01	105	105
Tm-170	1	107	107
Tm-171	10	108	108
Yb-175	0.1	106	106
Lu-177	0.1	106	106
Hf-181	0.01	105	105
Ta-182	0.001	104	104
W-181	0.1	106	106
W-185	1	107	107
W-187	0.01	105	105
Re-186	1	107	107
Re-188	1	107	107
Os-185	0.01	105	105
Os-191	0.1	106	106
Os-191m	1	107	107
Os-193	0.1	106	106
Ir-190	0.001	104	104
Ir-192	0.01	105	105
Ir-194	0.1	106	106
Pt-191	0.01	105	105
Pt-193m	1	107	107
Pt-197	0.1	106	106
Pt-197m	0.1	106	106
Au-198	1	107	107
Au-199	1	107	107
Hg-197	1	107	107
Hg-197m	0.1	106	106
Hg-203	0.1	106	106
Tl-200	0.01	105	105
Tl-201	0.1	106	106
Tl-202	0.01	105	105
Tl-204	0.1	106	106
Pb-203	0.01	105	105
Pb-210	0.001	104	104
Pb-212	0.1	106	106
Bi-206	0.01	105	105
Bi-207	0.1	106	106
Bi-210	10	108	108
Bi-212	1	107	107
Po-203	0.001	104	104
Po-205	0.001	104	104
Po-207	0.001	104	104
Po-210	0.001	104	104
At-211	1	107	107
Ra-223	0.01	105	105
Ra-224+	0.01	105	105
Ra-225	0.01	105	105
Ra-226+	0.01	105	105
Ra-227	1	107	107
Ra-228	0.01	105	105
Ac-227	0.1	106	106
Ac-228	0.001	104	104
Th-226	0.1	106	106
Th-227	0.01	105	105
Th-228	1	107	107
Th-229	0.01	105	105
Th-230	1	107	107
Th-231	0.1	106	106
Th-232	1	106	107
Th-234	0.1	106	106
Pa-230	0.01	105	105
Pa-231	0.01	105	105
Pa-233	0.1	106	106
U-230	0.1	106	106
U-231	10	108	108
U-232	0.1	106	106
U-233	0.1	106	106
U-234	0.1	106	106
U-235+	0.1	106	106
U-236	0.1	106	106
U-237	10	108	108
U-238+	0.1	106	106
U-239	10	108	108
U-240	10	108	108
Np-237	0.1	106	106
Np-239	1	107	107
Np-240	0.1	106	106
Pu-234	0.01	105	105
Pu-235	0.01	105	105
Pu-236	1	107	107
Pu-237	0.1	106	106
Pu-238	0.1	106	106
Pu-239	0.1	106	106
Pu-240	0.1	106	106
Pu-241	10	108	108
Pu-242	0.1	106	106
Pu-243	0.1	106	106
Pu-244	0.1	106	106
Am-241	0.1	106	106
Am-242	0.1	106	106
Am-242m	0.1	106	106
Am-243	0.1	106	106
Cm-242	1	107	107
Cm-243	0.1	106	106
Cm-244	0.1	106	106
Cm-245	0.01	105	105
Cm-246	0.1	106	106
Cm-247	0.01	105	105
Cm-248	0.1	106	106
Bk-249	102	109	109
Cf-246	1	107	107
Cf-248	1	107	107
Cf-249	0.01	105	105
Cf-250	0.1	106	106
Cf-251	0.01	105	105
Cf-252	0.1	106	106
Cf-253	10	108	108
Cf-254	0.0001	103	103
Es-253	1	107	107
Es-254	0.1	106	106
Es-254m	0.01	105	105
Fm-254	1	107	107
Fm-255	0.1	106	106
Any other radionuclide that is not of natural terrestrial or cosmic origin	0.0001	103	103
	or that concentration which gives rise to a dose to a member of the public of 10 microsieverts per year calculated in accordance with the methodology used to calculate other concentrations in this table M86 .	or that quantity which corresponds to 3,000m3 of aqueous radioactive waste up to the appropriate concentration as calculated in accordance with column 2.	or that quantity which corresponds to 10,000m3 of aqueous radioactive waste up to the appropriate concentration as calculated in accordance with column 2.

(2) The summation rule in respect of column 2 of Table 7 is the sum of the quotients A/B where—

(a) “A” means the concentration in Bq/ litre of each radionuclide listed in column 1 of Table 7 that is present in aqueous waste which is not described in a row in column 1 of Table 6, and

(b) “B” means the concentration of that radionuclide specified in column 2 of Table 7.

(3) The summation rule in respect of column 3 of Table 7 is the sum of the quotients C/D where—

(a) “C” means the quantity in Bq of each radionuclide listed in column 1 of Table 7 that is present in the aqueous waste which is not described in a row in column 1 of Table 6 which is disposed of in the year, and

(b) “D” means the quantity of that radionuclide specified in column 3 of Table 7.

(4) The summation rule in respect of column 4 of Table 7 is the sum of the quotients C/E where—

(a) “C” means the quantity in Bq of each radionuclide listed in column 1 of Table 7 that is present in the aqueous waste which is not described in a row in column 1 of Table 6 which is disposed of in the year, and

(b) “E” means the quantity of that radionuclide specified in column 4 of Table 7.

Marginal Citations

M86 The concentrations in this table were calculated using methods adopted by the Health Protection Agency in their document HPA-CRCE-005 - Derivation of Liquid Exclusion or Exemption Levels to Support the RSA93 Exemption Order Review, published in Chilton, Oxfordshire in August 2010 (ISBN 0-978-85951-673-0).

Interpretation of this Section E+W

29.  In this Section, where any radionuclide carries the suffix “+” or “sec”—

(a) that radionuclide represents the parent radionuclide in secular equilibrium with the corresponding daughter radionuclides which are identified in column 2 of Table 8 adjacent to that parent radionuclide, and

(b) a concentration or activity value given in respect of such a parent radionuclide is the value for the parent radionuclide alone, but already takes into account the daughter radionuclides in column 2 that are present.

Table 8 E+W

30.  The Table 8 referred to in paragraph 29 is—

Table 8

Radionuclides in secular equilibrium

Parent radionuclide	Daughter radionuclides
Sr-90+	Y-90
Zr-93+	Nb-93m
Zr-95+	Nb-95
Zr-97+	Nb-97
Ru-106+	Rh-106
Ag-108m+	Ag-108
Cs-137+	Ba-137m
Ba-140+	La-140
Ce-144+	Pr-144
Pb-210+	Bi-210, Po-210
Pb-212+	Bi-212, Tl-208, Po-212
Bi-212+	Tl-208, Po-212
Rn-220+	Po-216
Rn-222+	Po-218, Pb-214, Bi-214, Po-214
Ra-223+	Rn-219, Po-215, Pb-211, Bi-211, Tl-207
Ra-224+	Where Ra-224+ is referred to in Table 5: Rn-220, Po-216, Pb-212, Bi-212, Tl-208, Po-212
	Where Ra-224+ is referred to in Table 7: Pb-212
Ra-226+	Where Ra-226+ is referred to in [F62 Table 4A and] Table 5: Rn-222, Po-218, Pb-214, Bi-214, [F63 Po-214, Pb-210, Bi-210, Po-210]
	Where Ra-226+ is referred to in Table 7: Rn-222, Po-218, Pb-214, Bi-214, Po-214
Ra-228+	Ac-228
Th-226+	Ra-222, Rn-218, Po-214
Th-228+	Ra-224, Rn-220, Po-216, Pb-212, Bi-212, Po-212, Tl-208
Th-229+	Ra-225, Ac-225, Fr-221, At-217, Bi-213, Po-213, Pb-209
Th-232 sec	Ra-228, Ac-228, Th-228, Ra-224, Rn-220, Po-216, Pb-212, Bi-212, Po-212, Tl-208
Th-234+	Pa-234m
U-230+	Th-226, Ra-222, Rn-218, Po-214
U-232+	Th-228, Ra-224, Rn-220, Po-216, Pb-212, Bi-212, Tl-208, Po-212
U-235+	Th-231
U-238+	Th-234, Pa-234m, Pa-234
U-238 sec	Th-234, Pa-234m, U-234, Th-230, Ra-226, Rn-222, Po-218, Pb-214, Bi-214[F64 , Po-214, Pb-210, Bi-210, Po-210]
U-240+	Np-240
Np-237+	Pa-233
Am-242m+	Am-242
Am-243+	Np-239

Textual Amendments

F62 Words in Sch. 23 Pt. 6 para. 30 Table 8 inserted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 35(a)(i)

F63 Words in Sch. 23 Pt. 6 para. 30 Table 8 substituted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 35(a)(ii)

F64 Words in Sch. 23 Pt. 6 para. 30 Table 8 substituted (2.5.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/428), reg. 1, Sch. para. 35(b)

PART 7 E+W Radioactivity to be disregarded

Application E+W

1.—(1) For the purposes of the matters referred to in sub-paragraph (2), no account is to be taken of any radioactivity possessed by a substance or article or by a part of any premises.

(2) The matters are—

(a) the operation of a provision to which this Part applies,

(b) the exercise of a power conferred by, or for the enforcement of, a provision to which this Part applies, and

(c) the performance of a duty imposed by, or for the enforcement of, a provision to which this Part applies.

(3) This Part applies to a provision—

(a) specified in paragraph 2,

(b) contained in an instrument made under a provision so specified,

(c) which has effect by virtue of a provision so specified, or

(d) which extends or applies a provision so specified.

(4) This Part also applies to a provision of a local enactment (whenever passed or made and however expressed) insofar as it—

(a) prohibits or restricts—

(i) the disposal or accumulation of waste,

(ii) the disposal or accumulation of a substance which is or causes a nuisance, or

(iii) a disposal or accumulation which causes pollution, or

(b) confers a power, or imposes a duty, on a public authority or an officer of a public authority to take action to prevent, restrict or abate a disposal or accumulation of a description given in paragraph (a).

(5) In sub-paragraph (4)—

(a) a reference to “disposal” in relation to a provision to which this Part applies, means—

(i) the discharge or deposit of a substance, or

(ii) the allowing of a substance to escape or to enter a stream or other place,

as may be mentioned in that provision, and

(b) “local enactment” means—

(i) a local or private Act,

(ii) an order confirmed by Parliament or brought into operation in accordance with special parliamentary procedure, or

(iii) an order confirmed by the National Assembly for Wales or brought into operation in accordance with special procedure in the Assembly.

Provisions of enactments E+W

2.—(1) The provisions referred to in paragraph 1(3) are those listed in Table 9 below.

(2) References to provisions of the 1991 Act have effect subject to the power conferred by section 98 of that Act M87 .

Table 9

Statutory provisions in respect of which radioactivity is to be disregarded

Act	Provisions
Public Health Act 1936	Sections 48, 79, 81, 82, 141, 259 and 261 M88 .
Water Act 1945	Section 18 M89 so far as it continues to have effect by virtue of Schedule 2 to the Water Consolidation (Consequential Provisions) Act 1991 M90 or by virtue of provisions of the Control of Pollution Act 1974 M91 not having been brought into force.
Salmon and Freshwater Fisheries Act 1975	Section 4 M92 .
Building Act 1984	Section 59 M93 .
The Planning (Hazardous Substances) Act 1990 M94	The whole Act.
The 1990 Act	Part 3 M95 (subject to regulation 47(3) of the Waste (England and Wales) Regulations 2011 M96 ).
Water Industry Act 1991	Sections 72, 111 and 113(6) M97 .
	In Part 4, Chapter 3 M98 .
	In Schedule 8, paragraphs 2 to 4 M99 so far as they re-enact provisions of sections 43 and 44 of the Control of Pollution Act 1974 M100 .
The 1991 Act	Sections 82, 84, 92, 93, 161-161D, 190, 202 and 203 M101 .
	In Schedule 25, paragraph 6 M102 .
Clean Air Act 1993 M103	Section 16.
Marine and Coastal Access Act 2009 M104	Section 155.

Marginal Citations

M87 Section 98 was amended by S.I. 2010/675.

M88 1936 c. 49; section 48 was amended by paragraph 2(1) of Schedule 1 and Part 1 of Schedule 3 to the Water Consolidation (Consequential Provisions) Act 1991 (c. 60). Section 79 is prospectively repealed by paragraph 7 of Schedule 3, and Schedule 4, to the Control of Pollution Act 1974 (c. 40) as from a day to be appointed. Section 82 was amended by paragraph 18(2) of Part 1 of Schedule 11 to the London Government Act 1963 (c. 33). Section 141 was amended by paragraph 4(2) of Schedule 15 to the 1990 Act. Section 259 was amended by Schedule 4 to the Control of Pollution Act 1974 and paragraph 4(3) of Schedule 15 to the 1990 Act.

M89 1945 c. 42; section 18 is prospectively repealed by Schedule 4 to the Control of Pollution Act 1974 as from a day to be appointed.

M90 1991 c. 60; Schedule 2 was amended by paragraph 29(3) of Part 2 of Schedule 7 to the Water Act 2003 (c. 37).

M91 1974 c. 40.

M92 1975 c. 51; section 4 was amended by section 233 (2)(a) of, and Part 5(B) of Schedule 22 to, the Marine and Coastal Access Act 2009 (c. 23), and by S.I. 2013/755 (W. 90).

M93 1984 c. 55; section 59 was amended by Part 1 of Schedule 6 to the Airports Act 1986 (c. 31), section 5(b) of, and the Schedule to, the Sustainable and Secure Buildings Act 2004 (c. 22) and by S.I. 2001/3335, 4050, 2002/440 and 2011/2491. It is prospectively amended by paragraph 26(3) of Schedule 3 to the Flood and Water Management Act 2010 (c. 29) from a date to be appointed.

M94 1990 c. 10.

M95 Part 3 was amended by Part 1 of Schedule 16 to the 1990 Act, paragraph 4 of Schedule 4, and Schedule 6, to the Clean Air Act 1993 (c. 11), sections 2 to 5 and 10 of the Noise and Statutory Nuisance Act 1993 (c. 40), paragraph 17(5) of Schedule 9 to the Local Government (Wales) Act 1994, paragraph 27 of Schedule 3 to the Vehicle Excise and Registration Act 1994 (c. 22), paragraph 89(2) and (3) of Schedule 22, and Schedule 24, to the 1995 Act, paragraphs 3 and 6 of Schedule 2 to the Pollution Prevention and Control Act 1999 (c. 24), and sections 86, 101, 102 and 103 of the Clean Neighbourhoods and Environment Act 2005 (c. 16), and by S.I. 2000/1973 and 2015/664. It is prospectively amended by Schedule 3 to the Pollution Prevention and Control Act 1999 from a date to be appointed.

M96 S.I. 2011/988, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations.

M97 1991 c. 56; section 72 was amended by paragraph 21 of Schedule 8 to the Water Act 2003 and paragraph 69 of Schedule 7 to the Water Act 2014 (c. 21). Section 111 was amended by paragraph 39(2) of Schedule 7 to the Water Act 2003.

M98 Chapter 3 of Part 4 was amended by paragraph 89(a) of Schedule 13 to the Merchant Shipping Act 1995 (c. 21), paragraphs 105 to 113 of Schedule 22, and Schedule 24, to the 1995 Act, section 36(2) of the Water Act 2003, and paragraph 1(2) of Part 1 of Schedule 11 to the Constitutional Reform Act 2005 (c. 4), and by S.I. 2000/1973, 2007/3538, 2010/675, 2011/1043 and 2013/755 (W. 90). It is prospectively amended by Schedule 3 to the Pollution Prevention and Control Act 1999, by sections 88(1), (3) and (4) and 89 of, and Part 3 of Schedule 9 to, the Water Act 2003, and by section 66(2) of the Environment (Wales) Act 2016 (anaw. 3) from a date to be appointed.

M99 Paragraph 2 of Schedule 8 is prospectively amended by paragraph 123 of Schedule 7 to the Water Act 2014 from a date to be appointed. Paragraphs 3 and 4 were amended by section 36(2) of the Water Act 2003.

M100 Section 43 was repealed by Part 1 of Schedule 3 to the Water Consolidation (Consequential Provisions) Act 1991. Section 44 was repealed by Part 1 of Schedule 27 to the Water Act 1989 (c. 15) and Part 1 of Schedule 3 to the Water Consolidation (Consequential Provisions) Act 1991.

M101 Section 84 was amended by S.I. 2010/675 and 2013/755(W. 90). Section 92 was amended by paragraph 144 of Schedule 22 to the 1995 Act, and by S.I. 2010/675 and 2013/755 (W. 90). Section 93 was amended by S.I. 2009/3104 and 2013/755 (W. 90). Section 161 was substituted, together with sections 161ZA-161ZC, 161A, 161AA, 161AB, by S.I. 2009/3104. Sections 161, 161ZA, 161ZB, 161A and 161AA were amended by S.I. 2013/755 (W. 90). Sections 161ZC and 161AB were amended by S.I. 2010/675 and 2013/755 (W. 90). Sections 161B to 161D were inserted by paragraph 162 of Schedule 22 to the 1995 Act. Section 161B was amended by S.I. 2007/3538 and 2013/755 (W. 90). Sections 161D was amended by S.I. 2013/755 (W. 90) and 2015/664. Section 190 was amended by paragraph 169 of Schedule 22, and Schedule 24, to the 1995 Act, and by S.I. 2010/675 and 2013/755 (W. 90). Section 202 was amended by paragraph 172 of Schedule 22, and Schedule 24, to the 1995 Act. Section 203 was amended by paragraph 128 of Schedule 22 to the 1995 Act, paragraph 53(2) of Schedule 8 to the Water Act 2003, and paragraph 125 of Schedule 7 to the Water Act 2014, and by S.I 2007/3538.

M102 Paragraph 6 of Schedule 25 was amended by paragraph 26 of Schedule 15 to the 1995 Act, section 224 of, and paragraph 24 of Schedule 16, and Part 5(B) of Schedule 22, to, the Marine and Coastal Access Act 2009, and by S.I. 2013/755 (W. 90).

M103 1993 c. 11.

M104 2009 c. 23.

Regulation 35(1)

SCHEDULE 24 E+W Efficiency in heating and cooling energy: Energy Efficiency Directive

Interpretation E+W

1.—(1) In this Schedule—

“cogeneration” means the simultaneous generation in one process of thermal energy and electrical or mechanical energy;

“connection distance” means—

(a)

in the case of a hot water link, the thermal capacity in kilowatts of the source or demand, whichever is smaller, multiplied by 0.0038, or

(b)

in the case of a steam heat link, the thermal capacity in kilowatts of the source or demand, whichever is smaller, multiplied by 0.0012,

expressed in kilometres;

“cost-benefit analysis” means a cost-benefit analysis in accordance with Part 2 to Annex IX to the Energy Efficiency Directive;

“economically justified demand” means demand that does not exceed the needs for heating or cooling and which would otherwise be satisfied at market conditions by energy generation processes other than cogeneration;

“high-efficiency cogeneration” means cogeneration meeting the criteria laid down in Annex II to the Energy Efficiency Directive;

“installation” means—

(a)

a stationary technical unit where one or more activities listed in Part 2 of Schedule 1 are carried on, F65 ...

(b)

a small waste incineration plant[F66 ; or

(c)

a medium combustion plant];

“relevant installation” means an installation carrying on—

(a)

an activity described in Part A(1) of Section 1.1 of Part 2 of Schedule 1,

(b)

an activity described in Part A(1) of Section 5.1 of Part 2 of Schedule 1,

(c)

an activity described in paragraph (a) of Part B of Section 1.1 of Part 2 of Schedule 1, F67 ...

(d)

a small waste incineration plant operation[F68 ; or

(e)

a medium combustion plant operation];

“substantially refurbished” means, subject to sub-paragraph (2)(e), a refurbishment the cost of which exceeds 50% of the investment cost for a new comparable energy plant.

(2) For the purposes of this Schedule—

(a) the definition of “offshore platform” in paragraph 3 of Part A(1) of Section 1.1 of Part 2 of Schedule 1 also includes any structure where the principal purpose of the use of the structure is the establishment of the existence of petroleum or the appraisal of its characteristics, quality or quantity or the extent of any reservoir in which it occurs,

(b) the definition of “petroleum” in paragraph 4 of Part A(1) of Section 1.1 of Part 2 of Schedule 1 also includes coal or bituminous shales or other stratified deposits from which oil can be extracted by destructive distillation,

(c) a reference to an installation means an installation which has a net rated thermal input exceeding 20 megawatts,

(d) where two or more small waste incineration plants falling within Schedule 13 with an aggregate net thermal input exceeding 20 megawatts are operated on the same site by the same operator, those small waste incineration plants must be treated as a single installation with a rated thermal input exceeding 20 megawatts, and

(e) refurbishment does not include the fitting of equipment to carry out the activity described in Part A(1) of Section 6.10 of Part 2 of Schedule 1.

Textual Amendments

F65 Word in Sch. 24 para. 1(1) omitted (30.1.2018) by virtue of The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/110), regs. 1, 15(a)(i)

F66 Words in Sch. 24 para. 1(1) inserted (30.1.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/110), regs. 1, 15(a)(ii)

F67 Word in Sch. 24 para. 1(1) omitted (30.1.2018) by virtue of The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/110), regs. 1, 15(b)(i)

F68 Words in Sch. 24 para. 1(1) inserted (30.1.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/110), regs. 1, 15(b)(ii)

Electricity generating installations E+W

2.—(1) An application for the grant of an environmental permit under regulation 13(1) for a relevant installation which generates electricity must contain a cost-benefit analysis which assesses the cost and benefits of providing for the operation of the installation as a high-efficiency cogeneration installation.

(2) The regulator must exercise its relevant functions to ensure that an application for a variation of an environmental permit under regulation 20(1) is made before the energy plant of a relevant installation which generates electricity is substantially refurbished.

(3) The regulator must ensure that an application for a variation of an environmental permit required by sub-paragraph (2) contains (in addition to the information required by paragraph 2(1)(b) of Schedule 5) a cost-benefit analysis which assesses the cost and benefits of converting the relevant installation to high-efficiency cogeneration.

(4) The requirement for a cost-benefit analysis in sub-paragraph (1) or (3) does not apply to peak load and back-up electricity generating relevant installations for which the application for the grant or a variation of an environmental permit states that operation under 1,500 operating hours per year as a rolling average over a period of 5 years is planned.

(5) In the case of a relevant installation to which sub-paragraph (4) applies, the regulator must ensure that, if an environmental permit is granted or varied, it includes conditions ensuring that the operating hours for the installation remain within that constraint.

Installations generating waste heat E+W

3.—(1) An application for the grant of an environmental permit under regulation 13(1) for an installation generating waste heat at a useful temperature level, other than a relevant installation falling within paragraph 2(1), must contain a cost-benefit analysis.

(2) The regulator must exercise its relevant functions to ensure that an application for a variation of an environmental permit under regulation 20(1) is made before the energy plant of an installation generating waste heat at a useful temperature level, other than a relevant installation falling within paragraph 2(2), is substantially refurbished.

(3) The regulator must ensure that an application for a variation of an environmental permit under sub-paragraph (2) contains (in addition to the information required by paragraph 2(1)(b) of Schedule 5) a cost-benefit analysis.

(4) The cost-benefit analysis required by sub-paragraphs (1) and (3) must include an assessment of the cost and benefits of—

(a) utilising the waste heat to satisfy economically justified demand, including through cogeneration, and

(b) the connection of that installation to a district heating and cooling network.

Heating and cooling networks E+W

4.—(1) An application for the grant of an environmental permit under regulation 13(1) for a relevant installation which forms part of a new district heating and cooling network or existing district heating or cooling network, must contain a cost-benefit analysis.

(2) The regulator must exercise its relevant functions to ensure that an application for a variation of an environmental permit under regulation 20(1) is made before the energy plant of a relevant installation which forms part of a district heating and cooling network is substantially refurbished.

(3) An application for the variation of an environmental permit required by sub-paragraph (2) must contain (in addition to the information required by paragraph 2(1)(b) of Schedule 5) a cost-benefit analysis.

(4) The cost-benefit analysis required by sub-paragraphs (1) and (3) must include an assessment of the cost and benefits of utilising the waste heat from nearby installations.

Thresholds E+W

5.  Paragraphs 3 and 4 do not apply to an installation, except an installation which forms part of a district cooling network, with any of the following—

(a) available waste heat of 100 kilowatts or less;

(b) available waste heat—

(i) greater than 100 kilowatts as hot water or steam, where there is no hot water heat demand greater than 100 kilowatts within the search radius from the installation as set out in the table below, and located within the connection distance from the centre of the installation, or

(ii) greater than 500 kilowatts as steam where there is no steam-based heat demand greater than 500 kilowatts and no hot water heat demand greater than 100 kilowatts within the search radius from the centre of the source installation as set out in the table below, and located within the connection distance from the centre of the source installation;

(c) a heat demand of—

(i) 100 kilowatts or less for a hot water heat demand, or

(ii) 500 kilowatts or less for a steam-based heat demand;

(d) a hot water heat demand greater than 100 kilowatts, with no source of available waste heat greater than 100 kilowatts within the search radius from the centre of the demand installation as set out in the table below, and located within the connection distance from the centre of the demand installation;

(e) a steam-based heat demand greater than 500 kilowatts, with no source of steam-based waste heat greater than 500 kilowatts within the search radius from the centre of the installation as set out in the table below, and located within the connection distance from the centre of the demand installation.

Search radius

Installation type	Thermal capacity of heat source/demand	Search radius (kilometres), measured from the centre of the installation
Hot water demand	>100 kilowatts and <3.9 megawatts	0.0038 x H, where H = thermal capacity in kilowatts
	≥ 3.9 megawatts	15
Steam demand	>500 kilowatts and <12.5 megawatts	0.0012 x H, where H = thermal capacity in kilowatts
	≥ 12.5 megawatts	15
Waste heat source (hot water or steam)	>100 kilowatts and <3.9 megawatts	0.0038 x H, where H = thermal capacity in kilowatts
	≥ 3.9 megawatts	15

Determination of applications E+W

6.—(1) When considering an application for an environmental permit, or for a variation of an environmental permit, in accordance with this Schedule, the regulator must take into account—

(a) the outcome of the cost-benefit analysis carried out in accordance with this Schedule, and

(b) the outcome of any comprehensive assessment carried out in accordance with Article 14(1) of the Energy Efficiency Directive.

(2) Subject to sub-paragraph (4), where a cost-benefit analysis carried out in accordance with paragraphs 2(1), 2(3) and 3(4) shows that benefits exceed costs, the regulator must ensure that any environmental permit that is granted or varied includes appropriate conditions that will ensure the operation of the installation in a manner shown by that analysis to be cost beneficial.

(3) Subject to sub-paragraph (4), where a cost-benefit analysis carried out in accordance with paragraph 4(4) shows that benefits exceed costs, the regulator must ensure that any environmental permit that is granted or varied contains appropriate conditions that will ensure the operation of the installation, in conjunction with the utilisation of the waste heat from nearby installations, in a manner shown by that analysis to be cost beneficial.

(4) Where the cost-benefit analysis carried out in accordance with paragraph 2(1), 2(3), 3(4) or 4(4) shows that benefits exceed costs, the requirement to impose appropriate conditions in accordance with sub-paragraphs (2) and (3) does not apply if, in individual cases, the regulator decides that there are imperative reasons of law, ownership or finance for them not to apply.

(5) The regulator must within 2 months of its decision under sub-paragraph (4) submit a reasoned notification of that decision to the appropriate authority.

(6) This Schedule does not apply to—

(a) installations that need to be located close to a geological storage site approved under Directive 2009/31/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council on the geological storage of carbon dioxide M105 ;

(b) any relevant installation within a nuclear site, within the meaning given in paragraph 1 of Part 2 of Schedule 23, and which is dedicated to the production of nuclear power;

(c) mobile plant.

(7) Nothing in this Schedule affects the application of the Industrial Emissions Directive to installations.

Marginal Citations

M105 OJ No L 140, 5.6.2009, p 114, as last amended by Directive 2011/92/EU (OJ No L 26, 28.1.2012, p 1).

Aggregation of rated thermal input – existing installations E+W

7.—(1) This paragraph applies to a Part B installation that is a regulated facility solely as a result of the aggregation of the net rated thermal input of two or more appliances in accordance with paragraph 2 of Part B of Section 1.1 of Part 2 of Schedule 1.

(2) A Part B installation that was in operation immediately prior to 21st March 2015 is taken to be an exempt facility for the purposes of regulation 8(2).

(3) Sub-paragraph (2) ceases to apply to a Part B installation (so that it is no longer taken to be an exempt facility) if, after 21st March 2015, the energy plant of the Part B installation is substantially refurbished.

Existing applications for the grant or variation of an environmental permit E+W

8.—(1) This Schedule does not apply to an existing application.

(2) In sub-paragraph (1), “existing application” mean a duly made application received by the regulator prior to 21st March 2015—

(a) for the grant of an environmental permit pursuant to regulation 13, or

(b) for the variation of an environmental permit pursuant to regulation 20(1).

Regulation 35(1)

SCHEDULE 25 E+W Flood risk activities and excluded flood risk activities

PART 1 E+W Flood risk activities

Application E+W

1.  This Schedule applies in relation to every flood risk activity.

Interpretation E+W

2.—(1) In this Schedule—

“application” has the meaning given in paragraph 1 of Schedule 5;

“drainage” has the meaning given in section 113(1) of the 1991 Act M106 and “drainage work” is to be construed accordingly;

“emergency” means an occurrence which presents a risk of—

(a)

serious flooding;

(b)

serious detrimental impact on drainage;

(c)

serious harm to the environment;

“flood defence structure” means any permanent works constructed, operated or maintained by the regulator for the purposes of managing flood risk;

“land” includes—

(a)

water;

(b)

land covered by water;

“main river” has the meaning given in section 113(1) of the 1991 Act M107 ;

“navigation authority” means any person who has a duty or power under any enactment to work, maintain, conserve, improve or control any canal or other inland navigation, navigable river, estuary, harbour or dock;

“non-tidal main river” means any part of a main river that is not a tidal main river;

“tidal main river” means that part of a main river downstream of the normal tidal limit;

“unauthorised flood risk activity” means a flood risk activity which is not authorised by an environmental permit but excluding any exempt or excluded flood risk activities;

“watercourse” has the meaning given in section 221 of the 1991 Act M108 , as read with section 113(1) of that Act.

(2) In this Schedule—

(a) except in the definition of “sea defence” in paragraph 3, “bank” means any bank, berm, wall or embankment that adjoins or confines any watercourse and includes the side of the bank that stretches down to the mean low-water mark (in the case of a watercourse in which tidal waters flow) or to the bed of the watercourse (in any other case);

(b) for the purposes of paragraph (a), in the case of a watercourse in which tidal waters flow, the bank includes any wall or embankment constructed or maintained by the regulator in the sea or an estuary for the purposes of or in connection with a river;

(c) any reference to a distance of 8 metres or 16 metres from a river is a reference to that distance as measured horizontally from the foot of the bank on the landward side of the river;

(d) any reference to a distance of 8 metres or 16 metres from any flood defence structure or culvert is a reference to that distance as measured from the foot of the flood defence structure or from the outside edge of the culvert, as the case may be.

Marginal Citations

M106 The definition of “drainage” was amended by section 100(1) of, and Schedule 24 to, the 1995 Act.

M107 The definition of “main river” was amended by section 59(3) of the Water Act 2014 (c. 21).

M108 The definition of “watercourse” was amended by paragraph 128 of Schedule 22 to the 1995 Act, section 59(4)(b) of the Water Act 2014, and by S.I. 2013/755 (W. 90).

Meaning of “flood risk activity” E+W

3.—(1) Subject to sub-paragraph (2), a “ flood risk activity” means—

(a) erecting any structure (whether temporary or permanent) in, over or under a main river;

(b) the carrying out of any work of alteration or repair on any structure (whether temporary or permanent) in, over or under a main river if the work is likely to affect the flow of water in the main river or to affect any drainage work;

(c) erecting or altering any structure (whether temporary or permanent) designed to contain or divert the floodwaters of any part of a main river;

(d) any dredging, raising or taking of any sand, silt, ballast, clay, gravel or other materials from or off the bed or banks of a main river (or causing such materials to be dredged, raised or taken), including hydrodynamic dredging and desilting;

(e) any activity which is likely to divert the direction of the flow of water into or out of a main river or alter the level of water in a main river;

(f) any activity within 8 metres of a non-tidal main river (or within 8 metres of any flood defence structure or culvert on that river) or any activity within 16 metres of a tidal main river (or within 16 metres of any flood defence structure or culvert on that river) which is likely to—

(i) cause damage to or endanger the stability of the banks of that river or of any culvert,

(ii) cause damage to any river control works,

(iii) alter, reconstruct, discontinue or remove any river control works,

(iv) divert or obstruct flood waters or affect the drainage of that river, or

(v) interfere with the regulator's access to or along that river;

(g) any activity (other than an allowed activity) on a flood plain that is—

(i) more than 8 metres from a non-tidal main river or more than 16 metres from a tidal main river, or

(ii) more than 8 metres from any flood defence structure or culvert on a non-tidal main river or more than 16 metres from any flood defence structure or culvert on a tidal main river,

which is likely to divert or obstruct floodwaters, to damage any river control works or to affect drainage;

(h) any activity within 16 metres of the base of a sea defence which is likely to—

(i) endanger the stability of, cause damage to or reduce the effectiveness of that sea defence, or

(ii) interfere with the regulator's access to or along that sea defence;

(i) any activity within 8 metres of the base of a remote defence which is likely to—

(i) endanger the stability of, cause damage to or reduce the effectiveness of that defence, or

(ii) interfere with the regulator's access to or along that defence;

(j) any quarrying or excavation within 16 metres of the base of a remote defence which is likely to cause damage to or endanger the stability of that defence;

(k) any quarrying or excavation within 16 metres of a main river or any flood defence structure or culvert on that river which is likely to cause damage to or endanger the stability of the banks of that river.

(2) The following paragraphs of sub-paragraph (1) are excluded from the definition of flood risk activity in respect of a statutory function to which this sub-paragraph applies—

(a) in respect of England, paragraphs (d) to (k);

(b) in respect of Wales, paragraphs (e) to (k).

(3) Sub-paragraph (2) applies to a statutory function—

(a) exercisable by a person carrying on an undertaking referred to in paragraph 1(4) of Schedule 22 to the 1991 Act, as read with sub-paragraphs (4A) and (5) of that paragraph M109 , or

(b) relating to the management of flood risk exercisable by a risk management authority within the meaning of section 6(13) of the Flood and Water Management Act 2010 M110 .

(4) In this paragraph—

“allowed activity” means—

(a)

any activity that has been granted planning permission by a local planning authority or the Secretary of State under the Town and Country Planning Act 1990 M111 , a certificate under section 191 of that Act or an established use certificate under section 192 of that Act, as originally enacted M112 , which continues to have effect for the purposes of subsection (4) of section 192, or

(b)

the construction of hay or straw stacks, clamps or manure (or similar) heaps, in accordance with accepted agricultural practice;

“conservancy authority” means any person who has a duty or power under any enactment to conserve, maintain or improve the navigation of a tidal water and is not a navigation or harbour authority;

“culvert” means a covered channel or pipe which prevents the obstruction of a main river or drainage path by an artificial construction;

“harbour authority” has the meaning given in section 313 of the Merchant Shipping Act 1995 M113 , other than a navigation authority;

“remote defence” means any berm, wall or embankment that is constructed for the purposes of preventing or alleviating flooding from, or in connection with, any main river, other than any berm, wall or embankment which is a bank within the meaning of paragraph 2(2);

“river control works” means any structure or appliance used for measuring or regulating—

(a)

the level of water in a main river,

(b)

the flow of water in, into or out of, a main river, or

(c)

the drawing of water from, or the delivering of water into, a main river,

and includes any sluices, flood gates, lashers, valves, paddles, penstocks, locks, weirs, dams, pumps, pumping machinery and pipes;

“sea defence” includes any bank, wall, embankment (and any berm, counterwall or cross-wall connected to any such bank, wall or embankment), barrier, tidal sluice and other defence, whether natural or artificial, against the inundation of land by sea water or tidal water, including natural or artificial high ground which forms part of or makes a contribution to the efficiency of the defences of the regulator's area against flooding, but excludes any sea defence works which are for the time being maintained by a coast protection authority under the provisions of the Coast Protection Act 1949 M114 or by any local authority or any navigation, harbour or conservancy authority.

Marginal Citations

M109 Paragraph 1 of Schedule 22 was amended by paragraph 43(1) of Schedule 9 to the Coal Industry Act 1994 (c. 21), paragraph 15 of Schedule 5 to the Transport Act 2000 (c. 38), paragraph 114(2) of Schedule 17 to the Communications Act 2003 (c. 21), paragraph 18 of Schedule 19 to the Energy Act 2004 (c. 20), paragraph 138 of Part 3 of Schedule 12 to the Postal Services Act 2011 (c. 5), and by S.I. 2001/1149 and 2013/755 (W. 90).

M110 2010 c.29; section 6(13) was amended by S.I. 2013/755 (W. 90).

M111 1990 c. 8.

M112 Sections 191 and 192 were substituted by section 10(1) of the Planning and Compensation Act 1991 (c. 34).

M113 1995 c. 21; the definition of “harbour authority” was substituted by paragraph 19(2)(a) of Schedule 6 to the Merchant Shipping and Maritime Security Act 1997 (c. 28).

M114 1949 c. 74.

Excluded flood risk activities E+W

4.  An “ excluded flood risk activity” means a flood risk activity that—

(a) falls within a description in Part 2 of this Schedule, and

(b) satisfies the conditions specified in Part 2 of this Schedule for an activity of that description.

Exercise of relevant functions E+W

5.  The regulator must exercise its relevant functions for the purposes of achieving the following objectives—

(a) managing flood risk;

(b) managing impacts on land drainage;

(c) environmental protection.

Conditions for operation and maintenance of structures and works E+W

6.  Without prejudice to its powers to grant an application subject to such conditions as it sees fit, the regulator may grant an application subject to such conditions relating to—

(a) the operation and maintenance of such structure or works as the regulator considers to be necessary—

(i) to manage impacts on land drainage,

(ii) to manage flood risk, or

(iii) to secure environmental protection;

(b) access by the regulator to any structure, works or watercourse, including access to any surrounding land where this is necessary to access the structure, works or watercourse.

Emergency works notice E+W

7.—(1) In an emergency, the regulator may serve an emergency works notice on the operator, owner or occupier of the premises or any other person responsible for a flood risk activity (“A”).

(2) An emergency works notice may be served whether or not the activity is an excluded or an exempt flood risk activity.

(3) An emergency works notice may require A—

(a) to remove any specified structure in accordance with requirements set out in the notice;

(b) to modify any specified structure in accordance with requirements set out in the notice;

(c) to carry on the activity in accordance with requirements set out in the notice;

(d) to remedy the environmental effects caused by the activity in accordance with requirements set out in the notice;

(e) not to carry on the activity without an environmental permit, unless the activity is an excluded or exempt activity.

(4) An emergency works notice must—

(a) specify the period within which A must comply with the notice requirements;

(b) set out the rights of appeal that A has under regulation 31(1)(f).

(5) In sub-paragraph (3)(d), “environmental effects” means—

(a) flooding or risk of flooding;

(b) harm to the environment or risk of harm to the environment;

(c) detrimental impact on drainage or risk of detrimental impact on drainage.

Remediation notice E+W

8.—(1) Where the regulator considers that an unauthorised flood risk activity is being or has been carried on, it may serve a remediation notice on the operator, owner or occupier of the premises or any other person responsible for the unauthorised flood risk activity (“A”).

(2) The remediation notice must—

(a) state the regulator's view under sub-paragraph (1);

(b) specify the steps that must be taken by A;

(c) specify the period within which those steps must be taken;

(d) set out the rights of appeal that A has under regulation 31(1)(f).

(3) Steps that may be specified in the remediation notice include steps—

(a) to cease carrying on the activity;

(b) to carry on the activity in a particular manner;

(c) to remove or reduce flood risk;

(d) to remedy detrimental impact on drainage;

(e) to remedy harm to the environment;

(f) to restore the main river to its previous condition or a condition otherwise specified in the notice.

(4) Where—

(a) the regulator has served a notice on A, but A does not comply with the remediation notice within the time specified in the notice, or

(b) the regulator determines that it is not possible or practical to serve a remediation notice on A,

the regulator may serve a remediation notice on any other person who appears to the regulator to have the necessary authority to take the steps specified in the notice.

(5) Where a notice is served under sub-paragraph (4), sub-paragraphs (2) and (3) apply as if the references in those sub-paragraphs to “A” are references to the person on whom a notice under sub-paragraph (4) is served.

Regulator's power to take steps to remove and remedy etc. E+W

9.—(1) Subject to paragraph 10(4) and (5), the regulator may take steps to—

(a) remove, alter or pull down any works carried out pursuant to an unauthorised flood risk activity;

(b) remedy the effects caused by an unauthorised flood risk activity.

(2) Before taking any steps under sub-paragraph (1) the regulator must serve a notice of intent on the person responsible for the unauthorised flood risk activity (“A”).

(3) The requirement to serve a notice of intent under sub-paragraph (2) does not apply where the regulator—

(a) is required to act in an emergency, or

(b) cannot determine who is the person responsible for the unauthorised flood risk activity.

(4) A notice of intent must—

(a) specify the steps the regulator intends to take;

(b) specify the date on which the regulator intends to take those steps;

(c) set out the rights of appeal that A has under regulation 31(1)(f).

(5) Where the regulator determines that it is not possible or practical to serve a notice of intent on A, the regulator may serve the notice on any other person who it appears to the regulator may be affected.

(6) Where a notice is served under sub-paragraph (5), sub-paragraph (4)(c) applies as if the reference in that sub-paragraph to “A” is a reference to the person on whom a notice under sub-paragraph (5) is served.

(7) The regulator may recover from A, or a person served with a notice under sub-paragraph (5), the costs of any steps taken by the regulator under sub-paragraph (1).

Protected undertakings, railways and bridges E+W

10.—(1) For the purposes of this paragraph, “ protected undertaking” means the undertakings referred to in paragraph 1(4) of Schedule 22 to the 1991 Act, as read with sub-paragraphs (4A) and (5) of that paragraph.

(2) The regulator must not exercise its functions under these Regulations in relation to any flood risk activity in a manner that prejudices the exercise of any statutory power, authority or jurisdiction by a person carrying on a protected undertaking.

(3) Sub-paragraph (2) does not have the effect of exempting any person carrying on a protected undertaking from the requirement to hold an environmental permit.

(4) The regulator must obtain the consent of the person carrying on a protected undertaking where—

(a) the regulator is proposing to take steps under paragraph 9(1) that will directly or indirectly interfere with works or property (or with the use of works or property) vested in, or under the control of, a person carrying on that undertaking, and

(b) that interference will adversely affect those works, that property (or with the use of those works or that property) or the carrying on of that undertaking.

(5) Sub-paragraph (4) does not apply where the regulator is required to act in an emergency but, in such a case, the regulator must notify the person carrying on the protected undertaking as soon as possible of any steps that have been taken under paragraph 9(1).

(6) Without prejudice to the preceding provisions of this paragraph, nothing in these Regulations that relates to a flood risk activity authorises any person, except with the consent of the railway company in question, to interfere with—

(a) any railway bridge or any other work connected with a railway, or

(b) the structure, use or maintenance of a railway or the traffic on it.

(7) Where consent is required under sub-paragraph (4) or (6), the consent may be subject to reasonable conditions but must not be unreasonably withheld.

(8) There must be a referral to the arbitration of a single arbitrator, to be appointed by agreement between the parties to the dispute or, in default of agreement, by the President of the Institution of Civil Engineers M115 , of any dispute as to whether—

(a) anything done or proposed to be done interferes or will interfere as mentioned in sub-paragraphs (4) and (6);

(b) any consent for the purposes of this paragraph is being unreasonably withheld;

(c) any condition subject to which any such consent has been given is reasonable.

(9) Nothing in this Schedule affects any enactment requiring the consent of any government department, Minister or Welsh Minister for the erection of a bridge, or any powers exercisable by any government department, Minister or Welsh Minister in relation to a bridge.

Marginal Citations

M115 Registered charity number 210252.

PART 2 E+W Excluded flood risk activities

SECTION 1 E+W Introductory

1.—(1) The descriptions in this Part are set out in paragraphs 2 to 13, in their respective first sub-paragraphs. E+W

(2) The specific conditions relating to each description in this Part are set out in paragraphs 2 to 13, in their respective second sub-paragraphs.

(3) The general condition for the descriptions in paragraphs 3 to 13 of this Part is that the activity is not carried out in, or (where the activity is carried out in Wales) within 100 metres of, a water body in Wales that is part of a main river classified as of high morphological status by the NRBW in accordance with the relevant directions.

(4) For the purposes of paragraphs 3 and 4, “licensable marine activity” and “marine licence” have the same meaning as in Part 4 of the Marine and Coastal Access Act 2009 M116 .

(5) For the purposes of this Part, “relevant directions” means the Water Framework Directive (Standards and Classification) Directions (England and Wales) 2015 M117 .

Marginal Citations

M116 2009 c. 23; Part 4 was amended by section 76(2) of the Energy Act 2016 (c. 20) and by S.I. 2011/405, 1043, 1210, 2015/374, 664 and 2016/738. It is prospectively amended by sections 76 to 80 of the Environment (Wales) Act 2016 (anaw. 3) from a date to be appointed.

M117 These Directions were made on 9th September 2015 in exercise of powers in section 40(2) of the 1995 Act and are available at http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2015/1623/pdfs/uksiod_20151623_en.pdf. A copy may be obtained from the Flood Risk Management Team, the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs, Area 3C, Nobel House, 17 Smith Square, London SW1P 3JR.

SECTION 2 E+W Descriptions and conditions

Emergency activity E+W

2.—(1) Any activity carried on in an emergency.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) the activity is not a pre-planned emergency activity, and

(b) the person carrying on the activity provides the regulator with notice in writing as soon as practicable of the carrying on of the activity and the circumstances in which it was carried on.

(3) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2)(a), a “pre-planned emergency activity” means any activity which has been planned in response to an emergency before it occurs.

(4) The power of the regulator to serve a remediation notice under paragraph 8 of Part 1 of this Schedule applies where an activity has been carried on in reliance on this exclusion as if that activity were an unauthorised activity.

A licensable marine activity in England E+W

3.—(1) A licensable marine activity in England.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are that—

(a) an application for a marine licence has been made in respect of that activity,

(b) the Agency has received notice that the application has been made,

(c) in view of the terms and conditions that will be included in the marine licence, the Agency considers that an environmental permit is not necessary, and

(d) a notice to that effect has been issued by the Agency to the applicant.

A licensable marine activity in Wales E+W

4.—(1) A licensable marine activity in Wales.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific condition is that an application for a marine licence has been made in respect of that activity.

Ladders and scaffold towers E+W

5.—(1) The erection and use of ladders and scaffold towers (“equipment”).

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are—

(a) the suitability of river conditions is reviewed by the operator each working day,

(b) the equipment is erected on each working day on which it is required, and

(c) the equipment is removed at the end of each working day and is stored outside the river and its banks.

Service crossings within an existing structure E+W

6.—(1) The construction and use of service crossings within an existing structure.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are—

(a) the crossing is entirely within the original profile of the existing structure,

(b) the regulator has not sent a notification to the landowner that the structure has been identified for removal or modification in order to achieve the measures set out in the relevant River Basin Management Plan, within the meaning of Article 13 of the Water Framework Directive, that are designed to move a water body to good status pursuant to Article 4 of that Directive,

(c) equipment associated with the works is not stored on the bed or banks of the main river, and

(d) no works are carried out from the main river or from the banks of the main river.

Flood protection devices attached to buildings E+W

7.—(1) The attachment of a flood protection device directly to a building in order to protect the interior of that building.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific condition is that the flood protection provided by the device extends only to the building to which the device is fitted.

Minor works on or affecting bridges and culverts E+W

8.—(1) The carrying out of minor works on or affecting bridges and culverts for highways and public rights of way (“minor works”).

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are—

(a) the minor works do not affect, or have the potential to affect, the bed, banks, water level, normal flow or flood flow in the main river,

(b) equipment associated with the minor works is not stored on the bed or banks of the main river, and

(c) no works are carried out from the main river or from the banks of the main river.

Fencing E+W

9.—(1) The erection of fencing.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are—

(a) the fencing is not located on the bed or banks of the main river, and

(b) the fencing is constructed of—

(i) post and rail,

(ii) post and wire mesh of at least 100 mm spacing, or

(iii) post and wire strands.

Fish traps E+W

10.—(1) The temporary use of fish traps.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are—

(a) the trap has dimensions of no greater than 2 metres x 1 metre x 0.75 metre,

(b) any trap, or combination of traps, placed in the main river is less than one third of the width of the channel,

(c) the trap is not used when the main river is in a condition of high flow, and

(d) the trap is located more than 50 metres upstream or downstream from any dam or other obstruction.

Notice boards E+W

11.—(1) Erection of notice boards.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are—

(a) the board is attached to existing fencing or freestanding, permanent posts,

(b) the board is more than 2 metres from any culvert, remote defence or flood defence structure on the main river and from any sea defence, and

(c) the board is more than 2 metres from the landward side of the bank.

Purpose-built sediment traps E+W

12.—(1) Clearance of purpose-built sediment traps.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are—

(a) only sand and silt is cleared from the trap,

(b) the works do not result in sand or silt being transmitted downstream, and

(c) where the sand and silt from the clearance is spread on the floodplain, it is spread to a depth of no more than 100mm and no closer than 8 metres from the landward side of either bank.

Site investigation boreholes and trial pits E+W

13.—(1) Site investigation boreholes and trial pits within a flood plain.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph, the specific conditions are—

(a) the works are more than 5 metres from any culvert, remote defence or flood defence structure on the main river and from any sea defence,

(b) the works are more than 8 metres from the banks of a non-tidal main river,

(c) the works are more than 16 metres from the banks of a tidal main river, and

(d) the works are completed, including refilling of the borehole or pit, within 48 hours.

Regulation 35(1)

[F69 SCHEDULE 25A E+W Medium Combustion Plants: Medium Combustion Plant Directive

Textual Amendments

F69 Schs. 25A, 25B inserted (30.1.2018) by The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/110), regs. 1, 16

PART 1 E+W General

Application E+W

1.   This Schedule applies—

(a) in relation to every new medium combustion plant from 20th December 2018,

(b) in relation to every existing medium combustion plant from the date specified in regulation 12(1A)(b) or (c), as appropriate.

Interpretation E+W

2.— (1) In this Schedule—

“existing medium combustion plant” means a medium combustion plant—

(a)

put into operation before 20th December 2018, or

(b)

for which an environmental permit was granted before 19th December 2017, provided that the plant is put into operation no later than 20th December 2018;

“the MCPD” means the Medium Combustion Plant Directive;

“medium combustion plant” means a combustion plant with a rated thermal input equal to or greater than 1 megawatt but less than 50 megawatts, and any combination of combustion plants referred to in article 2(2) or article 4 of the MCPD, provided that—

(a)

it does not fall within Article 2(3) or (4) of the MCPD,

(b)

it is not installed on an offshore platform situated on, above or below those parts of the sea adjacent to England and Wales from the low water mark to the seaward baseline of the United Kingdom territorial sea,

(c)

it is not installed on a gas storage or unloading platform as defined in regulation 2 of the Offshore Combustion Installations (Pollution Prevention and Control) Regulations 2013;

“new medium combustion plant” means a medium combustion plant which is not an existing medium combustion plant.

(2) In sub-paragraph (1), “offshore platform” means any fixed or floating structure which—

(a) is used for the purposes of or in connection with the production of petroleum, and

(b) in the case of a floating structure, is maintained on a station during the course of production,

but does not include any structure where the principal purpose of the use of the structure is the establishment of the existence of petroleum or the appraisal of its characteristics, quality or quantity or the extent of any reservoir in which it occurs.

(3) In sub-paragraph (2), “petroleum” includes any mineral oil or relative hydrocarbon and natural gas existing in its natural condition in strata but does not include coal or bituminous shales or other stratified deposits from which oil can be extracted by destructive distillation.

(4) When interpreting the MCPD for the purposes of this Schedule—

(a) an expression that is defined in Part 1 of these Regulations has the meaning given in that Part;

(b) “permit” means environmental permit;

(c) the competent authority is the regulator;

(d) “general binding rule” means a standard rule published under regulation 26.

Applications for the grant of an environmental permit E+W

3.— (1) The regulator must ensure that every application for the grant of an environmental permit—

(a) includes the information specified in Annex I to the MCPD;

(b) specifies which (if any) of paragraphs 7 to 11 of this Schedule is considered relevant to the application.

(2) Subject to sub-paragraph (3), the regulator must start the procedure for determining an application for the grant of an environmental permit within one month of the operator providing the information referred to in paragraph (1) and must inform the operator of the start of the procedure.

(3) Sub-paragraph (2) applies only when the operator has submitted a duly made application.

Exercise of relevant function E+W

4.— (1) The regulator must exercise its relevant functions so as to ensure compliance with the following provisions of the MCPD—

(a) Article 4;

(b) Article 5(1) and (2);

(c) Article 5(6);

(d) Article 6(1);

(e) Article 6(2);

(f) Article 6(7);

(g) Article 6(13);

(h) Article 7 (except Article 7(8));

(i) Article 8(2) and (3);

(j) Article 9.

(2) In exercising its relevant functions, the regulator must ensure that there is no persistent emission of dark smoke, where “dark smoke” has the meaning given in section 3(1) of the Clean Air Act 1993.

(3) In exercising its relevant functions so as to ensure compliance with Article 6(1), (2), (7) or (13) of the MCPD, the regulator must ensure that environmental permits include emission limit values set in accordance with the provisions of Part 2 of this Schedule.

PART 2 E+W Emission Limit Values

Interpretation of this Part E+W

5.   In this Part—

“Ambient Air Quality Directive” means Directive 2008/50/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council on ambient air quality and cleaner air for Europe;

“Annex I” means Annex I of the MCPD;

“Annex II” means Annex II of the MCPD;

“biomass”, “dust”, “emission limit value”, “micro isolated system”, “nitrogen oxides”, “operating hours”, “small isolated system” and “zone” have the respective meanings given in article 3 of the MCPD;

any reference to emissions expressed in mg/Nm³ is to those emissions defined in accordance with the first paragraph of Annex II.

Emission limit values E+W

6.— (1) Sub-paragraphs (2) to (4) apply, subject to paragraphs 7 to 11.

(2) From 20th December 2018, emission limit values applicable to a new medium combustion plant, for emissions into the air of sulphur dioxide, nitrogen oxides and dust, are the corresponding emission limit values set out in Part 2 of Annex II (but with the modification that footnote (3) in Table 2 of that Part is to be read as if for “may be” there were substituted “are”).

(3) From 1st January 2025, emission limit values applicable to an existing medium combustion plant with a rated thermal input greater than 5 megawatts, for emissions into the air of sulphur dioxide, nitrogen oxides and dust, are the corresponding emission limit values set out in Tables 2 and 3 of Part 1 of Annex II.

(4) From 1st January 2030, emission limit values applicable to an existing medium combustion plant with a rated thermal input of less than or equal to 5 megawatts, for emissions into the air of sulphur dioxide, nitrogen oxides and dust, are the corresponding emission limit values set out in Tables 1 and 3 of Part 1 of Annex II.

Limited operating hours – existing medium combustion plants E+W

7.— (1) An existing medium combustion plant which operates for no more than 500 operating hours per year, as a rolling average over a period of five years, is not required to comply with the emission limit values set out in Tables 1, 2, and 3 of Part 1 of Annex II, provided that the operator has signed a declaration in accordance with paragraph 7 of Annex I.

(2) An existing medium combustion plant is not required to comply with the emission limit values set out in Tables 1, 2, and 3 of Part 1 of Annex II where it operates for no more than 1,000 operating hours per year, as a rolling average over a period of five years to—

(a) provide backup power production in islands connected to an electricity transmission system or distribution system, in the event of an interruption of the main power supply to an island; or

(b) produce heat in cases of exceptionally cold weather events,

provided that the operator has signed a declaration in accordance with paragraph 7 of Annex I.

(3) Subject to sub-paragraph (4), where an existing medium combustion plant firing solid fuels falls within sub-paragraph (1) or sub-paragraph (2), an emission limit value for dust of 200mg/Nm³ applies.

(4) In the case of an existing medium combustion plant falling within sub-paragraph (2)(b), the emission limit value for dust in sub-paragraph (3) only applies during any period which has been notified by the appropriate authority to the regulator as an exceptionally cold weather event.

(5) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (2)(a), “transmission system” and “distribution system” have the meanings given in section 4(4) of the Electricity Act 1989.

Limited operating hours - new medium combustion plants E+W

8.— (1) A new medium combustion plant which operates for no more than 500 operating hours per year, as a rolling average over a period of three years, is not required to comply with the emission limit values set out in Part 2 of Annex II, provided that the operator has signed a declaration in accordance with paragraph 7 of Annex I.

(2) Where a new medium combustion plant firing solid fuels falls within sub-paragraph (1), an emission limit value for dust of 100mg/Nm³ applies.

Small and micro isolated systems – existing medium combustion plants E+W

9.   Existing medium combustion plants which are part of a small isolated system or a micro isolated system are only required to comply with the emission limit values set out in Tables 1, 2 and 3 of Part 1 of Annex II from 1st January 2030.

Plant at gas compressor stations – existing medium combustion plants E+W

10.   An existing medium combustion plant—

(a) with a rated thermal input greater than 5 megawatts; and

(b) which is used to drive gas compressor stations required to ensure the safety and security of a national gas transmission system,

is only required to comply with the emission limit values for nitrogen oxides set out in Table 3 of Part 1 of Annex II from 1st January 2030.

Temporary derogations – existing and new medium combustion plants E+W

11.— (1) This sub-paragraph applies in relation to a medium combustion plant which normally uses low sulphur fuel, where the operator is unable to comply with the relevant emission limit values for sulphur dioxide in paragraph 6 because of an interruption in the supply of low-sulphur fuel resulting from a serious shortage.

(2) Where sub-paragraph (1) applies, the regulator may grant a derogation from the obligation to comply with those emission limit values for such period, up to a maximum of six months, as the operator satisfies the regulator is justified under the circumstances.

(3) This sub-paragraph applies in relation to a medium combustion plant using only gaseous fuel where—

(a) the plant has to resort exceptionally to the use of other fuels because of an interruption in the supply of gas; and

(b) as a result of using those other fuels, the plant would need to be equipped with secondary abatement equipment in order to comply with the relevant emission limit values for sulphur dioxide, nitrogen oxides and dust in paragraph 6.

(4) Where sub-paragraph (3) applies, the regulator may grant a derogation from the obligation to comply with the relevant emission limit values in paragraph 6—

(a) for a maximum of 10 days; or

(b) for such longer period as the operator satisfies the regulator is justified under the circumstances.

(5) Where the regulator grants a derogation under sub-paragraph (2) or (4), the regulator must inform the appropriate authority immediately.

Regulation 35(1)

SCHEDULE 25B E+W Specified generators

Application E+W

1.   This Schedule applies in relation to every specified generator from the permitting date.

Interpretation – specified generators E+W

2.— (1) In this Schedule—

“generator” means any combustion plant which is used for the purpose of generating electricity, but does not include any generator that is mobile unless it is connected to—

(a)

an electricity transmission system or distribution system, or

(b)

other apparatus, equipment or appliances at a site, and is performing a function that could be performed by a generator that is not mobile;

“specified generator” means—

(a)

a generator, other than an excluded generator, with a rated thermal input—

(i)

more than or equal to 1 megawatt and less than 50 megawatts, or

(ii)

in the case of a generator used to meet a capacity agreement or an agreement to provide balancing services, less than 50 megawatts;

(b)

where two or more generators falling with paragraph (a)(i) or (ii) are operated—

(i)

on the same site,

(ii)

by the same operator, and

(iii)

for the same purpose,

those generators together, provided that the rated thermal input of those generators together is less than 50 megawatts; or

(c)

where two or more generators, other than excluded generators—

(i)

are operated as set out in paragraph (b)(i) to (iii), and

(ii)

together have a rated thermal input more than or equal to 1 megawatt and less than 50 megawatts, even if one or more of the generators has a rated thermal input of less than 1 megawatt,

those generators together.

(2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)—

“excluded generator” means—

(a)

generators subject to the provisions of Chapter II or Chapter III of the Industrial Emissions Directive,

(b)

generators operating with a defined nuclear safety role under a nuclear site licence issued by the Office for Nuclear Regulation,

(c)

back-up generators operated for the purpose of testing for no more than 50 hours per year,

(d)

generators installed on an offshore platform situated on, above or below those parts of the sea adjacent to England and Wales from the low water mark to the seaward baseline of the United Kingdom territorial sea,

(e)

generators installed on a gas storage or unloading platform as defined in regulation 2 of the Offshore Combustion Installations (Pollution Prevention and Control) Regulations 2013;

“mobile”, in relation to a generator, means designed to move or be moved whether on roads or other land.

(3) In sub-paragraph (2), “offshore platform” means any fixed or floating structure which—

(a) is used for the purposes of or in connection with the production of petroleum, and

(b) in the case of a floating structure, is maintained on a station during the course of production,

but does not include any structure where the principal purpose of the use of the structure is the establishment of the existence of petroleum or the appraisal of its characteristics, quality or quantity or the extent of any reservoir in which it occurs.

(4) In sub-paragraph (3), “petroleum” includes any mineral oil or relative hydrocarbon and natural gas existing in its natural condition in strata but does not include coal or bituminous shales or other stratified deposits from which oil can be extracted by destructive distillation.

Interpretation – relevant dates and permitting dates E+W

3.— (1) The “relevant date” in relation to a generator means—

(a) 1st January 2019, in the case of a Tranche B generator;

(b) 1st October 2019, in the case of a Tranche A generator with a rated thermal input greater than 5 megawatts which—

(i) has an emission of nitrogen oxides of equal to or greater than 500mg/Nm³, and

(ii) operates for more than 50 hours per year;

(c) 1st January 2025, in the case of a Tranche A generator with a rated thermal input greater than 5 megawatts which—

(i) has an emission of nitrogen oxides of less than 500mg/Nm³, or

(ii) operates for less than or equal to 50 hours per year;

(d) 1st January 2030, in the case of a Tranche A generator with a rated thermal input equal to or less than 5 megawatts.

(2) The “permitting date”—

(a) in relation to a specified generator falling within paragraph 2(1)(a), is the relevant date in relation to that specified generator;

(b) in relation to a specified generator falling within paragraph 2(1)(b) or (c), is the earliest of the relevant dates in relation to the generators comprising that specified generator.

(3) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (1)—

“Tranche A generator” means a generator—

(a)

with a rated thermal input equal to or greater than 1 megawatt and less than 50 megawatts—

(i)

which came into operation before 1st December 2016,

(ii)

which is the subject of a capacity agreement arising from the 2014 or 2015 capacity auctions (whether or not the generator came into operation before 1st December 2016), or

(iii)

for which a Feed-in Tariff preliminary accreditation application was received by the Gas and Electricity Markets Authority before 1st December 2016;

(b)

with a rated thermal input of less than 1 megawatt—

(i)

which is the subject of a capacity agreement arising from the 2014, 2015 or 2016 capacity auctions (whether or not the generator came into operation before 1st December 2016),

(ii)

for which a Feed-in Tariff preliminary accreditation application was received by the Gas and Electricity Markets Authority before 1st December 2017; or

(iii)

which is the subject of an agreement to provide balancing services entered into before 31st October 2017,

provided that a generator ceases to be a Tranche A generator if it is the subject of a capacity agreement, or an agreement for provision of balancing services, where that agreement is entered into after 31st October 2017 and remains in force after 31st December 2018;

“Tranche B generator” means any generator which is not a Tranche A generator or an excluded generator (and includes a specified generator which has ceased to be a Tranche A generator).

(4) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (1), in the case of a generator which is comprised in a specified generator falling within paragraph 2(1)(b) or (c), the generator is deemed to have the total rated thermal input of all the generators comprised in the specified generator.

Interpretation - general E+W

4.   In this Schedule—

“back-up generator” means a generator operated for the sole purpose of maintaining power supply at a site during an on-site emergency;

“balancing services” means any services procured by the transmission system operator in order to balance demand and supply, and to ensure the security and quality of electricity supply, across the national transmission system for Great Britain;

“capacity agreement” has the meaning given in regulation 30 of the Electricity Capacity Regulations 2014;

“capacity auction” means an auction under Part 4 of the Electricity Capacity Regulations 2014;

“distribution system” has the meaning given in section 4(4) of the Electricity Act 1989;

“emission limit value” means the maximum permissible quantity of a substance contained in the waste gases from a generator which may be discharged into the air during a given period;

“Feed-in Tariff preliminary accreditation application” means an application for preliminary accreditation made under Part 3 of the Feed-in Tariffs Order 2012;

“nitrogen oxides” means nitric oxide and nitrogen dioxide;

“nuclear site licence” has the meaning given in section 1 of the Nuclear Installations Act 1965;

“transmission system” has the meaning given in section 4(4) of the Electricity Act 1989;

“transmission system operator” means the person operating the national transmission system for Great Britain;

any reference to emissions expressed in mg/Nm³ is to those emissions defined in accordance with the first paragraph of Annex II of the Medium Combustion Plant Directive.

Environmental permit conditions: general E+W

5.— (1) Subject to paragraph 6, the regulator must exercise its relevant functions in relation to specified generators so as to ensure that they are operated, from the permitting date, in such a way that—

(a) there is compliance with an emission limit value for nitrogen oxides of 190mg/Nm³;

(b) where secondary abatement is required to ensure compliance with the requirement in paragraph (a), the emission limit value for nitrogen oxides is met—

(i) in the case of a Tranche A generator or a Tranche B generator which was, but has ceased to be, a Tranche A generator, within 20 minutes of the specified generator commencing operation, or

(ii) in the case of any other Tranche B generator, within 10 minutes of the specified generator commencing operation,

and in every case emissions must be monitored at least every three years;

(c) there is no persistent emission of dark smoke, where “dark smoke” has the meaning given in section 3(1) of the Clean Air Act 1993.

(2) Where compliance with air quality aspects of an environmental quality standard requires stricter conditions for the operation of a specified generator, or a generator comprised in a specified generator falling within paragraph 2(1)(b) or (c), from the permitting date the regulator must include additional or stricter measures in the permit to comply with those standards, including (if necessary) a stricter emission limit value than that specified in paragraph (1)(a).

(3) In the case of a specified generator falling within paragraph 2(1)(b) or (c), the requirements of sub-paragraph (1) must be met by each generator comprising that specified generator only from the relevant date relating to that generator.

Exceptions to environmental permit conditions E+W

6.— (1) Paragraph 5 does not apply in relation to a specified generator falling within paragraph 2(1)(a), or a generator comprised in a specified generator falling within paragraph 2(1)(b) or (c), that is—

(a) used at a site which it is not reasonably practicable to connect to the distribution system;

(b) a back-up generator in respect of which, in the opinion of the regulator, the operator has demonstrated a genuine need to carry out routine testing for more than 50 hours per year.

(2) Paragraph 5 does not apply—

(a) until 1st January 2025 in relation to a Tranche A generator not falling within sub-paragraph (1)—

(i) with a rated thermal input greater than 5 megawatts,

(ii) with nitrogen oxide emissions of 500mg/Nm³ or greater, and

(iii) that operates for more than 50 hours per year;

(b) in relation to a Tranche A generator—

(i) with a rated thermal input greater than 5 megawatts,

(ii) with nitrogen oxide emissions of 500mg/Nm³ or greater,

(iii) that operates for more than 50 hours per year, and

(iv) that is operated only for the purpose of a capacity agreement entered into before 1st December 2016,

for the period in which that capacity agreement remains in force, or until 1st January 2025, whichever is later.

(3) Where a generator falls within sub-paragraph (1) or (2), the regulator must exercise its functions from the relevant date to ensure that the operation of the generator will not give rise to an exceedance of the limit values for nitrogen dioxide specified—

(a) in the case of a generator operated in England, in Schedule 2 to the Air Quality Standards Regulations 2010, and

(b) in the case of a generator operated in Wales, in Schedule 1 to the Air Quality Standards (Wales) Regulations 2010.

(4) Paragraph 5 does not apply in relation to a Tranche A generator—

(a) with a rated thermal input greater than 5 megawatts which—

(i) has an emission of nitrogen oxides of less than 500mg/Nm³, or

(ii) operates for no more than 50 hours per year; or

(b) with a rated thermal input greater than or equal to 1 megawatt but no greater than 5 megawatts,

where it is operated only for the purpose of a capacity agreement entered into before 1st December 2016, during the period in which that capacity agreement remains in force.

(5) Paragraph 5 does not apply in relation to a Tranche A generator with a rated thermal input of less than 1 megawatt where it is operated only for the purpose of a capacity agreement entered into before 31st January 2017, during the period in which that capacity agreement remains in force.

(6) For the purposes of sub-paragraphs (2), (4) and (5), a generator comprised in a specified generator falling within paragraph 2(1)(b) or (c) is deemed to have the total rated thermal input of all the generators comprised in that specified generator.]

Regulation 39(6)

SCHEDULE 26 E+W Enforcement undertakings

Enforcement undertakings E+W

1.—(1) The Agency may accept an enforcement undertaking from a person in a case where the Agency has reasonable grounds to suspect that the person has committed any of the following offences in relation to a regulated facility or an exempt facility that has been or is being operated in England—

(a) regulation 38(1) (contravening regulation 12(1) or knowingly causing or knowingly permitting the contravention of regulation 12(1)(a)),

(b) regulation 38(2) (failing to comply with, or contravening, an environmental permit condition),

(c) regulation 38(4)(a) (failing to comply with a notice under regulation 61(1) requiring the provision of information),

(d) regulation 38(5)(a) (failing to comply with the record-keeping requirements in paragraph 17(3) or (4) of Schedule 2), or

(e) regulation 38(6) (acts of third parties) so far as it relates to an offence listed in paragraphs (a) to (d).

F70 (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(3) For the purposes of this Schedule, an “enforcement undertaking” is a written undertaking to take such action as may be specified in the undertaking within such period as may be so specified.

Textual Amendments

F70 Sch. 26 para. 1(2) omitted (30.1.2018) by virtue of The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) Regulations 2018 (S.I. 2018/110), regs. 1, 17

Contents of an enforcement undertaking E+W

2.—(1) An enforcement undertaking must specify—

(a) action to secure that the offence does not continue or recur,

(b) action to secure that the position is, so far as possible, restored to what it would have been if the offence had not been committed,

(c) action (including the payment of a sum of money) to benefit any person affected by the offence, or

(d) where restoration of the harm arising from the offence is not possible, action that will secure equivalent benefit or improvement to the environment.

(2) It must specify the period within which the action must be completed.

(3) It must include—

(a) a statement that the undertaking is given in accordance with this Schedule;

(b) the terms of the undertaking;

(c) how and when a person is considered to have discharged the undertaking.

(4) The enforcement undertaking may be varied, or the period within which the action must be completed may be extended, if both parties agree in writing.

Acceptance of an enforcement undertaking E+W

3.  If the Agency has accepted an enforcement undertaking then, unless the person from whom the undertaking is accepted has failed to comply with the undertaking or any part of it, that person may not at any time be convicted of the offence in respect of the act or omission to which the undertaking relates.

General provisions on enforcement undertakings E+W

4.—(1) The Agency must establish and publish the procedure for entering into an enforcement undertaking.

(2) The Agency must consult such persons as it considers appropriate before doing so.

(3) When it accepts an undertaking, the Agency may publish it in whatever manner it sees fit.

Discharge of an enforcement undertaking E+W

5.—(1) If the Agency is satisfied that an enforcement undertaking has been complied with, it must issue a certificate to that effect.

(2) The Agency may require the person who has given the undertaking to provide sufficient information to determine that the undertaking has been complied with.

(3) The person who gave the undertaking may at any time apply for such a certificate.

(4) The Agency must make a decision as to whether to issue such a certificate, and give written notice of the decision to the applicant, within 14 days of such an application.

(5) The person to whom the notice is given may appeal against a decision not to issue a certificate on the grounds that the decision—

(a) was based on an error of fact;

(b) was wrong in law;

(c) was unfair or unreasonable;

(d) was wrong for any other reason.

Inaccurate, incomplete or misleading information E+W

6.—(1) A person who has given inaccurate, misleading or incomplete information in relation to an enforcement undertaking is regarded as not having complied with it.

(2) The Agency may by notice in writing revoke a certificate issued under paragraph 5 if it was issued on the basis of inaccurate, incomplete or misleading information.

Non-compliance with an enforcement undertaking E+W

7.—(1) If an enforcement undertaking is not complied with, the Agency may bring criminal proceedings for the offence in respect of the act or omission to which the undertaking relates.

(2) If a person has complied partly but not fully with an undertaking, that part-compliance must be taken into account in the imposition of any criminal sanction on the person.

(3) Criminal proceedings for offences triable summarily to which an enforcement undertaking relates may be instituted at any time up to 6 months from the date when the Agency notifies the person that such person has failed to comply with that undertaking.

Appeals E+W

8.—(1) An appeal against a decision of the Agency under paragraph 5 is to the First-tier Tribunal.

(2) The Tribunal may—

(a) affirm the decision;

(b) quash the decision and remit it to the Agency.

Guidance as to use of enforcement undertakings E+W

9.—(1) The Agency must publish guidance about its use of enforcement undertakings.

(2) The Agency must revise the guidance where appropriate.

(3) The Agency must consult such persons as it considers appropriate before publishing any guidance or revised guidance.

(4) The Agency must have regard to the guidance or revised guidance in exercising its functions.

Publication of enforcement undertakings E+W

10.—(1) The Agency must from time to time publish the cases in which an enforcement undertaking has been entered into.

(2) This paragraph does not apply in cases where the Agency considers that publication would be inappropriate.

Regulation 46(1)

SCHEDULE 27 E+W Public registers

Matters to be included in a public register E+W

1.—(1) A public register must contain a copy of—

(a) every application for—

(i) the grant of an environmental permit,

(ii) the variation of an environmental permit,

(iii) the transfer of an environmental permit in whole or in part, or

(iv) the surrender of an environmental permit in whole or in part;

(b) every notice requesting further information under paragraph 4(1) of Part 1 of Schedule 5;

(c) all representations made in respect of an application for the grant or variation of an environmental permit;

(d) every environmental permit, variation, transfer in whole or in part, or surrender in whole or in part granted or made by the regulator;

(e) every determination or decision notified under paragraph 17(2)(a) of Part 1 of Schedule 5;

(f) every prohibition notice, enforcement notice, revocation notice, suspension notice, landfill closure notice, mining waste facility closure notice or notice withdrawing such a notice served by the regulator;

(g) in relation to an appeal to an appropriate authority, every—

(i) notice of appeal,

(ii) document relating to the appeal,

(iii) representation made in respect of the appeal, and

(iv) determination of the authority, including any report accompanying that determination;

(h) all information obtained by the regulator—

(i) as a result of its own monitoring,

(ii) as a result of monitoring required under an environmental permit condition, or

(iii) under regulation 61 in relation to monitoring;

(i) all other information given to the regulator in compliance with—

(i) an environmental permit condition,

(ii) an enforcement notice,

(iii) a suspension notice,

(iv) a landfill closure notice,

(v) a mining waste facility closure notice, or

(vi) regulation 61;

(j) every report published by the regulator relating to an assessment of the environmental consequences of the operation of an installation;

(k) every direction given to the regulator, the exemption registration authority or the exemption authority by an appropriate authority under these Regulations, other than a direction given under regulation 47 or paragraph 13 of Schedule 2.

(2) A public register must also contain—

(a) details of any conviction for, or enforcement undertaking accepted in relation to, an offence under regulation 38 in respect of an environmental permit granted by the regulator or a failure to apply to the regulator for the grant of an environmental permit,

(b) in the case of a body corporate, details of any formal caution for an offence under regulation 38 in respect of an environmental permit granted by the regulator or a failure to apply to the regulator for the grant of an environmental permit,

(c) an inventory of closed mining waste facilities as required under Article 20 of the Mining Waste Directive,

(d) a list identifying all waste incineration plants and waste co-incineration plants—

(i) which have a capacity of less than 2 tonnes per hour, and

(ii) whose operation is authorised by an environmental permit containing conditions which give effect to Chapter IV of the Industrial Emissions Directive,

(e) the information provided to the regulator by the operator of a materials facility under paragraph 7 of Part 2 of Schedule 9, and

(f) details of—

(i) all fees and charges paid to a regulator within the meaning of regulation 66 pursuant to a scheme under that regulation, and

(ii) the total expenditure of that regulator in exercising its functions under these Regulations.

(3) The regulator may omit any representation referred to in sub-paragraph (1) from its public register at the request of the person making the representation, but the regulator must then include in the public register a statement that a representation was made and was the subject of such a request.

(4) The regulator may omit from its public register any representation which substantially duplicates a representation already included in the public register, but the regulator must then include on the register a statement of the number of representations that have been omitted on this basis.

(5) If the regulator omits from its public register information referred to in sub-paragraph (1)(h) on the grounds that it is commercially or industrially confidential, the regulator must include in the public register a statement indicating whether or not there has been compliance with any environmental permit condition related to that information and requiring compliance with emission limit values.

Information no longer relevant for public participation E+W

2.  A regulator is not required to keep in its public register information which is no longer relevant for the purposes of public participation required under these Regulations.

Formal cautions E+W

3.  A regulator must remove details of any formal caution from its public register 5 years after the caution was given.

Spent convictions of individuals E+W

4.  A regulator must remove details of any conviction from its public register once the rehabilitation period for a sentence has ended in accordance with section 5 of the Rehabilitation of Offenders Act 1974 M118 .

Marginal Citations

M118 1974 c. 53; section 5 was amended by paragraph 24 of Schedule 7 to the Criminal Justice (Scotland) Act 1980 (c. 62), paragraph 36 of Schedule 14, and Schedule 16, to the Criminal Justice Act 1982 (c. 48), paragraph 9 of Schedule 8 to the Criminal Justice Act 1988 (c. 33), paragraph 48 of Schedule 9 to the Powers of Criminal Courts (Sentencing) Act 2000 (c. 6), paragraph 18 of Schedule 32(1) to the Criminal Justice Act 2003 (c. 44), paragraph 65 of Schedule 16 and Schedule 17 to the Armed Forces Act 2006 (c. 52), and section 139 of, and paragraph 2 of Schedule 21(1) to, the Legal Aid, Sentencing and Punishment of Offenders Act 2012 (c. 10).

Regulation 73

SCHEDULE 28 E+W Revocations

(1)	(2)	(3)
Regulations revoked	References	Extent of revocation
The 2007 Regulations	S.I. 2007/3538	The whole Regulations, except—
		regulations 1, 67, 72(3), (4), (8), (9) and (11) and 73 and Schedule 21, and
		for the purpose of any of those provisions, any definition in Part 1.
The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) Regulations 2009 M119	S.I. 2009/1799	The whole Regulations, except regulations 1 and 28(1) and Schedule 2.
The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2009 M120	S.I. 2009/3381	The whole Regulations, except regulations 1 and 13(1) and (3).
The 2010 Regulations	S.I. 2010/675	The whole Regulations, except—
		regulations 1, 67, 107 and Schedule 26, and
		for the purpose of any of those provisions, any definition in Part 1.
The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) Regulations 2010	S.I. 2010/676	The whole Regulations.
The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2010	S.I. 2010/2172	The whole Regulations.
The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) Regulations 2011 M121	S.I. 2011/2043	The whole Regulations, except regulations 1 to 5, 9 and 16 and Schedule 2.
The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2011	S.I. 2011/2933	The whole Regulations.
The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) Regulations 2012	S.I. 2012/630	The whole Regulations, except regulations 1 to 3, 19(1) and (2), 20 and 21.
The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) Regulations 2013	S.I. 2013/390	The whole Regulations, except regulations 1 to 9 and 57.
The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2013 M122	S.I. 2013/766	Regulation 2(3).
The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) Regulations 2014	S.I. 2014/255	The whole Regulations.
The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (England) Regulations 2014	S.I. 2014/2852	The whole Regulations, except regulations 1 to 4.
The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (England) Regulations 2015	S.I. 2015/324	The whole Regulations, except for regulations 1 and 2(1) and (2).
The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) Regulations 2015	S.I. 2015/918	The whole Regulations, except for regulations 1 and 2.
The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2015	S.I. 2015/934	The whole Regulations.
The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 3) Regulations 2015	S.I. 2015/1756	The whole Regulations.
The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (England) Regulations 2016	S.I. 2016/149	The whole Regulations.
The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) (Amendment) (No. 2) Regulations 2016	S.I. 2016/475	The whole Regulations, except for regulations 1 to 7, 29 and 31 to 34 and Schedule 3.

Marginal Citations

M119 Amended by S.I. 2010/675.

M120 Amended by S.I. 2010/675.

M121 Amended by S.I. 2016/58 (W. 28).

M122 Amended by S.I. 2015/483.

Regulation 75

SCHEDULE 29 E+W Consequential amendments

PART 1 E+W Public General Acts

Continental Shelf Act 1964 E+W

1.  In section 7 of the Continental Shelf Act 1964 M123 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 (S.I. 2016/1154) ”.

Marginal Citations

M123 1964 c. 29; section 7 was amended by paragraph 2(3) of Schedule 4 to the Petroleum Act 1998 (c. 17) and by S.I. 2010/675 and 2011/2043.

Nuclear Installations Act 1965 E+W

2.—(1) The Nuclear Installations Act 1965 M124 is amended as follows.

(2) In section 3(14)(a) M125 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010 (S.I. 2010/675)” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 (S.I. 2016/1154) ”.

(3) In section 4 M126 —

(a) in subsection (3)(d), for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010 (S.I. 2010/675)” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 (S.I. 2016/1154) ”;

(b) in subsection (7)(a), for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010 (S.I. 2010/675)” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M124 1965 c. 57.

M125 Section 3 was substituted by paragraph 18 of Schedule 12 to the Energy Act 2013 (c. 32).

M126 Section 4 was substituted by paragraph 19 of Schedule 12 to the Energy Act 2013.

Control of Pollution Act 1974 E+W

3.  In section 30(5) of the Control of Pollution Act 1974 M127 —

(a) in the words before paragraph (a), for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 (S.I. 2016/1154) ”;

(b) in paragraph (b), for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M127 1974 c. 40; section 30(5) was amended by S.I. 2010/675 and 2011/2043. Section 30 is prospectively repealed by Part 2 of Schedule 16 to the 1990 Act on a date to be appointed.

Salmon and Freshwater Fisheries Act 1975 E+W

4.  In section 5(5)(c) of the Salmon and Freshwater Fisheries Act 1975 M128 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 (S.I. 2016/1154) ”.

Marginal Citations

M128 1975 c. 51; section 5(5)(c) was substituted by S.I. 2010/675.

Highways Act 1980 E+W

5.  In section 339(1A) of the 1980 Act M129 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010 (S.I. 2010/675)” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 (S.I. 2016/1154) ”.

Marginal Citations

M129 Section 339(1A) was inserted by S.I. 2016/475.

Environmental Protection Act 1990 E+W

6.—(1) The 1990 Act is amended as follows.

(2) In section 28(2) M130 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 (S.I. 2016/1154) ”.

(3) In section 29(12) M131 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 (S.I. 2016/1154) ”.

(4) For section 33(1B) M132 , substitute—

“(1B) Subsection (1) does not apply in relation to any part of a waste operation that—

(a) is the subject of a marine licence under the Marine and Coastal Access Act 2009 M133 ; or

(b) does not require such a licence by virtue of any provision made by or under section 74, 75 M134 or 77 of that Act and does not involve the dismantling of a ship that is waste.”.

(5) In section 78YB(5) M135 , in the definition of “enforcement action”, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 (S.I. 2016/1154) ”.

(6) In section 78YC(b) M136 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 (S.I. 2016/1154) ”.

(7) In section 142(7) M137 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 (S.I. 2016/1154) ”.

Marginal Citations

M130 Section 28(2) was amended by S.I. 2010/675. Section 28 is prospectively repealed by Schedule 3 to the Pollution Prevention and Control Act 1999 (c. 24) on a date to be appointed.

M131 Section 29(12) was inserted by S.I. 2007/3538 and substituted by S.I. 2010/675.

M132 Section 33(1B) was inserted by S.I. 2007/3538 and substituted by S.I. 2010/675.

M133 2009 c. 23.

M134 Section 75 was amended by S.I. 2011/405 and 2016/738.

M135 Section 78YB was inserted by section 57 of the 1995 Act; subsection (5) was inserted by S.I. 2007/3538 and amended by S.I. 2010/675.

M136 Section 78YC was inserted by section 57 of the 1995 Act and amended by S.I. 2010/675.

M137 Section 142(7) was amended by S.I. 2006/2407, 2010/675, 2012/1916 and 2014/1638.

Atomic Weapons Establishment Act 1991 E+W

7.  In the Atomic Weapons Establishment Act 1991 M138 —

(a) in the heading before paragraph 10C of the Schedule M139 , for “Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”;

(b) in paragraph 10C(1) of the Schedule, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 (S.I. 2016/1154) ”.

Marginal Citations

M138 1991 c. 46.

M139 Paragraph 10C was inserted by S.I. 2010/675.

Water Industry Act 1991 E+W

8.—(1) The Water Industry Act 1991 M140 is amended as follows.

(2) In section 117(5)(a) M141 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010 (S.I. 2010/675)” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 (S.I. 2016/1154) ”.

(3) In section 138(1B)(a) M142 , in the words after sub-paragraph (ii), for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 (S.I. 2016/1154) ”.

Marginal Citations

M140 1991 c. 56.

M141 Section 117(5)(a) was amended by paragraph 97 of Schedule 7 to the Water Act 2014 (c. 21).

M142 Section 138(1B) was inserted by S.I. 2000/1973 and paragraph (a) was amended by S.I. 2010/675.

Water Resources Act 1991 E+W

9.  In section 221(1) of the 1991 Act M143 , in the definition of “Environmental Permitting Regulations”, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 (S.I. 2016/1154) ”.

Marginal Citations

M143 The definition was inserted by S.I. 2010/675.

Water Consolidation (Consequential Provisions) Act 1991 E+W

10.  In paragraph 30(1)(a) of Schedule 1 to the Water Consolidation (Consequential Provisions) Act 1991 M144 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 (S.I. 2016/1154) ”.

Marginal Citations

M144 1991 c. 60; paragraph 30(1) was amended by S.I. 2010/675.

Clean Air Act 1993 E+W

11.  In section 41A of the Clean Air Act 1993 M145 —

(a) in subsection (2)(c), for “paragraph 7 of Schedule 2” substitute “ paragraph 11 of Schedule 2 ”;

(b) in subsection (4), in the definition of “the Environmental Permitting Regulations”, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 (S.I. 2016/1154) ”.

Marginal Citations

M145 1993 c. 11; section 41A was inserted by S.I. 2000/1973; subsection 2(c) was inserted by S.I. 2007/3538 and amended by S.I. 2010/675; subsection (4) was inserted by S.I. 2007/3538 and amended by S.I. 2009/1799 and 2010/675.

Goods Vehicles (Licensing of Operators) Act 1995 E+W

12.  In paragraph 5(ia) of Schedule 2 to the Goods Vehicles (Licensing of Operators) Act 1995 M146 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 (S.I. 2016/1154) ”.

Marginal Citations

M146 1995 c. 23; paragraph 5(1a) was inserted by S.I. 2007/3538 and amended by S.I. 2010/675.

Environment Act 1995 E+W

13.—(1) The 1995 Act is amended as follows.

(2) In section 42(3)(b) M147 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 (S.I. 2016/1154) ”.

(3) In section 56(1) M148 , in paragraph (j) of the definition of “environmental licence” in the application of Part 1 of the 1995 Act in relation to an appropriate agency, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2007” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 (S.I. 2016/1154) ”.

(4) In paragraph 4(3)(d) of Schedule 20 M149 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 (S.I. 2016/1154) ”.

Marginal Citations

M147 Section 42(3)(b) was substituted by S.I. 2010/675.

M148 Paragraph (j) of the definition of “environmental licence” was substituted by S.I. 2009/3381.

M149 Paragraph 4(3)(d) of Schedule 20 was inserted by S.I. 2000/1973 and substituted by S.I. 2010/675.

Petroleum Act 1998 E+W

14.  In section 4B(8) of the Petroleum Act 1998 M150 , in the definition of “environmental permit”, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 (S.I. 2016/1154) ”.

Marginal Citations

M150 1998 c. 17; section 4B was inserted by section 50 of the Infrastructure Act 2015 (c. 7).

Finance Act 2000 E+W

15.  In paragraph 51(6) of Schedule 6 to the Finance Act 2000 M151 , in the definition of “primary activity”, in the table—

(a) in the heading before entry 1, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”;

(b) in entry 5(1), for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 (S.I. 2016/1154) ”;

(c) in entry 5(2)(a), for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M151 2000 c. 17; relevant amendments to paragraph 51(6) were made by S.I. 2001/1139, 2007/3538 and 2010/675.

Energy Act 2004 E+W

16.—(1) The Energy Act 2004 M152 is amended as follows.

(2) In section 10(2)(b) M153 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 (S.I. 2016/1154) ”.

(3) In section 37(7) M154 , in the definition of “radioactive waste”, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 (S.I. 2016/1154) ”.

Marginal Citations

M152 2004 c. 20.

M153 Section 10 was amended by S.I. 2010/675.

M154 The definition was amended by S.I. 2010/675.

Planning Act 2008 E+W

17.  In section 30A(7) of the Planning Act 2008 M155 , in the definition of “radioactive waste”, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 (S.I. 2016/1154) ”.

Marginal Citations

M155 2008 c. 29; section 30A was inserted by S.I. 2015/949.

Energy Act 2008 E+W

18.  In section 59(2)(d) of the Energy Act 2008 M156 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 (S.I. 2016/1154) ”.

Marginal Citations

M156 2008 c. 32; section 59(2)(d) was amended by S.I. 2010/675.

Scrap Metal Dealers Act 2013 E+W

19.  In section 22(7)(a) of the Scrap Metal Dealers Act 2013 M157 , for “the Environmental (Permitting) Regulations 2010 (S.I. 2010/675)” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 (S.I. 2016/1154) ”.

Marginal Citations

M157 2013 c. 10.

Defence Reform Act 2014 E+W

20.  In the Defence Reform Act 2014 M158 —

(a) in the heading before paragraph 6 of Schedule 1, for “Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010 (S.I. 2010/675)” substitute “ Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”;

(b) in paragraph 6 of Schedule 1, for “The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 (S.I. 2016/1154) ”.

Marginal Citations

M158 2014 c. 20. Schedule 1 comes into force on a day to be appointed.

PART 2 E+W Subordinate legislation

Deposits in the Sea (Exemptions) Order 1985 E+W

1.  In article 4(2) of the Deposits in the Sea (Exemptions) Order 1985 M159 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M159 S.I. 1985/1699; relevant amending instruments are S.I. 1994/1056, 2007/3538 and 2010/675.

Town and Country Planning (Use Classes) Order 1987 E+W

2.  In article 3(8) of the Town and Country Planning (Use Classes) Order 1987 M160 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M160 S.I. 1987/764; relevant amending instruments are S.I. 2002/1875 (W. 184) and 2010/675.

Civil Jurisdiction (Offshore Activities) Order 1987 E+W

3.  In the Civil Jurisdiction (Offshore Activities) Order 1987 M161 —

(a) in the heading of article 4, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”;

(b) in article 4, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M161 S.I. 1987/2197, amended by S.I. 2010/675 and 2011/2043.

Urban Waste Water Treatment (England and Wales) Regulations 1994 E+W

4.  In regulation 2 of the Urban Waste Water Treatment (England and Wales) Regulations 1994 M162 , in the definition of “Environmental Permitting Regulations”, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M162 S.I. 1994/2841, amended by S.I. 2010/675; there are other amending instruments but none is relevant.

Landfill Tax Regulations 1996 E+W

5.  In regulation 33(4)(h) of the Landfill Tax Regulations 1996 M163 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M163 S.I. 1996/1527; relevant amending instruments are S.I. 2007/3538 and 2010/675.

Water Protection Zone (River Dee Catchment) Designation Order 1999 E+W

6.  In article 2 of the Water Protection Zone (River Dee Catchment) Designation Order 1999 M164 —

(a) in the definition of “catchment control site”, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2007” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”;

(b) in paragraph (ii) of the definition of “controlled substance”, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M164 S.I. 1999/915; relevant amending instruments are S.I. 2007/3538 and 2010/675.

Ionising Radiations Regulations 1999 E+W

7.  In regulation 30(2)(a) of the Ionising Radiations Regulations 1999 M165 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M165 S.I. 1999/3232, amended by S.I. 2010/675; there are other amending instruments but none is relevant.

Weighing Equipment (Automatic Gravimetric Filling Instruments) Regulations 2000 E+W

8.  In Schedule 3 to the Weighing Equipment (Automatic Gravimetric Filling Instruments) Regulations 2000 M166 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M166 S.I. 2000/388, amended by S.I. 2010/675; there are other amending instruments but none is relevant.

Non-automatic Weighing Instruments Regulations 2000 E+W

9.  In regulation 28(7) of the Non-automatic Weighing Instruments Regulations 2000 M167 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M167 S.I. 2000/3236, amended by S.I. 2010/675; there are other amending instruments but none is relevant.

Control of Pollution (Oil Storage) (England) Regulations 2001 E+W

10.  In regulation 2(2)(a) of the Control of Pollution (Oil Storage) (England) Regulations 2001 M168 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M168 S.I. 2001/2954; relevant amending instruments are S.I. 2007/3538 and 2010/675.

Weighing Equipment (Automatic Rail-weighbridges) Regulations 2003 E+W

11.  In Schedule 3 to the Weighing Equipment (Automatic Rail-weighbridges) Regulations 2003 M169 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M169 S.I. 2003/2454, amended by S.I. 2010/675.

End-of-Life Vehicles Regulations 2003 E+W

12.  In regulation 2 of the End-of-Life Vehicles Regulations 2003 M170 , in the definition of “authorised treatment facility”, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M170 S.I. 2003/2635; relevant amending instruments are S.I. 2007/3538 and 2010/675.

Weighing Equipment (Automatic Catchweighing Instruments) Regulations 2003 E+W

13.  In Schedule 3 to the Weighing Equipment (Automatic Catchweighing Instruments) Regulations 2003 M171 , under “Definition of waste”, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M171 S.I. 2003/2761, amended by S.I. 2010/675; there are other amending instruments but none is relevant.

Water Environment (Water Framework Directive) (England and Wales) Regulations 2003 E+W

14.  For paragraph 17 of Schedule 2 to the Water Environment (Water Framework Directive) (England and Wales) Regulations 2003 M172 , substitute—

“17.   The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016.”.

Marginal Citations

M172 S.I. 2003/3242, amended by S.I. 2015/1623; there are other amending instruments but none is relevant.

Water Environment (Water Framework Directive) (Solway Tweed River Basin District) Regulations 2004 E+W

15.  For paragraph 14 of Schedule 2 to the Water Environment (Water Framework Directive) (Solway Tweed River Basin District) Regulations 2004 M173 substitute—

“14.   The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016.”.

Marginal Citations

M173 S.I. 2004/99, amended by S.I. 2016/139.

Hazardous Waste (England and Wales) Regulations 2005 E+W

16.  In regulation 5(1) of the Hazardous Waste (England and Wales) Regulations 2005 M174 , in the definition of “the Environmental Permitting Regulations”, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M174 S.I. 2005/894, amended by S.I. 2010/675; there are other amending instruments but none is relevant.

Hazardous Waste (Wales) Regulations 2005 E+W

17.—(1) The Hazardous Waste (Wales) Regulations 2005 M175 are amended as follows.

(2) In regulation 5(1)—

(a) in the English language text, for the definition of “the Environmental Permitting Regulations” substitute—

““the Environmental Permitting Regulations” (“y Rheoliadau Trwyddedu Amgylcheddol”) means the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016;”;

(b) in the Welsh language text—

(i) in the appropriate place insert the following definitions—

“mae i “esemptiad sylweddau ymbelydrol” (“radioactive substances exemption”) yr ystyr a roddir i “radioactive substances exemption” yn rheoliad 2(1) o'r Rheoliadau Trwyddedu Amgylcheddol;”;

“mae i “gweithgaredd sylweddau ymbelydrol” (“radioactive substances activity”) yr ystyr a roddir i “radioactive substances activity” yn Atodlen 23 i'r Rheoliadau Trwyddedu Amgylcheddol;”;

“mae i “gwastraff ymbelydrol” (“radioactive waste”) yr ystyr a roddir i “radioactive waste” yn Atodlen 23 i'r Rheoliadau Trwyddedu Amgylcheddol;”;

“ystyr “y Rheoliadau Trwyddedu Amgylcheddol” (“the Environmental Permitting Regulations”) yw Rheoliadau Trwyddedu Amgylcheddol (Cymru a Lloegr) 2016;”;

“mae i “trwydded amgylcheddol” (“environmental permit”) yr ystyr a roddir i “environmental permit” yn y Rheoliadau Trwyddedu Amgylcheddol;”;

(ii) for the definition of “esemptiad cofrestredig” (“registered exemption”) substitute—

“ystyr “esemptiad cofrestredig” (“registered exemption”) yw gwaith gwastraff esempt o fewn ystyr y Rheoliadau Trwyddedu Amgylcheddol;”.

(3) In regulation 15, in the Welsh language text, for paragraph (1) substitute—

“(1) Mae'r rheoliad hwn yn gymwys i wastraff ymbelydrol—

(a) pan nad yw gweithgaredd sylweddau ymbelydrol mewn cysylltiad â'r gwastraff ymbelydrol hynny yn gofynni trwydded amgylcheddol yn rhinwedd esemptiad sylweddau ymbelydrol; a

(b) pan fod gan y gwastraff ymbelydrol un neu fwy o nodweddion peryglys yn codi heb fod o'i natur ymbelydrol.”.

(4) In regulation 22(2), in the Welsh language text, for “thrwydded rheoli gwastraff” substitute “ thrwydded amgylcheddol ”.

(5) In regulation 26(4), in the Welsh language text, in sub-paragraph (ch), for “baragraff 13 o Atodlen 4 i Reoliadau 1994” substitute “reoliad 34(2) o'r Rheoliadau Trwyddedu Amgycheddol”.

Marginal Citations

M175 S.I. 2005/1806 (W. 138); relevant amending instruments are S.I. 2007/3538, 2010/675 and 2011/2043; there are other amending instruments but none is relevant.

Measuring Instruments (Automatic Rail-weighbridges) Regulations 2006 E+W

18.  In regulation 16(3) of the Measuring Instruments (Automatic Rail-weighbridges) Regulations 2006 M176 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M176 S.I. 2006/1256, amended by S.I. 2010/675; there are other amending instruments but none is relevant.

Measuring Instruments (Automatic Catchweighers) Regulations 2006 E+W

19.  In regulation 18(5) of the Measuring Instruments (Automatic Catchweighers) Regulations 2006 M177 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M177 S.I. 2006/1257, amended by S.I. 2010/675; there are other amending instruments but none is relevant.

Measuring Instruments (Automatic Gravimetric Filling Instruments) Regulations 2006 E+W

20.  In Part 1 of Schedule 5 to the Measuring Instruments (Automatic Gravimetric Filling Instruments) Regulations 2006 M178 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M178 S.I. 2006/1258, amended by S.I. 2010/675; there are other amending instruments but none is relevant.

Radioactive Contaminated Land (Modification of Enactments) (England) Regulations 2006 E+W

21.  In regulation 17(4) of the Radioactive Contaminated Land (Modification of Enactments) (England) Regulations 2006 M179 —

(a) for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2007” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”;

(b) for “the 2007 Regulations”, in both places it occurs, substitute “ the 2016 Regulations ”.

Marginal Citations

M179 S.I. 2006/1379, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations.

Contaminated Land (England) Regulations 2006 E+W

22.—(1) The Contaminated Land (England) Regulations 2006 M180 are amended as follows.

(2) In regulation 2(1)(e), omit “or by means of Part A(1) mobile plant”.

(3) After regulation 2(1)(e) insert—

“(ea) land on which an activity has been carried on by means of Part A(1) mobile plant under a permit, where the activity did not solely consist of things being done which were required by way of remediation;”.

(4) In regulation 2(4), for “and “Part A(1) mobile plant” have the same meanings as in the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ has the same meaning as in the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

(5) After regulation 2(4) insert—

“(4A) In paragraph (1)(ea), “Part A(1) mobile plant” has the same meaning as in the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010 as those Regulations were in force on 26th February 2013 M181 , and “permit” has the same meaning as “environmental permit” in those Regulations as at that date.”.

(6) In paragraph 16 of Schedule 3, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M180 S.I. 2006/1380; relevant amending instruments are S.I. 2007/3538 and 2010/675.

M181 The date of 26th February 2013 was the day before S.I. 2010/675 was amended by S.I. 2013/390, removing references to Part A(1) mobile plant.

Radioactive Contaminated Land (Modification of Enactments) (Wales) Regulations 2006 E+W

23.  In regulation 17(4) of the Radioactive Contaminated Land (Modification of Enactments) (Wales) Regulations 2006 M182 —

(a) for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2007” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”;

(b) for “the 2007 Regulations”, in both places it occurs, substitute “ the 2016 Regulations ”.

Marginal Citations

M182 S.I. 2006/2988 (W. 277), amended by S.I. 2008/521; there are other amending instruments but none is relevant.

Contaminated Land (Wales) Regulations 2006 E+W

24.—(1) The Contaminated Land (Wales) Regulations 2006 M183 are amended as follows.

(2) In regulation 2—

(a) in the English language text—

(i) in paragraph (1)(e) omit “or by means of Part A(1) mobile plant”;

(ii) after paragraph (1)(e) insert—

“(ea) land on which an activity has been carried on by means of Part A(1) mobile plant under a permit, where the activity did not solely consist of things being done which were required by way of remediation;”;

(iii) in paragraph (4) for “and “Part A(1) mobile plant” have the same meanings as in the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ has the same meaning as in the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”;

(iv) after paragraph (4) insert—

“(4A) In paragraph (1)(ea), “Part A(1) mobile plant” has the same meaning as in the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010 as those Regulations were in force on 26th February 2013, and “permit” has the same meaning as “environmental permit” in those Regulations as at that date.”;

(b) in the Welsh language text—

(i) in paragraph (1)(d), omit “neu trwy gyfrwng gwaith symudol Rhan A(1)”;

(ii) after paragraph (1)(d) insert—

“(da) tir lle mae gweithgaredd wedi'i gynnal trwy gyfrwng gwaith symudol Rhan A(1) o dan drwydded, pan nad yw'r gweithgaredd yn cynnwys pethau sy'n cael eu gwneud ac y mae'n ofynnol eu gwneud o ran gwaith adfer;”;

(iii) for paragraph (4) substitute—

“(4) Ym mharagraff (1)(d), mae i “gweithfan Rhan A(1)” yr ystyr a roddir i “Part A(1) installation” yn Rheoliadau Trwyddedu Amgylcheddol (Cymru a Lloegr) 2016, ac mae i “trwydded” yr ystyr a roddir i “environmental permit” yn y Rheoliadau hynny.”;

(iv) after paragraph (4) insert—

“(4A) Ym mharagraff (1)(da), mae i “gwaith symudol Rhan A(1)” yr ystyr a roddir i “Part A(1) mobile plant” yn Rheoliadau Trwyddedu Amgylcheddol (Cymru a Lloegr) 2010 fel yr oedd mewn grym ar 26 Chwefror 2013, ac mae i “trwydded” yr ystyr a roddir i “environmental permit” yn y Rheoliadau hynny ar y dyddiad hwnnw.”.

(3) In paragraph 16 of Schedule 3—

(a) in the English language text, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”;

(b) in the Welsh language text—

(i) in the words before sub-paragraph (a), for “gydsyniad a roddwyd o dan Bennod 2 o Ran 3 o Ddeddf Adnoddau Dwr 1991 (troseddau llygru)” substitute “ trwydded amgylcheddol a roddir o dan reoliad 13 o Reoliadau Trwyddedu Amgylcheddol (Cymru a Lloegr) 2016 ”;

(ii) in sub-paragraph (a), for “cydsyniad” substitute “ trwydded amgylcheddol ”.

Marginal Citations

M183 S.I. 2006/2989 (W. 278); relevant amending instruments are S.I. 2007/3538 and 2010/675.

Producer Responsibility Obligations (Packaging Waste) Regulations 2007 E+W

25.  In regulation 2(2) of the Producer Responsibility Obligations (Packaging Waste) Regulations 2007 M184 , in the definition of “relevant authorisation”, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010”, in both places it occurs, substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M184 S.I. 2007/871; relevant amending instruments are S.I. 2007/3538 and 2010/675.

Persistent Organic Pollutants Regulations 2007 E+W

26.  In regulation 4(1)(b) and (2) of the Persistent Organic Pollutants Regulations 2007 M185 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M185 S.I. 2007/3106, amended by S.I. 2010/675; there are other amending instruments but none is relevant.

Cremation (England and Wales) Regulations 2008 E+W

27.  In regulation 29(2) of the Cremation (England and Wales) Regulations 2008 M186 , in the definitions of “incinerated” and “permit”, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2007” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M186 S.I. 2008/2841, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations.

Co-ordination of Regulatory Enforcement (Enforcement Action) Order 2009 E+W

28.  In regulation 2(1) of the Co-ordination of Regulatory Enforcement (Enforcement Action) Order 2009 M187 —

(a) in paragraph (m)(vi), for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”;

(b) in paragraph (n), for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M187 S.I. 2009/665, amended by S.I. 2014/3070; there are other amending instruments but none is relevant.

Waste Batteries and Accumulators Regulations 2009 E+W

29.  In paragraph 12(2) of Schedule 4 to the Waste Batteries and Accumulators Regulations 2009 M188 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010”, in both places it occurs, substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M188 S.I. 2009/890, amended by S.I. 2010/675; there are other amending instruments but none is relevant.

Environmental Damage (Prevention and Remediation) (Wales) Regulations 2009 E+W

30.—(1) The Environmental Damage (Prevention and Remediation) (Wales) Regulations 2009 M189 are amended as follows.

(2) In regulation 10—

(a) in the English language text, in the heading and in paragraph (1), for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”;

(b) in the Welsh language text—

(i) in the heading, for “Rheoliadau Trwyddedu Amgylcheddol (Cymru a Lloegr) 2010” substitute “ Reoliadau Trwyddedu Amgylcheddol (Cymru a Lloegr) 2016 ”;

(ii) in paragraph (1), for “Reoliadau Caniatáu Amgylcheddol (Cymru a Lloegr) 2010” substitute “ Reoliadau Trwyddedu Amgylcheddol (Cymru a Lloegr) 2016 ”.

(3) In regulation 11(1)—

(a) in the English language text, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”;

(b) in the Welsh language text, for “Reoliadau Caniatáu Amgylcheddol (Cymru a Lloegr) 2010” substitute “ Reoliadau Trwyddedu Amgylcheddol (Cymru a Lloegr) 2016 ”.

(4) In paragraph 1(a) of Schedule 3—

(a) in the English language text, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”;

(b) in the Welsh language text, for “Reoliadau Caniatáu Amgylcheddol (Cymru a Lloegr) 2010” substitute “ Reoliadau Trwyddedu Amgylcheddol (Cymru a Lloegr) 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M189 S.I. 2009/995 (W. 81), amended by S.I. 2012/630; there are other amending instruments but none is relevant.

Major Accident Off-Site Emergency Plan (Management of Waste from Extractive Industries) (England and Wales) Regulations 2009 E+W

31.—(1) The Major Accident Off-Site Emergency Plan (Management of Waste from Extractive Industries) (England and Wales) Regulations 2009 M190 are amended as follows.

(2) In regulation 2—

(a) for the definition of “the 2010 Regulations” substitute—

““the 2016 Regulations” means the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016;”;

(b) for the definition of “competent authority” substitute—

““competent authority” means, in relation to an area, the fire and rescue authority under the Fire and Rescue Services Act 2004 M191 for that area;”;

(c) in the definition of “operator”, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2007” substitute “ the 2016 Regulations ”;

(d) in the definition of “regulator”, for “the 2010 Regulations”, in both places it occurs, substitute “ the 2016 Regulations ”.

(3) In regulation 9(3), for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2007” substitute “ the 2016 Regulations ”.

Marginal Citations

M190 S.I. 2009/1927, amended by S.I. 2013/755 (W. 90); there are other amending instruments but none is relevant.

M191 2004. c. 21; section 1 was amended by paragraph 10(1) and (2) of Part 1 of Schedule 2 to the Civil Contingencies Act 2004 (c. 36).

Corporation Tax (Land Remediation Relief) Order 2009 E+W

32.  In article 4(2)(b) of the Corporation Tax (Land Remediation Relief) Order 2009 M192 , for paragraph (i) substitute—

“(i) the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016,”.

Marginal Citations

M192 S.I. 2009/2037.

Mercury Export and Data (Enforcement) Regulations 2010 E+W

33.  In regulation 5(4)(a) of the Mercury Export and Data (Enforcement) Regulations 2010 M193 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M193 S.I. 2010/265, amended by S.I. 2012/630; there are other amending instruments but none is relevant.

Conservation of Habitats and Species Regulations 2010 E+W

F71 34.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Textual Amendments

F71 Sch. 29 Pt. 2 para. 34 omitted (30.11.2017) by The Conservation of Habitats and Species Regulations 2017 (S.I. 2017/1012), reg. 1(2), Sch. 6 para. 73(4)

River Mersey (Mersey Gateway Bridge) Order 2011 E+W

35.  In article 14(7) of the River Mersey (Mersey Gateway Bridge) Order 2011 M194 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M194 S.I. 2011/41.

Waste (England and Wales) Regulations 2011 E+W

36.—(1) The Waste (England and Wales) Regulations 2011 M195 are amended as follows.

(2) After regulation 29(5A)(z), insert—

“(z1) regulation 38 of the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016.”.

(3) In regulation 35(2)(c)—

(a) in paragraph (v), for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”;

(b) in paragraph (vi), for “regulation 68(2) of the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ regulation 4(3) of the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

(4) In regulation 46(1)(b), for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

(5) In regulation 47—

(a) in paragraphs (1)(b)(i) and (4), for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010”, in each place it occurs, substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”;

(b) in paragraph (4), in the definitions of “radioactive substances exemption” and “specified waste”, for “Part 7”, in each place it occurs, substitute “ Part 6 ”.

Marginal Citations

M195 S.I. 2011/988; relevant amending instruments are S.I. 2011/2043, 2013/755 (W. 90) and 2014/656.

Network Rail (Hitchin (Cambridge Junction)) Order 2011 E+W

37.  In article 14(7) of the Network Rail (Hitchin (Cambridge Junction)) Order 2011 M196 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M196 S.I. 2011/1072.

Town and Country Planning (Environmental Impact Assessment) Regulations 2011 E+W

38.  In paragraph 2 of Schedule 2 to the Town and Country Planning (Environmental Impact Assessment) Regulations 2011 M197 , at sub-paragraph 3(g) of the table, in paragraph (ii) of column 2—

(a) for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”;

(b) for “paragraph 5(2)(b), (2)(c) or (4)” substitute “ paragraph 11(2)(b), (2)(c) or (4) ”.

Marginal Citations

M197 S.I. 2011/1824, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations.

Renewable Heat Incentive Scheme Regulations 2011 E+W

39.—(1) The Renewable Heat Incentive Scheme Regulations 2011 M198 are amended as follows.

(2) In regulation 2(1), in the definition of “environmental permit”, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

(3) In paragraph 1(2)(m) of Schedule 1, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M198 S.I. 2011/2860; relevant amending instruments are S.I. 2013/2410 and 2016/257.

Volatile Organic Compounds in Paints, Varnishes and Vehicle Refinishing Products Regulations 2012 E+W

40.  In regulation 3(4) of the Volatile Organic Compounds in Paints, Varnishes and Vehicle Refinishing Products Regulations 2012 M199 , for paragraph (a) of the definition of “solvent emission activity” substitute—

“(a) Schedule 14 to the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016;”.

Marginal Citations

M199 S.I. 2012/1715, amended by S.I. 2013/390; there are other amending instruments but none is relevant.

Ipswich Barrier Order 2012 E+W

41.  In article 13(4) of the Ipswich Barrier Order 2012 M200 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M200 S.I. 2012/1867.

Network Rail (Ipswich Chord) Order 2012 E+W

42.  In article 13(7) of the Network Rail (Ipswich Chord) Order 2012 M201 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M201 S.I. 2012/2284, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations.

Network Rail (North Doncaster Chord) Order 2012 E+W

43.  In article 20(7) of the Network Rail (North Doncaster Chord) Order 2012 M202 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M202 S.I. 2012/2635, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations.

Chiltern Railways (Bicester to Oxford Improvements) Order 2012 E+W

44.  In article 19(7) of the Chiltern Railways (Bicester to Oxford Improvements) Order 2012 M203 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M203 S.I. 2012/2679.

Climate Change Agreements (Eligible Facilities) Regulations 2012 E+W

45.  In paragraphs 23 and 36(a) of the Schedule to the Climate Change Agreements (Eligible Facilities) Regulations 2012 M204 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M204 S.I. 2012/2999, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions Trading Scheme Regulations 2012 E+W

46.  For paragraph 1(2)(b)(i) of Schedule 4 to the Greenhouse Gas Emissions Trading Scheme Regulations 2012 (permits) M205 , substitute—

“(i) the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016;”.

Marginal Citations

M205 S.I. 2012/3038, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations.

Crossrail (Kensal Green) Order 2013 E+W

47.  In article 5(7) of the Crossrail (Kensal Green) Order 2013 M206 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M206 S.I. 2013/198.

Brechfa Forest West Wind Farm Order 2013 E+W

48.  In article 12(7) of the Brechfa Forest West Wind Farm Order 2013 M207 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M207 S.I. 2013/586, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations.

Hinkley Point C (Nuclear Generating Station) Order 2013 E+W

49.  In article 21(7) of the Hinkley Point C (Nuclear Generating Station) Order 2013 M208 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M208 S.I. 2013/648, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations.

Lancashire County Council (Torrisholme to the M6 Link (A683 Completion of Heysham to M6 Link Road)) Order 2013 E+W

50.  In article 16(7) of the Lancashire County Council (Torrisholme to the M6 Link (A683 Completion of Heysham to M6 Link Road)) Order 2013 M209 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M209 S.I. 2013/675, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations.

Leeds Railway Station (Southern Entrance) Order 2013 E+W

51.  In article 13(7) of the Leeds Railway Station (Southern Entrance) Order 2013 M210 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M210 S.I. 2013/1933.

Croxley Rail Link Order 2013 E+W

52.  In article 13(7) of the Croxley Rail Link Order 2013 M211 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M211 S.I. 2013/1967.

Scrap Metal Dealers Act 2013 (Prescribed Relevant Offences and Relevant Enforcement Action) Regulations 2013 E+W

53.—(1) The Scrap Metal Dealers Act 2013 (Prescribed Relevant Offences and Relevant Enforcement Action) Regulations 2013 M212 are amended as follows.

(2) In regulation 3(b), for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

(3) In Part 2 of the Schedule, after paragraph (b), insert—

“(bb) An offence under regulation 38 of the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016”.

Marginal Citations

M212 S.I. 2013/2258.

Transport for Greater Manchester (Light Rapid Transit System) (Second City Crossing) Order 2013 E+W

54.  In article 20(7) of the Transport for Greater Manchester (Light Rapid Transit System) (Second City Crossing) Order 2013 M213 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M213 S.I. 2013/2587.

M1 Junction 10a (Grade Separation) Order 2013 E+W

55.  In article 16(7) of the M1 Junction 10a (Grade Separation) Order 2013 M214 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M214 S.I. 2013/2808.

Network Rail (Redditch Branch Enhancement) Order 2013 E+W

56.  In article 13(7) of the Network Rail (Redditch Branch Enhancement) Order 2013 M215 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M215 S.I. 2013/2809.

Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Regulations 2013 E+W

57.  In regulation 2(1) of the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Regulations 2013 M216 , in the definition of “relevant authorisation”, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010”, in both places it occurs, substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M216 S.I. 2013/3113, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations.

National Grid (King's Lynn B Power Station Connection) Order 2013 E+W

58.  In article 14(7) and (8)(b) of the National Grid (King's Lynn B Power Station Connection) Order 2013 M217 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M217 S.I. 2013/3200.

Ashton Vale to Temple Meads and Bristol City Centre Rapid Transit Order 2013 E+W

59.  In article 17(7) of the Ashton Vale to Temple Meads and Bristol City Centre Rapid Transit Order 2013 M218 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M218 S.I. 2013/3244.

Network Rail (Norton Bridge Area Improvements) Order 2014 E+W

60.  In article 18(7) of the Network Rail (Norton Bridge Area Improvements) Order 2014 M219 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M219 S.I. 2014/909.

National Grid (North London Reinforcement Project) Order 2014 E+W

61.  In article 17(7) and (10)(c) of the National Grid (North London Reinforcement Project) Order 2014 M220 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M220 S.I. 2014/1052.

East Anglia ONE Offshore Wind Farm Order 2014 E+W

62.—(1) The East Anglia ONE Offshore Wind Farm Order 2014 M221 is amended as follows.

(2) In article 13(7) and (8)(b), for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

(3) In paragraph 4(a) of Part 4 of Schedule 9, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M221 S.I. 2014/1599, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations.

Daventry International Rail Freight Interchange Alteration Order 2014 E+W

63.  In article 17(7) of the Daventry International Rail Freight Interchange Alteration Order 2014 M222 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M222 S.I. 2014/1796.

Rampion Offshore Wind Farm Order 2014 E+W

64.  In article 20(7) of the Rampion Offshore Wind Farm Order 2014 M223 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M223 S.I. 2014/1873, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations.

Network Rail (Huyton) Order 2014 E+W

65.  In article 13(7) of the Network Rail (Huyton) Order 2014 M224 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M224 S.I. 2014/2027.

A556 (Knutsford to Bowdon Improvement) Development Consent Order 2014 E+W

66.  In article 15(7) of the A556 (Knutsford to Bowdon Improvement) Development Consent Order 2014 M225 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M225 S.I. 2014/2269.

Thames Water Utilities Limited (Thames Tideway Tunnel) Order 2014 E+W

67.  In article 19(7) of the Thames Water Utilities Limited (Thames Tideway Tunnel) Order 2014 M226 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M226 S.I. 2014/2384, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations.

North Killingholme (Generating Station) Order 2014 E+W

68.—(1) The North Killingholme (Generating Station) Order 2014 M227 is amended as follows.

(2) In article 14(7) and (8), for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

(3) In paragraph 4(a) of Part 1 of Schedule 8, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M227 S.I. 2014/2434, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations.

Clocaenog Forest Wind Farm Order 2014 E+W

69.  In article 18(7) of the Clocaenog Forest Wind Farm Order 2014 M228 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M228 S.I. 2014/2441.

Central Bedfordshire Council (Woodside Link Houghton Regis) Development Consent Order 2014 E+W

70.  In article 16(7) of the Central Bedfordshire Council (Woodside Link Houghton Regis) Development Consent Order 2014 M229 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M229 S.I. 2014/2637.

South Hook Combined Heat and Power Plant Order 2014 E+W

71.  In article 2 of the South Hook Combined Heat and Power Plant Order 2014 M230 , in the definition of “the Environmental Permitting Regulations”, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M230 S.I. 2014/2846.

Able Marine Energy Park Development Consent Order 2014 E+W

72.—(1) The Able Marine Energy Park Development Consent Order 2014 M231 is amended as follows.

(2) In article 20(7), for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

(3) In paragraph 102(a) of Part 11 of Schedule 9, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M231 S.I. 2014/2935.

Walney Extension Offshore Wind Farm Order 2014 E+W

73.  In article 15(7) and (9)(b) of the Walney Extension Offshore Wind Farm Order 2014 M232 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M232 S.I. 2014/2950, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations.

London Underground (Northern Line Extension) Order 2014 E+W

74.  In article 16(7) of the London Underground (Northern Line Extension) Order 2014 M233 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M233 S.I. 2014/3102.

Common Agricultural Policy (Integrated Administration and Control System and Enforcement and Cross Compliance) (Wales) Regulations 2014 E+W

75.  In paragraph 3 of Schedule 1 to the Common Agricultural Policy (Integrated Administration and Control System and Enforcement and Cross Compliance) (Wales) Regulations 2014 M234 —

(a) in the English language text—

(i) for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010”, in each place it occurs, substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”;

(ii) in sub-paragraph (2), for “regulation 35(2)(p)” substitute “ regulation 35(2) ”;

(b) in the Welsh language text—

(i) in sub-paragraph (1), for “Reoliadau Trwyddedu Amgylcheddol (Cymru a Lloegr) 2010” substitute “ Reoliadau Trwyddedu Amgylcheddol (Cymru a Lloegr) 2016 ”;

(ii) in sub-paragraph (2), for “rheoliad 35(2)(p) o Reoliadau Trwyddedu Amgylcheddol (Cymru a Lloegr) 2010” substitute “ rheoliad 35(2) o Reoliadau Trwyddedu Amgylcheddol (Cymru a Lloegr) 2016 ”;

(iii) in sub-paragraph (3), for “Rheoliadau Trwyddedu Amgylcheddol (Cymru a Lloegr) 2010”, in both places it occurs, substitute “ Rheoliadau Trwyddedu Amgylcheddol (Cymru a Lloegr) 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M234 S.I. 2014/3223 (W. 328), to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations.

Common Agricultural Policy (Control and Enforcement, Cross-Compliance, Scrutiny of Transactions and Appeals) Regulations 2014 E+W

76.  In paragraph 2 of Schedule 2 to the Common Agricultural Policy (Control and Enforcement, Cross-Compliance, Scrutiny of Transactions and Appeals) Regulations 2014 M235 , in the table—

(a) for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”;

(b) for “regulation 35(2)(p)” substitute “ regulation 35(2) ”.

Marginal Citations

M235 S.I. 2014/3263, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations.

Willington C Gas Pipeline Order 2014 E+W

77.  In article 14(7) and (8)(b) of the Willington C Gas Pipeline Order 2014 M236 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M236 S.I. 2014/3328, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations.

Hornsea One Offshore Wind Farm Order 2014 E+W

78.—(1) The Hornsea One Offshore Wind Farm Order 2014 M237 is amended as follows.

(2) In article 12(7) and (9)(b), for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

(3) In paragraph 61(a) of Part 6 of Schedule 12, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M237 S.I. 2014/3331, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations.

Northumberland County Council (A1 – South East Northumberland Link Road (Morpeth Northern Bypass)) Development Consent Order 2015 E+W

79.  In article 18(7) of the Northumberland County Council (A1 – South East Northumberland Link Road (Morpeth Northern Bypass)) Development Consent Order 2015 M238 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M238 S.I. 2015/23.

A160/A180 (Port of Immingham Improvement) Development Consent Order 2015 E+W

80.—(1) The A160/A180 (Port of Immingham Improvement) Development Consent Order 2015 M239 is amended as follows.

(2) In article 16(7), for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

(3) In paragraph 17(a) of Part 2 of Schedule 8, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M239 S.I. 2015/129, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations.

Cornwall Council (A30 Temple to Higher Carblake Improvement) Order 2015 E+W

81.—(1) The Cornwall Council (A30 Temple to Higher Carblake Improvement) Order 2015 M240 is amended as follows.

(2) In article 16(7), for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

(3) In paragraph 11(3) of Schedule 2, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M240 S.I. 2015/147, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations.

Dogger Bank Creyke Beck Offshore Wind Farm Order 2015 E+W

82.  In article 17(7) of the Dogger Bank Creyke Beck Offshore Wind Farm Order 2015 M241 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M241 S.I. 2015/318, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations.

Ship Recycling Facilities Regulations 2015 E+W

83.  In regulation 2 of the Ship Recycling Facilities Regulations 2015 M242 , in the definitions of “permit” and “suspension notice”, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M242 S.I. 2015/430.

Infrastructure Planning (Interested Parties and Miscellaneous Prescribed Provisions) Regulations 2015 E+W

84.  In Schedule 2 of the Infrastructure Planning (Interested Parties and Miscellaneous Prescribed Provisions) Regulations 2015 M243 —

(a) in Part 1, for “Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”;

(b) in Part 2, for “Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M243 S.I. 2015/462, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations.

Control of Major Accidents Hazards Regulations 2015 E+W

85.—(1) The Control of Major Accidents Hazards Regulations 2015 M244 are amended as follows.

(2) In regulation 2—

(a) omit the definition of “the 2010 Regulations”;

(b) in the appropriate place insert—

““the 2016 Regulations” means the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016;”.

(3) In regulation 21(1), for “the 2010 Regulations” substitute “ the 2016 Regulations ”.

(4) In regulation 25(7)(c) and (11)(a), for “the 2010 Regulations” substitute “ the 2016 Regulations ”.

Marginal Citations

M244 S.I. 2015/483, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations.

Town and Country Planning (General Permitted Development) (England) Order 2015 E+W

86.  In Schedule 2 to the Town and Country Planning (General Permitted Development) (England) Order 2015 M245 —

(a) in section L.3 of Part 7, in the definitions of “waste management facility” and “waste operation”, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”;

(b) in section N.1 of Part 17, in the definition of “groundwater”, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M245 S.I. 2015/596, amended by S.I. 2016/332; there are other amending instruments but none is relevant.

Nitrate Pollution Prevention Regulations 2015 E+W

87.  In regulation 2(1) of the Nitrate Pollution Prevention Regulations 2015 M246 , in the definition of “anaerobic digestion”, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M246 S.I. 2015/668.

Knottingley Power Plant Order 2015 E+W

88.  In article 15(7) of the Knottingley Power Plant Order 2015 M247 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M247 S.I. 2015/680, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations.

Network Rail (Ordsall Chord) Order 2015 E+W

89.  In article 17(7) of the Network Rail (Ordsall Chord) Order 2015 M248 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M248 S.I. 2015/780.

Environmental Damage (Prevention and Remediation) (England) Regulations 2015 E+W

90.—(1) The Environmental Damage (Prevention and Remediation) (England) Regulations 2015 M249 are amended as follows.

(2) In the heading of regulation 10, and in regulation 10(1), for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

(3) In regulation 11(1), for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

(4) In paragraph 1(a) of Schedule 4, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M249 S.I. 2015/810, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations.

White Moss Landfill Order 2015 E+W

91.  In article 9(7) of the White Moss Landfill Order 2015 M250 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M250 S.I. 2015/1317.

Norfolk County Council (Norwich Northern Distributor Road (A1067 to A47(T))) Order 2015 E+W

92.  In article 17(7) of the Norfolk County Council (Norwich Northern Distributor Road (A1067 to A47(T))) Order 2015 M251 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M251 S.I. 2015/1347.

Hazardous Waste (Miscellaneous Amendments) Regulations 2015 E+W

93.  In paragraph 3 of Schedule 2 to the Hazardous Waste (Miscellaneous Amendments) Regulations 2015 M252 , in the definitions of “permit” and “standard rule”, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M252 S.I. 2015/1360.

Swansea Bay Tidal Generating Station Order 2015 E+W

94.  In article 13(7) of the Swansea Bay Tidal Generating Station Order 2015 M253 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M253 S.I. 2015/1386, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations.

Preesall Underground Gas Storage Facility Order 2015 E+W

95.  In article 15(7) of the Preesall Underground Gas Storage Facility Order 2015 M254 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M254 S.I. 2015/1561, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations.

Progress Power (Gas Fired Power Station) Order 2015 E+W

96.—(1) The Progress Power (Gas Fired Power Station) Order 2015 M255 is amended as follows.

(2) In article 2(1), in the definition of “gross rated electrical output”, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

(3) In article 15(7) and (8)(b), for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M255 S.I. 2015/1570, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations.

Hirwaun Generating Station Order 2015 E+W

97.—(1) The Hirwaun Generating Station Order 2015 M256 is amended as follows.

(2) In article 2(1), in the definition of “gross rated electrical output”, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

(3) In article 14(7), for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M256 S.I. 2015/1574, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations.

Dogger Bank Teesside A and B Offshore Wind Farm Order 2015 E+W

98.  In article 18(7) of the Dogger Bank Teesside A and B Offshore Wind Farm Order 2015 M257 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M257 S.I. 2015/1592.

Ferrybridge Multifuel 2 Power Station Order 2015 E+W

99.—(1) The Ferrybridge Multifuel 2 Power Station Order 2015 M258 is amended as follows.

(2) In article 2(1), for the definition of “2010 Regulations” substitute—

““2016 Regulations” means the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016;”.

(3) In article 12(7) and (8), for “the 2010 Regulations” substitute “ the 2016 Regulations ”.

(4) In paragraph 49(1) of Schedule 2, in the definition of “environmental permit”, for “the 2010 Regulations” substitute “ the 2016 Regulations ”.

Marginal Citations

M258 S.I. 2015/1832, to which there are amendments not relevant to these Regulations.

Network Rail (Tinsley Chord) Order 2015 E+W

100.  In article 8(8) of the Network Rail (Tinsley Chord) Order 2015 M259 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M259 S.I. 2015/1876.

Large Combustion Plants (Transitional National Plan) Regulations 2015 E+W

101.  In regulation 2(1) of the Large Combustion Plants (Transitional National Plan) Regulations 2015 M260 , in the definitions of “permit” and “permitting functions”, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M260 S.I. 2015/1973.

Port Talbot Steelworks Generating Station Order 2015 E+W

102.  In article 10(7) of the Port Talbot Steelworks Generating Station Order 2015 M261 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M261 S.I. 2015/1984.

London Underground (Bank Station Capacity Upgrade) Order 2015 E+W

103.  In article 17(7) of the London Underground (Bank Station Capacity Upgrade) Order 2015 M262 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M262 S.I. 2015/2044.

East Midlands Gateway Rail Freight Interchange and Highway Order 2016 E+W

104.  In article 22(7) of the East Midlands Gateway Rail Freight Interchange and Highway Order 2016 M263 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M263 S.I. 2016/17.

National Grid (Hinkley Point C Connection Project) Order 2016 E+W

105.  In article 16(7), (8) and (10)(b) of the National Grid (Hinkley Point C Connection Project) Order 2016 M264 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M264 S.I. 2016/49.

Town and Country Planning (Environmental Impact Assessment) (Wales) Regulations 2016 E+W

106.  In paragraph 2 of Schedule 2 to the Town and Country Planning (Environmental Impact Assessment) (Wales) Regulations 2016 M265 , at sub-paragraph 3(g) of the table, in paragraph (ii) of column 2—

(a) in the English language text, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”;

(b) in the Welsh language text, for “Reoliadau Trwyddedu Amgylcheddol (Cymru a Lloegr) 2010” substitute “ Reoliadau Trwyddedu Amgylcheddol (Cymru a Lloegr) 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M265 S.I. 2016/58 (W. 28).

A19/A1058 Coast Road (Junction Improvement) Development Consent Order 2016 E+W

107.  In article 15(7) of the A19/A1058 Coast Road (Junction Improvement) Development Consent Order 2016 M266 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M266 S.I. 2016/73.

Palm Paper Mill Generating Station Order 2016 E+W

108.  In article 10(7) and (8)(c) of the Palm Paper Mill Generating Station Order 2016 M267 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M267 S.I. 2016/166.

Thorpe Marsh Gas Pipeline Order 2016 E+W

109.  In article 17(7) and (8)(b) of the Thorpe Marsh Gas Pipeline Order 2016 M268 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M268 S.I. 2016/297.

Water Resources (Control of Pollution) (Oil Storage) (Wales) Regulations 2016 E+W

110.  In regulation 3(3) of the Water Resources (Control of Pollution) (Oil Storage) (Wales) Regulations 2016 M269 —

(a) in the English language text, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”;

(b) in the Welsh language text, for “Reoliadau Trwyddedu Amgylcheddol (Cymru a Lloegr) 2010” substitute “ Reoliadau Trwyddedu Amgylcheddol (Cymru a Lloegr) 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M269 S.I. 2016/359 (W. 112).

Onshore Hydraulic Fracturing (Protected Areas) Regulations 2016 E+W

111.  In regulation 2(4) of the Onshore Hydraulic Fracturing (Protected Areas) Regulations 2016 M270 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M270 S.I. 2016/384.

The Midland Metro (Birmingham City Centre Extension, etc.) (Land Acquisition and Variation) Order 2016 E+W

112.  In article 15(7) of the Midland Metro (Birmingham City Centre Extension, etc.) (Land Acquisition and Variation) Order 2016 M271 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M271 S.I. 2016/545.

The A14 Cambridge to Huntingdon Improvement Scheme Development Consent Order 2016 E+W

113.—(1) The A14 Cambridge to Huntingdon Improvement Scheme Development Consent Order 2016 M272 is amended as follows.

(2) In article 3 of Part 1—

(a) in paragraph (1)(a), for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”;

(b) in paragraph (2), for “Schedule 23ZA (flood risk activities and excluded flood risk activities) to the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ Schedule 25 (flood risk activities and excluded flood risk activities) to the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

(3) In article 17(6) of Part 4, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M272 S.I. 2016/547.

The Midland Metro (Wolverhampton City Centre Extension) Order 2016 E+W

114.—(1) Part 2 of the Midland Metro (Wolverhampton City Centre Extension) Order 2016 M273 is amended as follows.

(2) In article 6—

(a) in paragraph (9), for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”;

(b) in paragraph (10), for “Schedule 23ZA (flood risk activities and excluded flood risk activities) to the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ Schedule 25 (flood risk activities and excluded flood risk activities) to the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

(3) In article 20(7), for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M273 S.I. 2016/684.

The York Potash Harbour Facilities Order 2016 E+W

115.  In article 14(7) of the York Potash Harbour Facilities Order 2016 M274 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M274 S.I. 2016/772.

The Meaford Gas Fired Generating Station Order 2016 E+W

116.  In article 16(6) of the Meaford Gas Fired Generating Station Order 2016 M275 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M275 S.I. 2016/779.

The North Wales Wind Farms Connection Order 2016 E+W

117.  In article 16(8) of the North Wales Wind Farms Connection Order 2016 M276 , for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M276 S.I. 2016/818.

The Hornsea Two Offshore Wind Farm Order 2016 E+W

118.—(1) The Hornsea Two Offshore Wind Farm Order 2016 M277 is amended as follows.

(2) In article 3(1)(a), for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

(3) In article 15(7) and (9)(b), for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

(4) In paragraph 5(a) of Part 6 of Schedule 12, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M277 S.I. 2016/844.

The River Humber Gas Pipeline Replacement Order 2016 E+W

119.—(1) The River Humber Gas Pipeline Replacement Order 2016 M278 is amended as follows.

(2) In article 3(1)(a), for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

(3) In article 18(7) and (8)(b), for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

(4) In paragraph 1(4)(a) of Part 4 of Schedule 10, for “the Environmental Permitting Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M278 S.I. 2016/853.

The M4 Motorway (Junctions 3 to 12) (Smart Motorway) Development Consent Order 2016 E+W

120.—(1) The M4 Motorway (Junctions 3 to 12) (Smart Motorway) Development Consent Order 2016 M279 is amended as follows.

(2) In article 16(6), for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

(3) In article 17(7) and (8)(b), for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M279 S.I. 2016/863.

The Triton Knoll Electrical System Order 2016 E+W

121.—(1) The Triton Knoll Electrical System Order 2016 M280 is amended as follows.

(2) In article 6(2)(a), for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

(3) In article 12(7), for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

(4) In paragraph 5(a) of Part 4 of Schedule 8, for “the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010” substitute “ the Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2016 ”.

Marginal Citations

M280 S.I. 2016/880.